HomeMy WebLinkAboutCASCADE VILLAGE WESTHAVEN COMMON ARCHITECTS SPECS 2 LEGAL100% CD: SEPTEMBER2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
SECTION 07620 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
I PART I -GENERAL
I A. Scope of work:I Metal flashing and counter flashing.
Exposed metal h'im.
I Related Sections:I
Stone Veneer Assemblies: Section 04860
I Exterior Architectural Woodworlg Section 06401
t Sealantsforsheetmetal: RefertoSection0T900.
Duct flashing: Division 15 sections
Conduit flashing: Division 16 sections
a Fiber-Cement Siding: Section 07460
B. Submittals: Product Data, Shop Drawings, and Samples for each item specified.
I C. Except as otherwise indicated, confonn to requirements and recommendations of SMACNA
"Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" Fifth Edition, 1993, as applicable and including forming,
I anchoring, cleating and forming expansion joints, seams and details for accommodation of
I thermal movement.
I Completed work must be free from water leakage under all weather conditions.
t
_ 12 PRODUCTSII A. Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/4 653M, cg} (2275) coating
designation; structural quality, mill phosphatized for field painting.
I B. Lead-Coated Copper Sheet: ASTM B 101, Temper H00 and H0l, cold-rolled copper sheet, of
weight (thickness) indicated below, coated both sides with lead weighing not less than 12lb/100
I sq. ft. (0.59 kdsq. n) nor more than 15 1b/100 sq. ft. (0.73 kg/sq. m) of copper sheet (total
I weight oflead applied equally to both sides).
I C. Miscellaneous Materials and Accessories: As follows:
I 1. Solder: ASTMB 32,GradeSn50unless otherwiserecommended.2. Fasteners: Noncorrosive metal. Match finish of exposed heads with material being fas-
I tened.
- 3. Asphalt Mastic: SSPC-Paint 12, asbestos free, solvent type.4. Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, Type I, asbestos free, asphalt based.
I 5. Elastomeric Sealant: As specifred in bivision 7 Section "Joint Sealants."r 6. Epoxy Seam Sealer: 2-part, noncorrosive, aluminum seam+ementing compound.
7 . Adhesives: Type recommended for waterproof and weather-resistant seaming and adhe-
sive.
I 8. Clips, Straps, Anchoring Devices, and Similar Accessories: Compatible with material
being installed.
T WESTHAVENC'ND.MINTMS
Vail, Colorado
I
I
I
Sf{EET METAL FLASHINCAND TRIM 07620 - 1
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
B.
D.
E,
F.
G.
H.
l.J
100% CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
D. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations of SMACNA's "Ar-
chitectwal Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design, dimensions, metal, and other charac-
teristics of the item indicated.
,|
2.
J.
5.
6.
Base Flashing: 16 oz. Lead-Coated Copper
Counterflashing: 76 oz. Lead-Coated Copper
Valley Flashing: 16 oz.lsq. ft. Lead-Coated Copper
Drip Edges:. 16 oz./sq. ft. Lead-Coated Copper
Roof-Penetration Flashing: 0.0276-inch- (0.7-mm-) thick galvanized steel.
All other unless otherwise noted: 16 oz./sq. ft. Lead-Coated Copper
EXECUTION
Installation: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and SMACNA's "Architechral Sheet
Metal Manual" allow for thermal expansion; set true to line and level as indicated. Install Work
with laps, joints, and seams permanently watertight and weatherproof; conceal fasteners where
possible.
1. Roof-Edge Flashings: Secure metal flashings at roof edges according to FM Loss Pre-
vention Data Shest l-49 for specified wind zone.
Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed sheet metal Work. Space
movement joints at maximum of l0 feet (3 m) with no joints allowed within 24 inches (610
mm) of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions in Work
cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weatherproof and waterprool form expansion joints
of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than I inch (25 mm) deep, filled with mastic sealant
(concealed within joints).
Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pretin edges
of sheets to be soldered to a width of l-ll2 inches (38 mm), except where pretinned surface
would show in finished Work.
Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion, but movable, joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric
sealant to comply with SMACNA standmds. Fill joint with sealant and form metal to com-
pletely conceal sealant.
Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flatlock seams. Tin edges to be
seamed, form seams, and solder.
Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in aluminum with flat-lock seams, Form seams and seal
with epoxy seam sealer. Rivet joints for additional shength.
Separations: Separate noncompatible metals or corrosive substrates with a coating of asphalt
mastic or other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer.
Counterflashings: Coordinate installation with installation of assemblies to be protected by
counterflashing. Install counterflashings in reglets or receivers. Secure in a waterproof manner
by means of snap-in installation and sealant, lead wedges and sealant, interlocking folded seam,
SHEET METALFLASHING AND TRIM 07620 -2
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
t
T
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
or blind rivets and sealant. Lap counterflashing joints a minimum of 2 inches (50 mm) and bed
with sealant.
L Roof-Drainage System: Coordinate installation with roofing installation. Coordinate flashing
and sheet metal items for steep-sloped roofs with roofing installation.
J. Roof-Penetration Flashing: Coordinate installation with roofing and installation of items pene-
hating roof.
END OF SECTIONOT62O
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620 -3
Ia WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTIONI.I
SECTION 07720 - ROOF ACCESSORIES
-,
I) PART I -GENERAL
I A. Scope of work:I
Snow Guards.r Roof access hatch.
I Roof Tie-Offs.
* Related Sections:I Section 07411 - Metal Roof Panels
t B. Submittals: For each type of product indicated, submit the following:T
L Product Data.
I 2. Shop Drawings.I 3. Coordination Drawings showing other items on roof.
4. Finish Samples.
II 1.2 PRODUCTS
I A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the fol-it towtng:
t t.
-Boof
Hatches:IEi a. Bilco Company,590.
b. Custom Curb, lnc.
c. J. L. Industries, Inc.
t d. Milcor. Inc.
e. Trimco, lnc.
f. ThyCurb, Inc.
t g. Wasco Products, Inc.
I 2. SnowGuards:
f a. Use custom steel snow fence as shown on the drawings.
I B. Roof Hatches: Prefabricated units to withstand 82Jbflsq. ft. extemal and 20-lbflsq. ft. internal
t loading pressur€. Frame with minimum 9-inch- (225-mm) high, integral-curb, double-wall
construction with 1-1/2-inch insulation, formed cants and cap flashing (roofing counterflash-
I ing), with welded or sealed mechanical comer joints. Provide double-wall cover (lid) construc-
I tion with I -inch- thick insulation core. Provide gasketing and equip with corrosion-resistant or
hot-dip galvanized hardware including pintle hinges, hold-open devices, interior padlock hasps,
a and both interior and exterior latch handles.
I L Material: Aluminum or galvanized steel, or in combination, at Contactor's option.
a. Finish: Prime painted to match copper patina at exterior, wall color interior.
I
I
ROOFACCESSORIES 07720 - l
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
I
l
t
I
I
71.3
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
C.
D.
G.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
C. Roof Tie-Offs: Provide eyelets and base plates fabicated from galvanized steel plate complying
with ASTM ,4.570 which will provide fall protection for one person and fall restraint for up to
four persons when used in accordance wit the manufacfurer's recommcndations.
Provide Skyhook as manufactured by Guardian Metal Products, Inc. (800) 670.7892 or
approved equal.
D. Snow Guards: Prefabricated, noncorrosive units.
E. Finishes, General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and
Metal Products."
F.
EXECUTION
Installation: Comply with manufacturer's wriften instructions. Coordinate witl other roof con-
struction, and anchor roof accessories securely.
Separation: Separate metal from incompatible metal or corrosive subsfates, including wood, by
coating concealed surfaces, at locations of contact, with bituminous coating or providing other
permanent separation.
Flange Seals: Unless otherwise indicated, set flanges of accessory units in a thick bed of roof-
ing cement to form a seal.
Cap Flashing: lnstall cap flashing to overlap roofrng or roof flashing (as counterflashing), and
seal overlap with mastic sealant.
Operational Units: Test-operate units with operable components. Clean and lubricate joints and
hardware. Adjust for proper operation.
Snow Guards: Install according to written installation instructions and recommendations of
manufacturer and NRCA's "Steep Roofing Manual."
Cleaning and Protection: Clean exposed surfaces according to manufacfurer's written instruc-
tions. Touch up damaged metal coatings.
END OF SECTION 07720
B.
l
I
ROOF ACCESSORIES 07720 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
t
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
SECTION 07811 - SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTIVE MATERIALS
100% CD: September 2005
PORCONSTRUCTION
t
I
I
t
t
l
I
PART I - GENERAL
A. Scope of Work: Fireproofing work to be applied by spraying on to the substrate as shown on
the drawings. The types of sprayed-on fireproofing include the following:
Cementitious sprayed--on fi reproofi ng.
B. Definitions: As follows:
L Concealed sprayed fire-resistjve material is applied to surfaces that are concealed from
view behind other construction when the Work is completed.
C. Submittals: In addition to manufachuer's Product Data and application recommendations for
each product indicated, submit the following:
I . Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturer of sprayed fire-resistive material certifying
that the products fumished comply with requirements.
2. Test Reports: Provide reports from a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency
engaged by Contractor. Confirm that primers and coatings proposed for application in
shop or field to structural steel are compatible with fire-resistive material by testing per
ASTM E 736 and that physical properties ofproposed sprayed fire-resistive materials
comply with specified requirements.
3. Research,rEvaluation Reports: Evidence of sprayed fire-resistive material's compliance
with building code in effect for Project, from a model code organization acceptable to au-
thorities having jurisdiction.
D. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide sprayed fire-resistive materials and assemblies
identical to those tested for the following fire-test-response characteristics per test method indi-
cated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities havingju-
risdiction.
l. Fire-Resistance Ratings: As indicated by reference to fire-resistive desigrs listed in UL's
"Fire Resistance Directory," or in the comparable publication of another testing and in-
specting agency acceptable to authorities havingjurisdiction, tested per ASTM E I 19.
2. Surface-Burning Characteristics: As indicated for each sprayed fire-resistive product re-
quired, tested per ASTM E 84.
Provide products containing no detectable asbestos as determined according to the method
specifled in 40 CFR, Part763, Subpart E, Appendix E, Section l, "Polarized Light Micros-
copy."
Deliver products to Project site in manufacturer's unopened packages or bundles with labels in-
tact. Store in a dry, well-ventilated, weathertight place. Comply with manufacturer's written in-
structions for storing, handling, and protecting.
F.
I
I
I
t
I
I SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTIVE MATERIALS 07811 - l
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
!
I
i
1.2
I
I
,
I
I
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
G. lnstaller: An experienced firm licensed or approved by manufacturer of primary fireproofing
materials as having required experience, staffand training to install manufacturer's products per
specifi ed requirements.
H. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain sprayed-on fireproofing materials from a single manufac-
turer for each different product required.
L Do not apply sprayed-on fireproofing when the temperature of the substrate is below(or above)
the limitations recommended by the manufacturer, and in no case when either the arnbient tem-
perature or substrate temperature is below 40oF unless temporary protection and heat is pro'
vided to maintain temperatures at or above this level for 24 hours before, during and 24 hours
after application.
J. Ventilate fireproofing by means of natural or forced air circulation during and after application
until it dries thoroughly.
K. Sequence and coordinate application of sprayed fire-resistive materials. Prohibit roof traffic dur-
ing application and drying of fire-resistive material. Do not begin appllng fire-resistive mate-
rial until clips, hangers, supports, sleeves, and other items penehating fire protection are in
place. Defer installing ducts, piping, and other items that would interfere with applying fire-
resistive material until application of fire protection is completed.
L. Warranty: Submit a written waranty, executed by Contractor and cosigned by Installer, agree-
ing to repair or replace sprayed-on fireproofing that has failed within the specified warranty pe-
riod. Warranty does not cover failures attributable to damage by occupants and Owner's main-
tenance personnel, exposure to environmental conditions other than those investigated and -
approved during fire-response testing, and to other causes not reasonably foreseeable under con-
ditions oflnormal use.
PRODUCTS
Concealed Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials: Products with the following material composition
and physical properties. Physical properties are minimum values, unless otherwise indicated, or
higher values required to attain designat€d fire-resistance ratings, measured per standard test
methods referenced with each property.
1 . Cementitious sprayed fire-resistive material consisting of factory-mixed, dry formulation
of gypsum or portland cement binders and lighfweight mineral or synthetic aggregates
mixed with water at Project site to form a slurry or mortar for conveyance and applica-
tion.
2. Sprayed-fiber fire-resistive material consisting of factory-mixed, dry formulation of inor-
ganic binders, mineral fibers, fillers, and additives conveyed in a dry state by pneumatic
equipment and mixed with water at spray nozzle to form a damp, as-applied product.
3. Either composition indicated above.
4. Dry Density: 15 lb/cu. ft. for average, 14 pcf minimum and individual densities regard-
less of density indicated in referenced fire-resistive design, or greater ifrequired to attain
fire-resistance ratings indicated, per ASTM E 605 or AWCI Technical Manual l2-A, Ap-
pendix A, "Alternate Method for Density Determination."
5. Thickness: Minimum average thickness required for fire-resistive design indicated ac-
cording to the following criteria, but not less than 0.75 inch, per ASTM E 736.
I
SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTIVE MATERTALS 07811 - 2
B.
A.
B.
C.
D.
l.J
I
T
I
1
t
i
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
6. Bond Strength: 150 lbf/sq. ft. per ASTM E 736 for field testing of sprayed fire-resistive
material that is applied to flanges of wide-flange structural-steel members on surfaces
same as the remainder of steel receiving fire protection. If surfaces of structural steel re-
ceiving sprayed fire-resistive material are primed or otherwise painted, perform series of
bond tests specified in UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" for coating materials. Minimum
thickness of sprayed fire-resistive material tested in laboratory shall be 0.75 inch.
7 . Compressive Strength: 5.21 lbflsq. in. as determined in the laboratory per ASTM E 761;
tested sprayed fire-resistive material with minimum thickness of 0.75 inch and minimum
dry density as specified, but not less than l5 lb/cu. ft..
8. Corrosion Resistance: No evidence ofconosion per ASTM E 937.
9. Deflection: No cracking, spalling, delamination, or the like per ASTM E 759.
10. Effect of Impact on Bonding: No cracking, spalling, delamination, or the like per
ASTM E760.
11. Air Erosion: Maximum weight loss of 0.025 /sq. ft. in 24 hours per ASTM E 859; labo-
ratory-tested sprayed fire-resistive material with minimum thickness of 0.75 inch maxi-
mum dry density of 15 lb/cu. ft. test specimens not prepurged by mechanically induced
air velocities, and test period of 24 hours.
12. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Surface-burning characteristics as determined by
testing identical products per ASTM E 84; flame spread of l0 or less and smoke devel-
oped of 0.
Auxiliary Fire-Resistive Materials: Provide materials compatible with sprayed fire-resistive
materials and substrates and are approved by UL or another testing and inspecting agency ac-
ceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for use in fire-resistive designs indicated.
1. Substrate Primers: Foruse on each substrate and with each sprayed fire-resistive mate-
rial, provide primer complfng either with requirements specified in UL's "Fire Resis-
tance Directory" for coating materials or one that is identical to tlose used in fire-rated
assemblies.
2. Adhesive for Bonding Fire-Resistive Material: Product approved by manufacturer of
sprayed fire-resistive material.
EXECUTION
Conduct tests according to fire-resistive material manufacfurer's written recommendations to
verify that subsftates are free of oil, rolling compounds, and other substances capable of inter-
fering with bond.
Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of fire-resistive material, including oil,
grease, rolling compounds, incompatible primers, and loose mill scale.
Comply with fire-resistive material manufacturer's written instuctions for priming substrates,
mixing materials, application procedures, and types of equipment used to convey and spray on
fire-resistive material, as applicable to particular conditions of installation and as required to
achieve fire-resistance ratings indicated.
Apply sprayed fire-resistive material that is identical to products tested as specified in this Sec-
tion, with respect to rate of application, accelerator use, sealers, topcoats, tamping, troweling,
water overspray, or otber materials and procedwes affecting test results.
SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTIVE MATERIALS 07811 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
E
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
E. Apply concealed fire-resistive material in thicknesses and densities indicated, but not less than
those rcquired to achieve fire-resistance ratings designated for each condition, and comply with
requirements for thickness specified in this Section.
F. Field Quality Control: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting
agency to perform field tests and inspections in successive stages in areas ofextent described
below and to prepare test reports. Do not proceed with application of fire-resistive material for
the next area until test results for previously completed applications of fire-resistive material
show compliance with requirements.
l. Extent: For each 10,000-sq. ft. area, or partial area, on each floor.
a. Thickness for Floors, Roofs, and Walls: From the average of l0 measurements
from a 144-sq. in. sample area, with sample width of not less than 6 inches per
ASTM E 605.
b. Thickness for Structural Frame Members: From a sample of 25 percent of struc-
tural members per floor, taking 9 measurements at a single cross section for stuc-
tural frame beams or girders, 7 measurements of a single cross section for joists
and trusses, and 12 measurements ofa single cross section for columns per
ASTM E 605.
c. Density for Floors, Roofs, Walls, and Structural Frame Members: At frequency
and from sample size indicated for determining thickness of each tlpe of construc-
tion, perASTM E 605 or AWCI Technical Manual 12-A, Appendix A, "Altemate
Method for Density Determination. "d. Bond Strength for Floors, Roofs, Walls, and Structural Framing Members: Cohe-
sion and adhesion at frequency and from sample size indicated for determining
thickness of each type of construction, perASTME736.
G. Apply additional fire-resistive material per manufacturer's written instructions where test results
indicate that thickness does not comply with specified requirements,
Cure exposed cementitious sprayed fire-resistive material according to product manufacturer's
written recommendations to prevent premature drying
Schedule:
Primary Members floors G - 3 including columns above walls that terminate at ceiling mem-
brane. 4'floor columns and roof not included: ll2hour,Ul. Design No. N782.
END OF SECTION 07811
SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTIVE MATERIALS 07811-4
I
t WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% cD: September,2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
Ir! i'fit8il,yf,.3
A PARTI.GENERALr- A RELATEDDOCUMENTS
| 1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplanentary
I Conditions and Division-l Specification Section, apply to work specified in this section.
t B DEFrNrrroNs
L Firestopping: Material or combination of materials used to retain integrify of fire-rated
I construction by maintaining an effective barrier against the spread of flame, smoke, and hot
| :;;r#["J8h
penetrations in, or construction joints between, ftre rated wall and floor
r,
.. C GENERALDESCRIPTIONOFTI{EWORKOFTHISSECTION
I
Only tested firestop systems shall be used in specific locations as follows:
1. Penetrations for the passage of duct, cable, cable tray, conduit, piping, electrical busways
I and raceways through fire-rated vertical barriers (walls and partitions), horizontal barriers
f (floor/ceiling assemblies), and vertical service shaft walls and partitions.
a 2. Safrng slot gaps between edge of floor slabs and curtain walls.
IrF 3. Openings between structurally separate sections ofwall or floors.
4. Gaps between the top of walls and ceilings or roof assemblies.
5. Expansion joints in walls and floors.
6. Openings and penetrations in fire-rated partitions or walls containing fire doors.
7 . Openings arormd shucnral members which penehate floors or walls.
I D REFERENCES
I
1. Test Requirements: ASTM E 814, 'Standard Method of Fire Tests of Through Penetration
Fire StoPs"
I 2. Test Requirernents: UL 1479, "Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops"
I
t 3. Test Requirements: lJL20'19, "Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems"
.I FIRESTOPPING 07840-I
I
I
T
I
t
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September, 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
4. Underwriters Laboratories flJL) of Northbrooh IL publishes tested systems in their "FIRE
RESISTANCE DIRECTORY" that is updated annually.
a. UL Fire Resistance Directory:
1) Firestop Devices (XHJD
2) Fire Resistance Ratings (BXRH)
3) Through-PenetrationFirestopSystems(XHEZ)
4) Fill, Voids, or Cavity Material (XHIIW)
5) FormingMaterials(XHKU)
6) Joint Systerns (XIIBI'I)
7)Perimeter Fire Containment Systems (XHDG)
b. Altemate Systerns: "Omega Point Laboratories Directory" (updated annually).
5. Test Requirernents: ASTM E 1966, "Standard Test Method for Fire Resisfive Joint
Systerns"
6. Test Requirements: ASTM E 2307, "Standard Test Method for Detemrining Fire
Resistance of Perimeter Fire Barrier Systems Using Intermediate-Scale, Multi-story Test
Apparatus"
7. Inspection Requirements: ASTM E 2174, "standard Practice for On-site Inspection of
lnstalled Fire Stoos"
8. ASTM E 84, "standard Test Method for Surface Buming Characteristics of Building
Materials"
9. International Firestop Council Guidelines for Evaluating Firestop Systems Engineering
Judgments
10. All major building codes: ICBO, SBCCI, BOCA, and IBC.
(Note to specifier: Retain or delete building codes listed above as applicable)
I 1. NFPA 101 - Life Safe$ Code
12. NFPA 70 - National Eleckic Code
E QUAIITYASST'RANCE
l. A manufacturer's direct representative (not distributor or agent) to be on-site during initial
installation of firestop systems to train appropriate contractor personnel in proper selection
and installation procedures. This will be done per manufacturer's written recommendations
published in their literature and drawing details.
2. Firestop System installation must meet requirements of ASTM E 814,W 1479 or W 2079
tested assemblies that provide a fire rating equal to that of construction being penetrated.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
t
t
I
I
FIRESTOPPING 07840-2
A
5.
L
L.
J.
G
H
I
t
,l
t
I
I
I
J
t
t
t
)
t
I
I
t
t
l
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September, 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
applicable governing codes3. Proposed firestop materials and methods shall conform to
having local j urisdiction.
Firestop Systems do not reestablish the shuchral integrity of load beanng
partitions/assemblies, or support live loads and traffic. Installer shall consult the structural
engineer prior to penetrating any load bearing assembly.
For those firestop applications that exist for which no UL tested system is available through
a manufacturer, an engineering judgment derived fiom similar IIL system designs or other
tests will be submitted to local authorities having jurisdiction for their review and approval
prior to installation. Engineering judgment drawings must follow requirements set forth by
. the Intemational Firestop Council.
ST]BMITTALS
Submit Product Data: Manufachrer's specifications and technical data for each material
including the composition and limitations, documentation of UL firestop systems to be used
and manufacturer's installation instructions to comply with Section 1300.
Manufacturer's engineering judgment identification number and drawing details when no
UL systern is available for an application. Engineering judgment must include both project
name and contractor's name who will install firestop system as described in drawing.
Submit material safety data sheets provrded with product delivered to job-site.
INSTAILER QUALIFICATIONS
l. Engage an experienced Installer who is certified, licensed, or otherwise qualified by the
firestopping manufachrer as having been provided the necessary training to install
manufacturer's products per specified requiremants. A supplier's willingness to sell its
firestopping products to the Contractor or to an Installer engaged by the Contractor does
not in itself confer qualification on the buyer.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
L Deliver materials undamaged in manufacturer's clearly labeled, unopened containers,
identified v.ith brand, type, and UL label where applicable.
2. Coordinate delivery of materials with scheduled installation date to allow minimum storage
time at job-site.
3. Store materials under cover and protect from weather and damage in compliance with
manufacfurer's requirements, including temperature restrictions.
4. Comply with recommended procedures, precautions or remedies described in material
safety data sheets as applicable.
I
FIRESTOPPING 07840-3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vai1, Colorado
5. Do not use damaged or expired materials.
I PROJECT CONDITIONS
1. Do not use materials that contain flammable solvents.
100% CD: September, 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
Schedule installation of firestopping after completion of penetrating item installation but
prior to covenng or concealing ofopenings.
Veriff existing conditions and subshates before starting work. Correct unsatisfactory
conditions before proceeding.
Weather conditions: Do not proceed with installation of firestop materials when
temperatures exceed the manufactr.rer's recommended limitations for installation printed on
product label and product data sheet.
During installation, provide masking and drop cloths to prevent firestopping materials from
contaminating any adjacent surfaces.
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
FIRESTOPPING, GENERAL
Provide firestopping composed of components that are compatible with each other, the
substrates forming openings, and the items, if any, peneh?ting the firestopping under
conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by the firestopping manufacturer
based on testing and field experience.
Provide components for each firestopping system that are needed to install fill material.
Use only corrponents specified by the firestopping manufacturer and approved by the
qualified testing agency for the desigrrated fire-resistance-rated systems.
Firestopping Materials are either "cast-in-place" (integral with concrete placement) or "post
installed." Provide cast-in-place firestop devices prior to concrete placement.
ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTI.IRERS
l. Subject to compliance with through penetration firestop systems (){IIEZ), joint systerns
(XHBN), and perimeter firestop systems (XHDC) listed in Volume 2 of the IIL Fire
Resistance Directory; provide products of the following manufachrers as identified below:
a. Hilti, Inc., Tulsa, Oklahoma
800-879-8000/www.us.hi lti.com
b. Substitutions will be allowed with adequate documentation to show cornpliance
with comoarable UL standards.
3-
4.
5.
1.
2.
J.
B
t
I
FIRESTOPPING 078404
l.
2.
I
I
t
I
I
t
J-
4.
5.
6.
t
I
T
I
I
l
I
I
l
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail. Colorado
C MATERI,ALS
100% CD: September, 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
Use only firestop products that have been UL 1479, ASTM E 814 or IJL2079 tested for
specific fire-rated construction conditions conforming to construction assembly type,
penetrating item type, annular space requirements, and fire-rating involved for each
separate instance.
Cast-in place firestop devices for use with noncombustible and combustible pipes (closed
and open systems), conduit, and cable bundles penetrating concrete floors, the following
products are acceptable:
1. Hilti CP 680 Cast-In Place Firestop Device
a. Add Aerator adaptor when used in conjunction with aerator ("sovent")
sYStem.
2. Hilti CP 681 Tub Box Kit for use with tub installations.
3. Hilti CP 682 Cast-In Place Firestop Device for use with noncombustible penetrants
Sealants, caulking materials, or foams for use with non-combustible iterns including steel
pipe, copper pipe, rigid steel conduit and electrical metallic tubing (EMT), the following
products are acceptable:
1. Hilti FS-ONE Intumescent Firestop Sealant
2. Hilti CP 604 Self-leveling Firestop Sealant
3. Hilti CP 620 Fire Foam
4. Hilti CP 606 Flexible Firestop Sealant
5. Hilti CP 601s Elastomeric Firestop Sealant
Sealants or caulking materials for use with sheet metal ducts, the following products are
acceptable:
1 . Hilti CP 601s Elastomeric Firestop Sealant
2. Hilti CP 606 Flexible Firestop Sealant
3. Hilti FS-ONE krtumescent Firestop Sealant
Sealants, caulking or spray materials for use with fire-rated construction joints and other
gaps, the following products are acceptable:
1. Hilti CP 672 Speed Spray
2. Hilti CP 601s Elastomeric Firestop Sealant
3. Hilti CP 606 Flexible Firestop Sealant
4. Hilti CP 604 Self-leveling Firestop Sealant
Pre-formed mineral wool designed to fit flutes of metal profile deck and gap between top of
wall and metal profrle deck; as a backer for spray material.
l. Hilti CP 777 Speed Plugs
2. Hilti CP 767 Speed Strips
l
FIRESTOPPING 07840-5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September, 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
7 . Intumescent sealants, caulking materials for use with combustible items (penetrants
consumed by high heat and flame) including insulated metal pipe, PVC jacketed, flexible
cable or cable bundles and plastic pipe, the following products are acceptable:
1. Hilti FS-ONE Intumescent Firestop Sealant
8. Foams, intumescent sealants, or caulking materials for use with flexible cable or cable
bundles, the following products are acceptable:
l. Hilti FS-ONE Intumescent Firestcp Sealant
2. Hilti cP 620 Fire Foam
3. Hilti CP 60ls Elastomeric Firestop Sealant
4. Hilti CP 606 Flexible Firestop Sealant
9. Non-curing, re-penetrable intumescent putty or foam materials for use with flexible cable
or cable br-urdles, the following products are acceptable:
1. Hilti CP 618 Firestop Putty Stick
2. Hilti CP 658T Firestop Plug
10. Wall opening protective materials for use with U.L. listed metallic and specified
nonmetallic outlet boxes, the following products are acceptable:
l. Hilti CP 617 Firestop Putty Pad
11. Firestop collar or wrap devices attached to assembly around combustible plastic pipe
(closed and open piping systems), the following products are acceptable:
1. Hilti CP 643N Firestop Collm
2. Hilti CP 644 Firestop Collar
3. Hilti CP 645/648 Wrap Stnps
12. Materials used for large openings and complex penetrations made to accommodate cable
trays and bundles, multiple steel and copper pipes, electrical busways in raceways, the
following products are acceptable:
1. Hilti CP 637 Firestop Mortar
2. Hilti FS 657 FIRE BLOCK
3. Hilti CP 620 Fire Foam
4. Hilti CP 675T Firestop Board
Non curing, re-penetrable materials used for lmge size/complex penetrations made to
accommodate cable trays and bundles, multiple steel and copper pipes, electrical busways
in raceways, the following products are acceptable:
I. Hilti FS 657 FIRE BLOCK
2. Hilti CP 675T Firestop Board
Sealants or caulking materials used for openings between structwally separate sections of
wall and floors, the following products are acceptable:
l. HiltiCP 672 Speed Spray
2. Hilti CP 601s Elastomeric Firestop Sealant
3. Hilti CP 606 Flexible Firestop Sealant
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
t
I
13.
14.
FIRESTOPPING 07840-6
I
I *ESTHAVEN coNDoMINIuMs
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September, 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
t
I
I
4. Hilti CP 604 Self-Leveling Firestop Sealant
15. For blank openings made in fire-rated wall or floor assemblies, where future penehation of
pipes, conduits, or cables is expected, the following products are acceptable:
1. Hilti FS 657 FIRE BLOCK
2. Hilti CP 658T Firestop PIug
16. Provide a firestop system with a "F" Rating as determined by W 1479 or ASTM E8l4
which is equal to the time rating of construction being penehated.
17. Provide a firestop system with an Assembly Rating as determined by UL 2079 which is
equal to the time rating of construction joint assembly.
PART3 -EXECIITION
T A PREPARATION
I
t
I
t
t
I
l. Verification of Conditions: Examine areas and conditions under which work is to be
performed and identiff conditions detrimental to proper or timely completion.
a. Verify penetrations are properly sized and in suitable condition for application of
materials.
b. Surfaces to which firestop materials will be applied shall be liee of dirt, grease, oil,
rust, laitance, release agents, water repellorts, and any other substances that may
affect proper adhesion.
c. Provide masking and temporary covering to prevent soiling of adjacent surfaces by
fi restopping materials.
d. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for temperature and humidity
conditions before, during and after installation of firestopping.
e. Do not proceed tmtil unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
B COORDINATION
I l. Coordinate location and proper selection of cast-in-place Firestop Devices with trade
responsible for the work. Ensure device is installed before placement of concrete.
J 2. Responsible trades to provide adequate spacing of field run pipes to allow for installation
of cast-in-place firestop devices without interferences.t
il FIRESTOPPING 07840-7
II
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
C INSTAILATION
1.
L.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
3.
L
I 00% CD: Scptember, 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
l. Regulatory Requirements: Install firestop materials in accordance with UL Fire Resistance
Directory or Omega Point Laboratories Directory.
Manufachrer's Instructions: Comply with manufacturer's insfructions for installation of
through-penetration and construction joint materials.
a.. Seal all holes or voids made by penetrations to ensure an air and water resistant
seal.
b. Consult with mechanical engineer, project manager, and damper manufacturer
prior to installation of I-IL firestop systems that might hamper the performance of
fire dampers as it pertains to duct work.
c. Protect materials fiom damage on surfaces subjected to tralfic.
D FIELD QUAUTYCONTROL
Examine sealed penetration areas to ensure proper installation before concealing or
enclosing areas.
Keep areas of work accessible until inspection by applicable code authorities.
1. Inspection of through-penetration firestopping shall be performed in accordance
with ASTM E 2174, "Standard hactice for On-Site Inspection of Installed Fire
Stops" or other recognized standard.
Perform under this section patching and repairing of firestopping caused by cutting or
penetrating of existing firestop systerns already installed by other trades.
ADruSTING ANDCLEANING
1. Remove equipment, materials and debris, leaving area in undamaged, clean condition.
2. Clean all surfaces adjacent to sealed holes and joints to be free of excess firestop materials
and soiling as work progesses.
PART 4 - SCIIEDULES I
T
I
t
I
FIRESTOPPING 07840-8
100% CDr September, 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail. Colorado
I
t
T
I
I
l
I
l
I
I
I
T
1
I
I
I
I
I
66Htn&e tr $N.11 f$Mrili F$ffnAT?rt{ fiffSfoF,w rq.6p $TAfi ft{.t$fil8p t&SHt*!s
rt?* #
F€l-lSTFA}{?
F-tAtl*e(t{*}|JrL-CLASAInli>
aYE?l''t
TYp* Ct
FfHeTXAnf
F-ns'tll{C
$1*)
L{.-*t,*#effittrsYGfst
I t+qr|qffi I !!r.fi lt|r*[ #4/*4
a tx,{q, *il,q! ||.{.ifl{
,r*,cl r€{il I *{4,rrFai
I r{,fl|t*4i1!lQ,tloqr I t{d"tr{, x4#[ ra*,ffi
i
,i"eff,!e,#tr,fi{r il l*aratx
ffiTCfi|*|nfildl
t ,!c&, te,*a K'***iln#{rxf
I *{rryt*b{,*a.lin
t ,a{.rt l}ll!' *{rfll
,f,€.s I ft,in
,;r*l@ rril
I t &rc+ Irt si F*m {rfta fi$
I l*{rQ 1. f,*
I It&fr li{"i*l
t }fi,flt|
t r.&rn+!4.{{tf<.#r*r.{|rs l'll
I fi.{n' *&{d* rH.ttF
I
I
'.*,ffi
I F{,*
I i**-ft' *l.l$ $*-t|l
I l..i. C *{*tff
t r&?*&
I rHr-{r,rH/fr
,*',!.,!|t r34.*l
t
rttf ;Gr ltr tarla r ra *-53 rfilr !lt'lq.'trE@.lle4 o cf |fn rcllEt/[lJtDtEanlna
$f$ r rr|a r* ew!4 rut !r ll ltwr r(,r r'|!s w''lr,x. ro|.ux
ta l*BtE traa E & FWnr n *IlI.t rEr'nf IO YEI r4rtlt r *AJtnt SFr ot Ll|E SrtO,? trfr - $fird-
FIRESTOPPING 07840-9
I
l
T
t
I
t
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
Itr? lfir *e x!*r {r t{f; r&4iflftln rt*rfi *&tfis,t{* |oe!*$ s6 dttrf rc;!0 4 ffrfs$&t ffilt* rtrg
stn *0 r|sp n TrF tol&n"a {$* liit tl $!{1$ rryl s r#f ffisrl til f'al
rrl FFg[irlr FrFs( q.x I|FF f;tt mr |!{Er r}e{ltq *vtllt!r|'rn r u,-(t.rgE ardtr llirB *ort!l? t50E - G||F*a.
100% CD: September. 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIT}MS
Vail, Colorado
*fl.Ffirls$ flr $111 IHR{H(|,| ff!,l$FJFlS{$Y$TS.?C
{6rff?f H.ndfiB d4(Rrtr cn s-40t n {.,1s
YYFE CF
FfHgTRA&fT
F**ATlsld
ffn)
tlL*clA$*lncFsYstrrl T?'PE.#
FF{F"XAi{f
F*eAtlr'&
{ile)
UL-Cl"AF$|;lsD
6YSAAFl
rf,*r$*r4||f*Al#
ffillo*r s;glrs
q.{4&*r.Sl
ffit tufr rrF#lc ,uea&a,r|er"*,igr I *f**ft ir An
t f"fin*4H*f I t tt.sl
t!.*t ttl&ff4ffirf
S!*}gL F{ff
srtf il*!tr[fidffi$r
I *tfr;4 ttt ry
t t'"l-l.s*l.rl|6f ,,*J{l***
t !4.1*tLr{E :lanfi,rir&.t*rr*
{s*Ha.rat{f {cll{{a|}{L",tftf f*rl.ol
rr{fi t\r"ffir trat#+fi' A*l|l'|' !.AF*w*fr t ,:*gt *rrrq r"'rr*
t .*r"f,t*'irnQ3"rl#
,rd-lt F}4 rirfrdr4rffi a$ff t a4l#t !,*r{r
I +rc#i {rdl"rri)ql*llltlwrrlnfiitr,.5' ..lfiaaq t rt#l
{r**.#
xnt,a[rgfp f&tt
I 4I{l1 *{r4r* il.*l
I .frflt, a*r.fl* { n|9r ,tlr.* g.J{il, (l.*}sl
t '.'&S,!.^lF' c&lr#t I Cr$*lfAnlr$i
I
{ag* nrv
*lA,{st6*,4
rdfirur
I i*rfr r&rr.ei r.rr.A
t g.lJ-Ste{.t'*t h** +rJ-{tt 9*t{
I srtt"*t +ld***An Sd S,r'l,G
a tlll$
;n *4,**q atll.*ti$4|.{!qffil.lfrf I !Al* ft 'r't!ri, {i*lfi
,F*"rA &*m €dr{!A+ ,,fr, +rj4|l *n}*a*}{ai/slrH
I {rr}$q *{&0rit^rFff* id,llg
I ana#a +t}{rh r*,t"**
I 04t|n(!{fi*t I **t{ffi{".{&.[r
I rhrr.a6 srr.#t ,*t$#f,+*r#
I *Aldli er*{fii ,if*r{rf, c,*l"3r
I ?r&rrithrru I e ,.fi r,rfl'r+*flr|\l-E
t r'"t}Ii, {rir.:n I ,,,ll|rl'a&IrFla.|t+rl!
t A**tq'til}l[t ,i*r4!in *r,'![
I rrf{at {-4$.tr I :4fi* S*ldfil tl+ri8
t &rr*nr+ijff I n*fi{f &r}*t(' t*a5r
t {4}{&#Ar.|(S I l*r.#fr**i#{tt-r*
I l,tq*|ffi I ai**|nr*!}g
FIRESTOPPING
END OF SECTION
07840-10
B.
C.
D,
t.2
I
I
I
I
t
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
t
t
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
SECTION 07920 - JOINT SEALANTS
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
PART I -GENERAL
A. Scope of Work: Including but not necessarily limited to the following:
Pavement, curb, butter and sidewalk joints
Exterior joints between different materials
Exterior building wall joints
Miscellaneous concrete construction joints
Flor (interior) joints
Partitions and ceiling joints.
Interior joints between different materials.
B. Preconstruction Joint-SealanfSubstrate Tests: Submit substrate materials, representative of ;c-
tual joint swfaces, to joint sealant manufacturer for laboratory testing ofjoint sealants for adhe-
sion to primed and unprimed substrates and for compatibility with joint substrates and other
joint-related materials.
C. Submittals: In addition to Product Data, submit the following:
1 . Samples of each type and color ofjoint sealant required.
2. Test reports for joint sealants evidencing compliance with requirements.
PRODUCTS
Manufacturers; one ofthe following for each different product required: See attached re-
comended.
Dow Corning Corporation
General Eleckic Company
Mameco Internati onal. Inc.
Pecora Corp.
Sika Corp.
Sonneborn Building Products division, Rexnord Chemical Products, Inc.
Tremco, Inc.
Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials tlat are compatible
with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as dem-
onstrated by testing and field experience.
Colors: Provide colors indicated for exposedjoint sealants or, ifnot indicated, as selected by
Architect from manufacturer's ful1 range for this characteristic.
Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Comply with ASTM C 920 and otler requirements indicated for
each liquid-applied chemically curing sealant of base polymer specified below:
JOINT SEALANTS 07920 - |
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
I
I
t
IL.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
l. Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant: Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, G, A, and O;
formulated with fungicide; intended for sealing interior joints with nonporous substrates
exposed to high humidity and temperature extremes.
Locations: Interior j oints with nonporous substrates around ceramic tile, showers,
sinks, plumbing fixfures and betvreen equipment or counters and walls.
5.
Multicomponent Nonsag Urethane Sealant: Tlpe M, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses NT, M,
A, and as applicable to joint subshated indicated, O and as follows:
Location: Exterior and Interior vertical joints in masonry, concrete, exterior vertical
joints unless otherwise noted, outside and inside faces of exterior wall door and win-
dow frames between wall and frame.
Multicomponent Pourable Urethane Sealant: Type M, Grade P, Class 25, Uses T, M, A
and O and as follows:
Location: Exterior sidewalks and all interior floor joints excluding ceramic tile.
Single-Component Nonsag Urethane Sealant: Type S; Grade NS; Uses NT, M, A, and O
and as follows:
Location: Metal flashings and reglet joints.
Single-Component Pourable Urethane Sealant: Type S, Grade P, Class 25, Uses T, M,
and O and as follows:
Location: All interior ceramic tile floor ioints in traffrc areas.
Latex Sealant: ASTM C 834, one part, non-sag, mildew resistant, acrylic emulsion sealant,
paintable, recommended by manufacturer for exposed interior applications.
Locations: Use for all interior j oints in field painted vertical and overhead joints not
indicated otherwise.
Pavement Sealants: Multi-component Elastomeric Sealant; Manufacturer's standard multi-part
pollurethane concrete joint sealant complying with ASTM C920.
Locations: For joints in exterior concrete paving and curbs and gutters.
Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex
sealant complying with ASTM C 834.
Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining,
gunnable, synthetic-rubber sealant recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce
airborne sound transmission.
Sealant Backings, General: Nonstaining; compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers,
and otherjoint fillers; approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on
field experience and laboratory testing.
Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or othcr plastic tape recommended by sealant manufac-
turer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials orjoint sur-
faces at back ofjoint.
I
t
t
I
I
t
I
J.
A
E.
I
I
I
I
I
G.
J.
F.
I
t
IJOINT SEALANTS 07920 - 2
Il
It WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
i]
f K. Primer: As recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant
' to ioint subsfates indicated.
1.3 EXECUTION
A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's instructions for products and applications
indicated.
I B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with ASTM C I193.
I C. Acoustical Sealant Application Standard: Comply with ASTM C 919 for use ofjoint sealants in
acoustical applications.
t
ENDoFSECrroN0Te2O
t
I
I
t
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
JOINT SEALANTS
l
07920 -3
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
SECTION O8I lO - STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
-
It PART I -GENERAL
. l.l SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes steel doors, wood veneer steel doors poll,rnethane core R:14 min. and
I steel frames.
:I
I r.2 SUBMTTTALS
I A. Product Data: For each product indicated. Include door desigration, type, level and model,
I material description, label compliance, fire-resistance ratings, and finishes..Y
B. Door Schedule. Use same reference designations indicated on Drawings.
).
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
I A. Steel Door and Frame Standard: Comply with ANSI A250.8, unless more stringent
requirements are indicated.
I,I B. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeledt' by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire-
r protection ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252.
I
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
I 2.1 MANUFACTURERS
D A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
tt 2.2 MATERIALS
I A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A 36614 366M, Commercial Steel (CS), or
- ASTM A 620/A 620M, Drawing Steel (DS), Type B; stretcherJeveled standard of flatness.
I B. Wood Veneer for Transparent Finish:
f 1. Grade and Wood Species: Custom, - See drawings for species.2. Assembly of Veneer Leaves on Door Faces: Horizontal Running match,
3. Pair and Set Match: Provide for doors hung in same opening or separated only byImullions.It
I
1- STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - I
I]
I *ESTHAVEN.'ND'MTNTMS
Vail. ColoradoI
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
2.3 DOORS
A. Interior Doors: Complying with ANSI 250.8 for level and
physical-endurance level indicated.
1. Level 2 and Physical Performance Level B, Model l.
B. Exterior Doors: Complying with ANSI A250.8 for level and
physical-endurance level indicated.
l. Level 2 and Physical Performance Level B, Model l.2. Minimum R Value for thermal rated assernblies is 14.
2,4 FRAMES
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
model and ANSI A250.4 for
I
I
I
I
T
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
model and ANSI 4250.4 for
General: ANSI ,4'250.8; conceal fastenings, unless otherwise indicated.
Frame Steel Sheet Thickness:
1. 0.053-inch- (1.3-mm) for wood doors where indicated.
Door Silencers: Three silencers on single-door frames and two silencers on double-door
frames.
Supports and Anchors: Not less tban 0.042-ineh- (1.O-mm-) thick zinc-coated steel sheet.
1 Masonry Wall Anchors: 0.177-inch- (a.s-mm-) diameter, steel wire complying with
ASTM A 510 (ASTM A 5 l0M) may be used in place of steel sheet.
Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units. Zinc-coat items that are to be built
into exterior walls according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C or D as applicable.
2.5 FABRICATION
A. General: Fabricate steel door and frame units to comply with ANSI A250.8 free from defects
including warp and buckle. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacfurer's plant.
B. Exterior Doors: Fabricate doors, panels, and frames from metallic-coated steel sheet. Close top
and bottom edges of doors flush as an integral part ofdoor consfiuction or by addition of 0.053-
inch- (1.3-mm-) thick, metallic-coated steel channels with channel webs placed even with top
and bottom edges.
C. Interior Door Faces: Fabricate exposed faces of doors and panels, including stiles and rails of
nonflush units. from cold-rolled steel sheet.
D. Wood Veneer Door Faces: Apply wood veneer to face of steel door as scheduled. Maintain fire
rating as required in schedule.
E. Core Construction: Manufacturer's standard core construction that produces a door complying
with SDI standards.
A.
B.
C.
D.
I
I
I
E.
STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 2
l WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
G.
H.
I.
J.
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
L.
M.
N.
o.
2.6
J.l
I
t
I
I
l
t
t
I
t
I
T
l
I
I
l
I,
I
I
F. Clearances for Non-Fire-Rated Doors: Not more than l/8 inch (3.2 mm) at jambs and heads,
except not more than l/4 incb (6.a mm) between pairs of doors. Not more than 3/4 inch (19
mm) at bottom.
Clearances for Fire-Rated Doors: As required by NFPA 80.
Door-Edge Profile: Square edge, unless beveled edge is indicated.
Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117.
Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware according to final door
hardware schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable
requirements in ANSIA250.6 and ANSIA115 Series specifications for door and iiame
preparation for hardware.
Frame Construction:
1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped and continuously welded comers and seamless
facejoints, Provide temporary spreader bars.
2. Fabricate knock-dom, drywall slip-on frames for in-place gypsum board partitions.
Reinforce doors and frames to receive surface-applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for
surface-applied hardware may be done at Project site.
Locate hardware as indicated or, if not indicated, according to ANSI 4250.8.
Glazing Stops: Manufacturer's standard, formed from 0.032-inch- (0.8-mm-) thick steel sheet.
L Provide nonremovable stops on outside of exterior doors and on secwe side of interior
doors for glass, louvers, and other panels in doors.
2. Provide screw-applied, rernovable, glazing stops on inside of glass, louvers, and other
panels in doors.
Astragals: As required by NFPA 80 to provide fire ratings indicated.
FINISHES
Prime Finish: Manufacturer's standard, factory-applied coat of rust-inhibiting primer compllng
with ANSI 4250.10 for acceptance criteria.
Doors for Transparent Finish: Shop prime faces and edges of doors, including cutouts, with
transparent finish as specified in Division 9 Section "Painting."
PART 3 -EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
Placing Frames: Comply with provisions in SDI 105, unless otherwise indicated. Set frames
accuately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set.
STEEL DOORS ANDFRAMES 08110-3
\4/ESTIIAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
t
I
D
t
t
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
il
I
I
After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders, leaving surfaces
smooth and undamaged.
l. Wall Anchors: Provide at least three anchors per jamb. For openings 90 inches (2286
mm) or more in height, install an additional anchor at hinge and strike jambs.
2. Gypsum Board Partitions: For in-place partitions, install knock-down, drywall slip-on
frames.
3. Fire-Rated Frames: Install according to NFPA 80.
B. Door Installation: Comply with ANSI 4250.8. Shim as necessary to comply with SDI 122 and
ANSYDHIAII5.IG.
l Fire-Rated Doors: Install within clearances specified in NFPA 80.2. SmokeConkolDoors: InstalltocomplywithNFPA 105.
C. After installation, remove protective wrappings from doors and frames and touch up prime coat
with compatible air-drying primer.
END OF SECTION 08110
I
I
t
ISTEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08u0 - 4
I WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
3
I
PART I - GENERALr
. I.I SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes solid core doors as follows:
1. Doors with wood-veneer faces and factory finishing.
| 2. Factory fitting wood doors to frames and factory machining for hardware.
I.
. See Division 6 Section "Interior Architectural Woodwork" for wood door frames.
t C. See Division 8 Section "Glazing" for glass view panels in flush wood doors.
I r.z suBMrrrALSt
_ A. Product Data: For each type of door. lnclude factory-finishing specifications.IIt B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of door;
construction details; location and extent of hardware blocking; mortises, holes, and cutouts;
!' requirements for veneer matching, factory finishing; fire ratings; and other pertinent data.
I C. Samples: For each face material and finish.
! I.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
I A. Qualrty Standard: Comply with AWI's "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated,t
B. Fire-Rated Wood Doors: Doors that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency
I acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated.l1
-t 1. Test Pressure: Test at atmospheric pressure
- PART2-PRODUCTS
III 2.1 MANUFACTURERS
tt A. Available Manufacturers: Subj ect to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
t products that rnay be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
I B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
f following:
l. Platte ValleyLumber
I 2. AlgomaHardwoods Inc.
I
Vail, Colorado
SECTION O82I I . FLUSH WOOD DOORS
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
t
FLUSHwooD DooRS 08211 - 1
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
3. Ampco Products, Inc.
4. Buell Door Company.
5. Chappell Door Co.
6. Eggers Industries; Architectural Door Division.
7. GRAHAM Manufacturing Corp.
8. Haley Brothers, Inc.
9. Ideal Wood Products, Inc.
10. IPIKDoorCompany.
11. Lambton Doors.
12. Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc.
13. Oshkosh Architectural Door Co.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
t
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
!
I
I
I
2.2 DOOR CONSTRUCTION
Doors for Transparent Finish:
L Grade and Wood Species: Custom, - See drawings for species.2. Assembly of Veneer Leaves on Door Faces: Horizontal Running match.3. Pair and Set Match: Provide for doors hung in same opening or separated only by
mullions.
lnterior Veneer-Faced Solid-Core Doors:
Core: Either glued block or structural composite lumber
Construction: Five or seven plies with stiles and rails bonded to core, then entire unit
abrasive planed before veneerinq.
C.Fire-Rated Doors:
Construction: Construction and core specified above for type of face indicated or
manufachrer's standard mineral-core construction as needed to provide fire rating
indicated.
Edge Construction: Manufacturer's standard laminated-edge construction with improved
screw-holding capability and split resistance.
Pairs: Furnish formed-steel edges and astragals for pairs of fire-rated doors, unless
otherwise indicated.
Pairs: Provide fire-rated pairs with fire-retardant stiles matching face veneer that are
labeled and listed for kinds of applications indicated without formed-steel edges and
astragals. Provide stiles with concealed intumescent seals.
FABRICATION
Factory fit doors to suit frame-opening sizes indicated. Comply with clearance requirements of
referenced quality standard for fitting. Comply with requirements in NFPA 80 for fire-rated
doors.
Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied.
Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors to comply with applicable requirements of
referenced standards for kind(s) ofdoor(s) required.
B.
l.
2.
1.
2.
J.
4.
2.5
B,
C.
FLUSHWOODDOORS 0821r - 2
a WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail. Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
J l. Light Openings: Trim openings with moldings of material and profile indicated.
,- 2. l,ouvers: Factory install louvers in prepared openings.
r 2.4 sHoP PRIMING
I A. Doors for Transparent Finish: Shop prime faces and edges of doors, including cutouts, witht transparent finish as specified in Division 9 Section "Painting."
I PART3-EXECUTION
I 3.1 TNSTATLATTON
I A. Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, referenced qualify standard,
I and as indicated.
1. Install fire-rated doors in corresponding fire-rated frames according to NFPA 80.Ir 2. Comply with NFPA 80 for fire-rated doors.
3
B. Factory-Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge.
I
END oF SECrroN 08211
I
I
t
I
I
't
l
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 - 3
SECTION 08212. STILEAND RAILWOOD DOORSI
- PART I-GENERAL
T 1.1 SUMMARY
) A. This Section includes interior stile and rail wood doors for "Alpine" lnterior Finish Package.
!B. See Division 6 Section "Interior Architectrual Woodwork" for wood door frames.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
I l. ProductData: Foreachtypeofdoor.!
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of door;3a conskuction details not covered in Product Data; and other pertinent data.I
C. Samples: For each species and finish required.II 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
t A. Quality Standard for Doors of Stock Design and Construction: Comply with WDMA I.5.6,
"lndustry Standard for Wood Stile and Rail Doors."
I B. Quality Standard for Doors of Special Design and Construction: Comply with AWI'sr "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards."
\t C. Fire-Rated Wood Doors: Doors that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency
t acceptable to authorities havingjurisdiction.
I 1. Test Pressure: Test at atmospheric pressure.t
r, PART2-PRODUCTS
J
2.1 MANUFACTURERSII A, In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
manufacturers specifi ed.
2. Manufacturgrs: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
manufacturers specifi ed.
I
'ESTHAVENC'ND'MINTMSVail. ColoradoI
l
I
STTLEANDRATLWOODDOORS
I
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
08212 - |
WESTILAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.2
z-J
B.
c.
D.
E.
B.
2.4
2.5
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
3. Basis-of-Design Product: The design for each stile and rail door is based on the product
named. Subj ect to compliance with requirements, provide either the named product or a
comparable product by one ofthe other manufacfurers specified.
MATERTALS
Assemble exterior doors and sidelites, including components, with wet-use adhesives.
STILE AND RAIL DOORS OF SPECIAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
Available Manufacfu rers:l. Platte Valley Lumber
2. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc.
3. Eggers Industries; Architectural Door Division.
Construction. General:
l. Grade and Wood Species: Custom, - See drawings for species.
Door Construction:
1. Stile and Rail Construction: lumber; may be edge glued for width.2, Stile and Rail Construction: Solid, structural lumber.3. Raised-Panel Construction: knotty lumber, edge glued for width.
lnterior Doors:
l. Basis-of-Design Product: Platte Valley Lumber, Custom Doors or a comparable producti
Interior Fire-Rated Doors (20-Minute Rating): Fire-rated doors with 1-3l4-inch- ( a-mm)
thick stiles and rails and veneered flat panels not less than 5/8 inch (16 mm) thick, complying
with requirements indicated for interior doors.
FABRICATION
Factory fit doors to suit frame-opening sizes indicated. Comply with clearance requirements of
referenced quality standard for fitting. Comply with requirements in NFPA 80 for fire-rated
doors.
Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied.
SHOP PRMING
Doors for Transparent Finish: Shop apply stain (ifrequired), other required pretreatments, and
first coat of finish specifred in Division 9 Section "Painting" to faces and edges ofdoors.
STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS 08212 -2
Vail, Colorado
PART 3 - EXECUTION
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I 3.1 rNSrALLArroN
1- A. Install wood doors to comply with manufacfurer's written instructions and with referenced
I quality standard, and as indicated.
L lnstall fire-rated doors in corresponding fire-rated frames according to NFPA 80.
I B. Factory-Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge.
I ENDoFSECrroNo82r2
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
'ESTITAVENC'ND.MTNTMS
l
I
STILEAND RATLWOODDOORS
I
I
l
I
08212 - 3
SECTION O83OO - SMOKE CONTAINMENT SYSTEM FOR FIRE RATED ELEVATOR
IT PART I-GENERAL
} 1.I WoRKINCLUDED
I A. Provide Smoke Containment Unit with reinforced polyimide plastic hlm smoke containment curtain,
I conhol station, sheet metal container, rewind switch, cove bases, and accessories as required for
complete, operational installation.t
1.2 RELATEDWORK
I A. Electricalt l. Smoke Detector with auxiliary contact and emergency power supply.
2. Box and wire for termination of Smoke Detector System.
I 3. Tie in to l2o vAC Power.! 4. Box and wire for Rewind Switch.
^ 5. Box and wire for Housing Control.
Il B. Framing
1. Level hoistway wall in container mounting area.
1| 2. Level hoistway door frame.r,
C. Paintine
r. 1. Paintabie silicone sealant at inside and outside perimeter of auxiliary rails, cove bases and container.
I 2. Field paint per 3.02 Maintenance. E.
I I.3 QUALITYASSURANCEt
A. Standards: Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards:l| 1. NFPA 105 Installation of Smoke-Control Door Assemblies, 1989 Edition.
2, ICBO Evaluation Service Acceptance Criteria for Smoke-Containment Systems
I Used with Fire-resistive Elevator Hoisway Doors and Frames zubject No. AC77,
I September 1992.
3. ICBO Research Report No. 4968, current edition.
4. UBC Standard No. 7-2Partll.
5. UBC Standard No. 42-1.
6. ASTM Standard No. D 412
7. ASTM Standard No. D 1434
8. ASTM Standard No. D 1876
9. UL StaadardNo. 1784
10. UL Standard No. 268
1I. NFPA 258
I
'E'THAVENC'ND.MTNTMSVail, ColoradoI
I
I
I
I
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
SMOKE CONTAINMENT SYSTEM 08300 - l
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
B. Maximum Air Leakage Rate: Less than 1 cfm per square foot at 0.3 in. wg
pressure at 400 degrees F.
C. Maximum Temperah.ue Necessitating Replacement: The smoke containment
system must be replaced after exposure to temperatues exceeding 200 degrees F.
D. Field Paint: Per 3.02 maintenancc. E
E. Testing:
1. The smoke containment system shall meet or exceed the standards
outlined in the followins tests:
a. Reinforced film
L ASTME/84 (UBC Standard No. 42-1) Surface Buming Characteristic2. Producing a flame-spread index less than 25 and a smoke-developed
rating less than 50.
3. ASTM D 543 Resistance of Plastics to Chemical Reagents maintaining
its physical properties after exposure to Hydrochloric Acid at a pH l,
Sodium Hydroxide at a pH 10, Kerosene and Paint Thinner when tested
in accordance with ASTM D 882 Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic
Sheeting.
4. ASTM D 1183 Resistance of Adhesives to Cyclic Laboratory Aging
Conditions maintaining its physical properties after exposure to
accelerated aging.
5. ASTM D 1876 Peel Resistance of Adhesives maintaining a bond
befween the yarn and the film at least 2 pounds per inch.
b. Polyimide Film
l. UL 7368 Polymeric Materials - Long Term Property Evaluations
maintaining its physical properties after exposure to accelerated aging.
c. Smoke Containment Svstem
1. UL 1784 Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies maintaining an air
leakage rating of less than I cfm per square foot of opening when tested
under both positive and negative pressure at both ambient and elevated
(400 degrees F/204 degrees C) temperatures at a differential air pressure
0.3 inches water column.
2. Cycle Testing described in ICBO AC 77 demonstrating no fatigue after
completing 100 cycles. The system must continue to function without
impairment.
3. Expansion Characteristics of less than 6 inches when tested under both
positive and negative pressure at both ambient and elevated (400 degrees
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
il
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ISMOK-E CONTAIN MENT SYSTEM 08300 - 2
I
t WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100%oCD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
a F/204 degrees C) temperatures at a differential air pressure of 0,3 inches
water column.I
I 4. Opening Force less than 15 pounds per foot to disengage the system
applied perpendicular to the plane of the film at the boundary.
r F. PRODUCTRECOGNITION
I l. Each smoke-containment system shall be identified as follows:t a. The manufacturer's name
b. Maximum leakage rating at the specified pressure and temperature
r conditions.
f c. Labeloftheapprovedqualifycontrolagency.
d. ICBO ES evaluation report number.I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I.O4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufachrer's complete data and installation instructions
B. Shop Drawings:
L lndicate the followins:
a. Anticipated Date of Installation
b. Elevator Lobby ceiling height
c. Hoistway door opening width
d. Hoistway door opening height
e. Hoistway door frame profile, projection from finished wall and face
width
f. Hoistway door frame material and existing finish
g. Mounting height
h. Any projections from lobby wall within 12" of hoistway door frame,
floor to ceiling.
C. Cycle Testing:
Before smoke containment systems are placed into use, perform acceptance tests
as required and recommended by Code and goveming authorities.t
D. Permits and Manuals:t
I l. Fumish certificates or operating permits to Owner as required by
governing authorities, and fumish copies of maintenance manual with
t operating and maintenance instructions, emergency information, and
I similar information.
I 2. Instruct Owner's personnel in proper operation and required semi-annual
I maintenance
1.5 WARRANTY
I
r- SMOKE CONTAINMENT SYSTEM O83OO - 3
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail. Colorado
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
2.1
2.2
B.
C.
D,
E.
F.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
A. The manufacturer warrants that its products will be free of defects in worhnanship and
material, and that when properly installed and maintained, will perform in accordance with
the specifications set forth in the Intemational Conference of Building Officials Acceptance
Criteria AC77 and the Intemational Conference of Building Officials Evaluation Service
Report No. 4968 dated January 1996. These warranties shall be in effect for a period of
twelve (12) months from the initial start-up date, as determined by the manufacturer.
B. The manufacturer excludes all other warranties, express or implied including any implied
warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. In no event shall the
manufacturer be liable for consequential or indirect damages.
PART 2 _ PRODUCTS
ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER
A. Smoke Guard Corporation
P.O. Box2275
Boise, Idaho 837 0l -227 5
Phone: l-208-383-3789
B. Substitutions: Except as otherwise indicated, products of equivalent quality, design and
function produced by other than listed manufacturers that strictly conform to these
standards and are recognized by the ICBO Evaluation Service may be uscd, subject to
approval of Architect, Building Official, and Fire Marshal.
MATERI,ALS
The film shall be 2 mil thick transparent polyimide plastic film reinforced at 0.25 inches each
way with a 200 denier nomex yarn. Flexible multi-pole magnetic strips of energized ferrite in a
nitrile rubber binder exerting a minimum force of 1.4 MGOe shall be attached to each
longitudinal edge of the film. The magnets shall be attached to the film using a continuous bead
of low modulus silicone sealant.
Two 1/8" wide strips of 0.002-inch thick synthetic elastomer, two stage laminating adhesive shall
be attached to the attaching face of the flexible magrets.
The motor shall be a l2-volt DC unit powered by 120-volt AC power passing through a
transformer. A l2-volt DC battery equipped with a charger shall be provided as an emergency
back-up.
The release mechanism shall be capable of deplolng the smoke containment system in less than
10 seconds and comply with UL Standard No. 508.
The system shall be connected to the auxiliary contact circuit of the smoke detector (by others)
complying with UL Standard No. 268 equipped with an auxiliary power supply or an approved
cenfral smoke detection alarm syst€m.
The system shall be manufactured under a qualify control program meeting requirements of the
ICBO ES Acceptance Criteria for Quality Control Manuals.
SMOKE CONTAINMENT SYSTEM 08300 - 4
2.
3.
4.
5.
G.
I
I
I
;
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
l
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
The system shall be listed and labeled by an independent testing laboratory meeting the
requirements of the ICBO Evaluation Service.
Each smoke-containment unit shall be posted with a sigr waming occupants not to exit through
the smoke barrier.
PART 3 _EXECLTTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. The gmoke-containment system shall be installed by factory frained personnel.
B. The installer shall provide and install the following complete system:
HOUSING: 10" deep x 10" high rough opening (4" hiCh x 10" wide
rewind motor top or side mount, see not 24 or 25 below) x various
width, 20 gauge primed metal container with a primed metal hinged
door and l2v DC rewind motor provided and installed by installer.
Housing connected to backing plate mounted to face of hoistway
wall by installer. Contractor shall provide clear paintable silicone
sealant along bottom edge at wall after housing is set. Painting by
contractor, see painting note.
CURTAIN: 2 mil reinforced polyimide film attached to continuous
flexible magnets along each vertical edge by installer. Curtain is
rolled around a 4" iliameter aluminum cylinder.
COVE BASE: 24 gauge primed metal provided and anchored to
floor directly in front of ferrous metal hoistway door frame or
attached to auxiliary rails by installer. Typical (2) for each smoke
containment unit. Painting by contractor, see painting note.
AIIXILIARY RAIL: Hoistway door frames that are non-ferrous,
stainless steel, brass, bronze, aluminum or do not have a flat 2" face
profile require a2" wide primed flat metal rail and sub rail mounted
to hoistway wall by installer directly outboard and adjacent to
hoistway door frame. Contractor shall provide clear paintable
silicone sealant at inside and outside edge of rails after rails are set.
Typical (2) for each smoke containment unit. Painting by contactor,
see painting note.
CONTROL STATION: Single units: 16" x 10" x 5" NEMA I box
for each smoke containment unit provided and installed by installer.
Grouped units on a common floor activated by a single smoke
detector require a Multiple Activation Control Station (MACS) 20" x
10" x 5" NEMA I box , and one additional control station for each
additional unit provided and installed by installer.
SMOKE CONTAINMENT SYSTEM 08300 - 5
WESTTIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
REWIND SWITCH: Spring type single or double pole switch,
battery monitor LED and stainless steel cover plate provided by
manufacturer and installed by installer. Multiple units on a cornmon
floor activated by a single smoke detector are limited to (2) units per
rewind switch.
C. The General Contractor shall complete the following Scope of Work for each elevator hoistway
door opening in accordance with code prior to installation of the smoke containment system:
7. HOUSING MOUNTING AREA: Contractor shall provide a clear,
level, and unobstructed area flush with the finished wall 14" high x
fuU width of housing located above each elevator hoist door. For
new shaftwall construction, conhactor shall provide and install 20
gauge metal backing full height and width of housing in each
housing mounting area. Contractor shall remove trim and other
objects that extend into swing path ofhousing door. Contractor shall
remove ceiling and grid in area designated for housing and provide
adequate working clearances and rough opening dimensions.
8. CURTAIN INSTALLATION AREA: Contractor shall install lobby
side of elevator shaft plumb, level, true, and straight with no
distortions. Contractor shall remove all obstructions and projections
with housing width centered on hoistway door from bottom of
housing to lobby floor. Remove all trim and projections within 3"
beyond the outer edge of hoistway door &ame or auxiliary rail.
Where auxiliary rails are required, hall call stations that are located
within the area of auxiliary rails must be relocated.
9. CONTROL STATION AREA: Contractor shall provide a clear,
Ievel unobstructed and accessible area located near each elevator
hoistway door.
10. ELEVATOR HOISTWAY DOOR FRAME: Elevator hoistway door
frames shall be fire rated 16 gauge steel. Maximum hoistway door
opening for a listed smoke containment system is 48". Hoistway
door fiames that are non-ferrous, stainless steel, brass, bronze,
aluminum or do not have a flat 2" face profile require auxiliary rails.
Field painted door fiames require stripping ofpaint and repainting by
conhactor as described in painting note. Factory painted hoistway
door frames require no additional prep unless scheduled to be field
painted.
ll. VALANCE AND CEILING RECESSES: Contractor shall locate
bottom of valence or ceiling flush with top of housing door hinge
after smoke containment unit is set. Do not atlach to housing.
Extend I -hour rated enclosure around housing as required.
12. CLEARANCES: Contractor shall provide adequate working
clearances and minimum rough openings for all material installed by
installer. Clearances for all electrical items shall be provided by
conhactor and maintained to meet code. Elevator position indicators
projecting beyond wall more than l" beyond wall surface shall be
relocated by contractor. Contractor shall relocate position indicators
where housing is mounted directly above hoistway door. Contractor
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
il
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
6.
SMOKE CONTAIN M ENT SYSTEM 08300 - 6
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINITIMS |\Q%CD: September2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
shall hold valence or ceiling Ya" away from housing door hinge,
minimum.
13. PAINTING: Contractor shall patch wall surfaces and provide a bead
of clear paintable silicone sealant adjacent to the auxiliary rails, cove
base and housing then shall paint all wall surfaces adjacent to
housing and auxiliary rails. Do not field paint frame, auxiliary rails,
cove base, housing, housing door or hinge without first contacting
installer. Do not paint housing door shut or fill hinge with paint.
Field painting hoistway door frames, auxiliary rails, and cove bases
will require stripping of existing paint to base metal and repainting
with a sprayed 0.005 inch thick maximum paint resistant to 400
degrees F. Use Valspar Hi-Heat Silicone Coatings or Sherwin
Williams Flame Control 850 Series or manufacturer approved
alternate. Factory painted hoistway door frames do not need to be
field painted.
14. ACCESS PANELS: Contractor shall provide full and permanent
access to meet code at each conffol station and all junction boxes.
15. SMOKE DETECTOR: Contoactor shall provide smoke detector
complfng with UL 268 at lobby ceiling per code, equipped with an
auxiliary normallv open contact and supplied with battery backup or
emergency power. Smoke containment system is cormected to the
local detector, not the general alarm. No voltase shall exist across
the auxiliary contact.
16. CONTROL PULL BOX: Provided and installed by contractor. (l)
Four-square deep box to pull the smoke detector, rewind switch, and
housing wiring through to the control station.
17. 120 VOLT AC POWER: Ground provided and terminated by
contractor. Locate l20v AC power junction box above each
hoistway door in close proximity to tfie conhol station area where
shown in the drawings. Contractor shall hardwire control station
disconnect (provided by manufacturer) after conhol station is set by
installer.
18. REWIND SWITCH J-BOX: Provided and installed by contractor.
Locate a four-square deep box with single gang mud ring for each
smoke containment system in visual proximity of smoke
containment system where directed by architect. See below for
grouped units.
19. ALARM CIRCUIT: Provided and installed by contractor from the
normally open auxiliary contact of the lobby smoke detector to
control station through control pull box. See below for grouped
units.
20. REWIND/BATTERY CIRCUIT: Provided and installed by
contractor from rewind switch J-box through conhol pull box to
conhol station. Double smoke containment systems on a common
floor each require rewind,/battery circuit from rewind switch box to
each contol station. Two smoke containment systems maximum per
rewind switch.
I
I
I
l
I SMOKE CONTAINMENT SYSTEM 08300 - 7
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100%o CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
HOUSING CONTROL CIRCUIT: Provided and installed by
contractor in flexible conduit from housing through control pull box
to control station.
CONTROL CIRCUIT: Provided and installed by contractor.
Provide flexible conduit and wiring from control pull box to control
station.
23. HOUSING J-BOX: Provided by and installed by manufacturer.
24. REWIND MOTOR (TOP MOLTNT): Standard Motor provided by
and installed by manufacturer. Rewind motor draws 13.5 amps at
12v DC or approximately 1.5 amps at 120v AC.
25. REWIND MOTOR (SIDE MOUNT): For low clearance application.
Provided by and installed by manufacturer. Rewind motor draws
13.5 amps at l2v DC or approximately 1.5 amps at l20v AC.
GROUPED TINITS: Multiple units on a common floor activated by a single smoke detector in a common
location require alarm circuit wiring (2 - #16) from a multiple actuation control station (MACS) (provided
and installed by installer) through all other control pull boxes to all other control stations. Additionally,
multiple units require grouping by single units and double units, eg. Single or double unit from one
rewind switch J-box, three or four units require (2) rewind switch J-boxes, etc.
3.2 MAINTENANCE
c.
Proper maintenance is a requirement of the Intemational Conference of Building Officials
Evaluation Service (ICBO ES) and the manufacturer,
Each smoke containment unit must be cycle tested by the owner or his representative on a semi-
annual basis or as required by appropriate goveming agency. This is simply done by activating
the smoke detector, observing the deploynent of the curtain, rewinding each unit by activating
the Rewind Switch, and closing the container door. NOTE THAT ELEVATOR AND
GENERAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WILL GO INTO ALARM AND MUST BE RESET.
Retain a permanent record of these cycle tests.
Backup battery (found in control box mounted adjacent to unit) must be tested semi-annually and
replaced a minimum of every three years.
Contact manufacfurer prior to initiating any painting of system or its components. Field painting
of hoistway door frames, auxiliary rails, and cove bases will require tipping of existing paint to
base metal and repainting with a sprayed 0.005 inch thick maximum paint resistant to 400
degrees F. Use Valspar Hi-heat silicone coatings or Sherwin Williams Flame Control #850
Series or manufacturer approved altemate.
I
I
I
!
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
21.
22.
A.
B.
I
D.
I
I
I
I
ISMOKI CONTAINMENT SYSTEM 08300 - 8
I
- WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail. Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
r
SECTION O83I I . ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES
I
I
PART I -GENERAL
II
- 1.I SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:a
l. Access doors and frames.
|l 2. Fire-rated access doors and frames.a B. See Division 8 Section "Door Hardware" for mortise or rim cylinder locks and master keying.
I'- 1.2 SUBMITTALS
I A. ProductData: Foreachtypeofaccessdoorindicated.I
B, Coordination Drawings: Drawn to scale and coordinating access door and frame installation
I with ceiling support, Jeiling-mounted items, and concealed Work above ceiling.I
C. Schedule: Door and frame schedule, including lypes, general locations, sizes, construction
I details, latching or locking provisions, and other data pertinent to installation.
I
I 1.3 QUALTTY ASSURANCE
I A. Fire-Rated Access Doors and Frames: Units complying with NFPA 80 and that are labeled and
r listed by UL, ITS, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having
t jurisdiction per test method indicated.
I . Vertical Access Doors: NFPA 252 or UL 10B.
2. Horizontal Access Doors and Frames: ASTM E 1 19, UBC Standard 7 .1. or IJL 263.
B. Size and Location Verification: Determine specific locations and sizes for access doors needed
to gain access to concealed equipment, and indicate on schedule.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
-I'
2.1 MATERTALSI
I A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 361A36M.
I L Hot-DipGalvanizedSteel: CoattocomplywithASTMA 123/Al23M.forsteelandiron
f productsandASTM Al53/Al53Mforsteelandironhardware.
f B. Steel Sheet:
I ACCESS DOORS ANDFRAMES 08311 - I
I
I
t
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
l
2.2
1. Cold-Rolled: ASTM A 366/4 366M, Commercial Steel (CS), or ASTM A 6201A 620M,
Drawing Steel (DS), Type B; stretcher-leveled standard of flatness.
a. Electrolytic zinc-coated steel sheet, complfng with ASTM A 591/4 591M,
Class C coating, may be substituted at fabricator's option.
2. Electrolytic Zinc Coated: ASTM A 591/A 591M, Commercial Steel (CS), with Class C
coating and phosphate treatment to prepare surface for painting.
C. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), alloy and temper recommended by
aluminum producer and finisher for t)?e of use and finish indicated, and with not less than the
sttength and durability properties of alloy 5005-H15.
D. AluminumExtrusions: ASTMB 221 (ASTM B22lM),alloy 6063-T6.
E. Aluminum-Alloy RolledTread Plate: ASTM B 63218 632M, alloy 6061-T6.
F. Drywall Beads: Edge trim formed from 0.0299-inch (0.76-mm) zinc-coated steel sheet formed
to receive joint compound and in size to suit thickness of gypsum panels indicated.
G. Plaster Bead: Casing bead formed from 0.0299-inch (0.76-mm) zinc-coated steel sheet with
flange formed out of expanded metal lath and in size to suit thickness ofplaster.
H. Paint:
L Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal
modified-alkyd primer complying with performance requirements in FS TT-P-664;
selected for good resistance to normal atrnospheric corrosion, compatibility with finish
paint systems indicated, and capability to provide sound foundation for field-applied
topcoats despite prolonged exposure.
2. Shop Primer for Metallic-Coated Steel: Organic zinc-rich primer complying with SSPC-
Paint 20 and compatible with topcoat.
ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES
Available Manufacturcrs: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
Flush, lnsulated, Fire-Rated Access Doors and Trimless Frames:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
B.
Material: Prime-painted steel sheet.
Surface Type: Gypsumboard.
Locations: Walls and ceilings.
Fire-Resistance Rating: l/4 hour.
Temperature-Rise Rating: 250 deg F (139 deg C) at the end of 30 minutes.
Door: Flush panel with core of mineral-fiber insulation enclosed in sheet metal with a
minimum thickness of 0.036 inch (0.9 mm).
Frame: Minimum 0.060-inch- (1.5-mm-) thick sheet metal with drywall bead
Hinges: Continuous piano hinge.
Automatic Closer: Spring type.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES a$lr -2
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
10. Latch: Selflatching bolt operated by key with interior release.
C. Flush Access Doors and Trimless Frames:
l. Material: Prime-painted steel sheet.
2, SurfaceType: Gypsumboard.
3. Locations: Walls and ceilings.
4. Door: Minimum 0.060-inch- (1.5-mm) thick sheet metal, set flush with surrounding
finish surfaces.5. Frame: Minimum 0.060-inch- (1.5-mm) thick sheet metal with bead for type of surface
indicated.
6. Hinges: Continuous piano hinge.
7. Latch: Screwdriver-operated cam latch.
8. Lock: Key-operated cylinder lock for access panels in residential units which access
common building componenets.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Latching Mechanisms: Furnish number required to hold doors in flush, smooth plane when
closed.
1. For cylinder lock, furnish two keys per lock and key all locks alike.
B. Extruded Aluminum: After fabrication, apply manufacturer's standard protective coating on
aluminum that will come in contact with concrete.
PART 3,EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
Advise installers of other work about specific requirements relating to access door and floor
door installation, including sizes of openings to receive access door and frame, as well as
locations ofsupports, inserts, and anchoring devices.
Set frames accurately in position and attach securely to supports with plane of face panels
aligned with adjacent finish swfaces.
Install access doors with trimless frames flush with adiacent finish surfaces or recessed to
receive fi nish material.
Adjust doors and hardware after installation for proper operation.
END OF SECTION 0831I
B.
D.
3.1t
I
I
I
l
I
I
I ACCESS DOORS ANDFRAMES 08311 - 3
I
- WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
I Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
I
SECTION 0836I - SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS
I
PART I -GENERALI
- l.l SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes electrically operated sectional overhead doors.r
B. See Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for miscellaneous steel supports.
I C. See Division 16 Sections for electrical service and connections for powered operators and
accessories.
'- 1.2 PERFoRMANCEREeUIREMENTS
I A. Shuctural Performance: Provide sectional overhead doors capable of withstanding the effects
- of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses without evidencing permanent deformation
^ ofdoor components:II l. Wind Loads: Uniform pressure (velocity pressure) of 20 ltrflsq. ft. (960 Pa), acting
inward and outward.
t 2. Air Infiltration: Maximum Rate: 0.08 cfm (0.038 L/s) at 15 mph (24 km/h).t 3. Rr#rlfiij"r Flying Debris: Comply with ASTME 1996, tested according to
I
,. a. Level of Protection: Basic Protection.
b. Wind Speed: 90 MPH, Exposure B.
I B. Operation-Cycle Requirements: Provide sectional overhead door components and operators! capable of operating for not less than 10,000 cycles.
lI I.3 SUBMITTALS
f A. Product Data: For each type and size of sectional overhead door and accessory.
t B. Shop Drawings: For special components and installations not detailed in manufacturer's
I product data.
I' C. Samples: For each exposed finish.
,I
I 1.4 QUALITYASSI]RANCE
I A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved
f for both installation and maintenance ofunits required for this Project.
I
I
SECTTONALOVERHEADDOORS 08361 - I
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories:
Article 100.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70.
WOOD DOOR SECTIONS
Flush-Type Sections: Top, bottom, and end closures of clear, vertical-grain, straight, kiln-dried
Douglas fir in pattern shown on drawings. Provide wood blocking to receive hardware, end
stiles. Form meeting rails to provide rabbeted weathertight-seal joint. Provide insulation to
maintain a minimum R-value of 5.
Treat wood door members after machining with water-repellent preservative formulation
according to NWWDA I.S. 4.
TRACKS, SUPPORTS, AND ACCESSORIES
Tracks: Manufacturer's standard, galvanized steel track system, sized for door size and weight,
designed for lift type indicated and clearances shown, including brackets, bracing, and
reinforcement for rigid support of ball-bearing roller guides for required door type and size.
Weld or bolt to track supports.
l. Provide hacks configured for the following lift types:
a. Standard.
b. Low headroom.
2. Track Reinforcement and Supports: Galvanized steel supporting members to provide
strength and rigidity during opening and closing ofdoors.
Weatherseals: Replaceable, adjustable, continuous, compressible weather-stripping gaskets of
flexible vinyl, rubber, or neoprene fitted to bottom and top of overhead door.
1. Provide motor-operated doors with combination bottom weatherseal and sensor edge.
HARDWARE
General: Provide heary-duty, conosion-resistant hardware to suit door type.
Hinges: Hcavy-duty galvanized steel hinges at each end stile and at each intermediate stile.
Attach hinges to door sections tbrough stiles and rails. Provide double-end hinges where
required and for doors exceeding 16 feet (4.87 m) in width.
Rollers: Heary-duty rollers with steel ball bearings in case-hardened steel races.
l. Tire Material: Case-hardened steel.
I
t
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
2.1
2.2
B.
B.
z.J
A.
B.
I
I
I
I
C.
SECTIONAL OVERIIEAD DOORS 08361-2
)- WESTHAVEN CoNDoMINTMS 100% CD: September 2005
I Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
! D. Ifdoor unit is power operated, provide safety interlock switch to disengage power supply when
door is locked.t
I 2.4 COUNTERBALANCE MECHANISM
-I A. Torsion Spring: Fabricated from oil{empered-steel wire, mounted on a cross-header tube or,'
steel shaft. Connect to door with galvanized aircraft-type lift cables with cable safety factor of
at least 5 to l. Provide springs calibrated for a minimum of 25,000 cycles.
- B. Cable Drums: Cast-aluminum or gray-iron casting cable drums grooved to receive cable.
Mount counterbalance mechanism with manufacfurer's standard ball-bearine brackets at eachI endofshaft.I
C. Cable Safety Device: Include a springJoaded, steel or bronze cam mounted to bottom door
I roller assembly on each side and designed to automatically stop door if either cable breaks.r D. Bracket: Provide anchor support brackeJ as required to connect stationary end of spring to the
t wall and to level shaft and prevent sag.
I E. Provide a spring bumper at each horizontal track to cushion door at end of opening operation.
I 2.5 ELECTRIC DOOR OPERATORS
I A. General: Provide electric door operator assembly of size and capacity recommended and
I provided by door manufacturer for door and operation-cycle requirements specified, and
accessories required for proper operation.II B. Disconnect Device: Hand-operated disconnect device for automatically engaging chain-and-
sprocket operator and releasing brake for emergency manual operation while disconnecting
I motor without affecting timing of limit switch. Mount disconnect device and operator so they
t are accessible from floor level. Include interlock device to automatically prevent motor from
operating when emergency operator is engaged.
I C. Provide conhol equipment, maximum 24-V, ac or dc.t
D. Door-Operator Type: Unit consisting of electric motor, trolley or drawbar type, and floor-level
I quick release for manual operation.t
E. Electric Motors: High-starting torque, reversible, continuous-duty, with overload protection,
I sized to start, accelerate, and operate door in either direction from any position.
T l. Coordinate wiring requirements and electrical characteristics of motors with building
I electrical system.
- F. Remote-Control Station: Momentary-contact, three-button control station with push-button
I controls labeled "Open," "Close," and "Stop."
I G. Obstruction Detection Device: Automatic safety sensor capable of protecting full width of door
opening. Activation of sensor immediately stops and reverses downward door travel
I
I
SECTTONAL OVERIIEAD DOORS 08361 - 3
WESTITAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
H. Limit Switches: Adjustable switches interlocked with motor controls and set to automatically
stop door at fully opened and fully closed positions.
L Connection to Building security and intercom system.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install door, track, and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware
according to Shop Drawings, manufacturer's written instructions, and as specified.
3.2 ADruSTING
A. Lubricate be*ings and sliding parts; adjust doors to operate easily, free of warp, twist, or
distortion and with weathertight fit around entire perimeter.
B. Touch-up Painting: Immediately after welding galvanized track to track supports, clean field
welds and abraded galvanized surfaces and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION 08361
SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS 08361 - 4
I
- WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
I Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTIONr
SECTION 0841I - ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTSIt
PART l.GENERALIr t.t SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:r
l. Exterioraluminum-framedstorefronts.
f| a. Glazing is retained mechanically with gaskets on four sides.
1; 2. Exterior manual-swing aluminum doors.
I 3. Exterior alurninum door frames.
B. See Division 8 - Door hardware for hardware.r
_. t.2 PERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS
I A. General: Provide aluminum-framed systems, including anchorage, capable of withstanding,
without failure, the effects of the following:
t 1. Skuctural loads.
2. Thermal movements.
I 3. Movements of supporting structure indicated on Drawings including, but not limited to,
f story drift and deflection from uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads.4. Dimensional tolerances of building frame and other adjacent construction.
r- 5. Failure includes the following:
I a. Deflection exceeding specified limits.
b. Thermal stresses transferred to building strucfure.
t c' ,#*ifr:T.ff"IH"*illfr*"sses, including those caused bv thermat and
d. Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements.
e. Loosening or weakening of fasteners, attachments, and other components.
I f. Sealant failure.
g. Failure of operating units to function properly.
I B. Structural Loads:
r L Wind Speed: 90 MPH, Exposure B.
I 2. Seismic Design Category: C:
3. Seismic Loads: SS:.3453 and Sl=.0799
I C. Deflection of Framing Members Normal to Wall Plane; Limited to 1/175 of clear span forI spans up to 13 feet 6 inches (4.1 m) and to 11240 of clear span plus 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) for
spans greater than 13 feet 6 inches (4.1 m) or an amount that restricts edge deflection of
I inalviOuat glazing lites to 3/4 inch (19 mm), whichever is less.I
I ALT]MINUM-FRAMEDENTRANCESAND STOREFRONTS O84II - I
I
IWESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vai1, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
D. Structural-Test Performance: Systems tested according to ASTM E 330 as follows:
L When tested at positive and negative windload design pressures, systems do not
evidence deflection exceeding specified limits.
2. When tested at 150 percent of positive and negative windload design pressures, systems,
including anchorage, do not evidence material failures, structural distress, and permanent
deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2 percent of span.3. Test Durations: As required by design wind velocity but not less than 10 seconds.
E. Windborne-Debris-Impact-Resistance-Test Performance: As per local codes.
F. Temperature Change (Range): Systems accommodate 12Q degF (67 deg C), ambient; 180
deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces.
G. Air Infiltration: Ma.\imum air leakage through fixed glazing and framing areas of systems of
0.06 cfrn/sq. ft. (0.03 L/s per sq. m) of fixed wall area when tested according to ASTM E 283
at a minimum static-air-pressure difference of [1.57 lbf/sq. ft. (75 Pa).
H. Water Penetration Under Static Pressure: Systems do not evidence water penehation through
fixed glazing and frarning areas when tested according to ASTM E 331 at a minimum static-air-
pressure difference of20 percent of positive wind-load design pressure, but not less than 6.24
lbflsq. ft. (300 Pa).
I. Condensation Resistance: Fixed glazing and framing areas of systems have condensation-
resistance factor (CRF) of not less than 53 when tested according to AAMA 1503.
J. Average Thermal Conductance: Fixed glazing and framing areas of systems have average U-
factor of not more than 0.69 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F (3.92 Wsq. m x K) when tested according
to AAMA 1503.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type ofproduct indicated.
Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.l. For entrances, include hardware schedule and indicate operating hardware types,
functions, quantities, and locations.
Samples: For each exposed finish.
Product test reports.
Field quality-control test and inspection repods.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: Acceptable to manufacturer and capable of preparation of data for
aluminum-framed systems including Shop Drawings based on testing and engineering analysis
of manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Proiect.
l.J
I
I
T
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
1.4
A.
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08411-2
r WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTIONlI B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to ASTM E 699 for
testine indicated.
I
I.5 WARRANTY
I A. Special Assembly Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees ror repair or replace components of aluminum-framed systems that do not comply with
requirements or that deteriorate as defined in this Section within specified warranty period.If I . Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
I a. Strucfural failures including, but not limited to, excessive deflection.
I b. Noise or vibration caused by thermal movements.c. Water leakage through fixed glazing and framing areas.d. Failure of operating components to function properly.
I 2. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.
I B. Special Finish Wananty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repairI or replace components on which finishes fail within specified waxranty period. Warranty does
not include normal weatherins.II l. Wananty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.
-r PART2-PRODUCTS
I 2.r MA'NTJFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacfurers offering
I products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:t
I 2.2 MATERTALS
A. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish
- indicated.
I l. SheetandPlate: ASTMB209(ASTMB209M).
I 2. ExtrudedBars,Rods,Profiles,andTubes: ASTMB221 (ASTMB22lW.
I 3. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429.
- 4. Structural Profiles: ASTM B 308/8 308M.
I 2.3 FRAMING SYSTEMS
I A. Framing Members: Manufacturer's standard extruded-aluminum framing members of thickness
I required and reinforced as required to support imposed loads.
I
I
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08411 - 3
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005 I
FORCONSTRUCTION
l. Construction: Framing members are composite assemblies of two separate extruded-
aluminum components permanently bonded by an elastomeric material of low thermal
conductance.
B. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high-strength aluminum with
nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components.
C. Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacfurer's standard corrosion-resistant, nonstaining,
nonbleeding fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials.
1. Where fasteners are subject to loosening or tuming out from thermal and structural
movements, wind loads, or vibration, use self-locking devices.
2. Reinforce members as required to receive fastener threads.
D. Concrete and Masonry Inserts: Hot-d ip galvanized cast-iron, malleable-iron, or steel inserts
complying with ASTM Al23lA 123M oTASTM A 153/.4 153M requirements.
E. Flashing: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding flashing
compatible with adjacent materials. Form exposed flashing from sheet aluminum finished to
match framing and of sufficient thickness to maintain a flat appearance without visible
deflection.
F. Framing System Gaskets and Sealants: Manufacturer's standard recommended by manufacturer
forjoint type.
GLAZING SYSTEMS
Glazingl As specified in Division 8 Section "Glazing."
Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard compression types, replaceable, molded or extruded,
that maintain uniform pressure and watertight seal.
Spacers and Setting Blocks: Manufacturer's standard elastomeric types.
DOORS
Doors: Manufacturer's standard glazed doors, for manual swing operation.
l. Door Construction: 2-inch (50.8-mm) overall thickness, with minimum 0.188-inch- (4.8-
mm-)] thick, exkuded-aluminum tubular rail and stile members. Mechanically fasten
comers with reinforcing brackets that are deep penetration and fillet welded or that
incorporate concealed tie rods.
a. Thermal Construction: High-performance plastic connectors separate aluminum
members exposed to the exterior from members exposed to the interior.
2. Door Design: Narrow stile; 2-ll8-inch (54-mm) nominal width.
a. Accessible Doors: Smooth surfaced for width of door in area within 10 inches
(255 mm) above floor or ground plane.
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
B.
C.
2.4
2.5
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08411-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail. Colorado
3. Glazing Stops and Gaskets:
gaskets.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
Square>, snap-on, extruded-aluminum stops and preformed
2.6 DOORHARDWARE
General: Provide heavy-duty units in sizes and types recommended by entrance system and
hardware manufacturers for entrances and uses indicated.
Scheduled Door Hardware: Provide door hardware accordins to the Door Hardware Schedule
at the end ofPart 3.
l. Named Manufacturer's Products: Product designation and hardware manufacturer are
listed in the Door Hardware Schedule at the end of Part 3 to establish minimum
requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size, and other distinctive qualities of
each type of door hardware.
a. Named products are basis-of-design products. Provide named hardware
manufacturer's products or comparable products that are equivalent in function and
quality and that are recommended and supplied by entrance system manufacturer.
Cylinders: As specified in Division 8 Section "Door Hardware."
Strikes: Provide shike with black-plastic dust box for each latch or lock bolt; fabricated for
aluminum framing.
Weather Stripping: Manufacturer's standard replaceable components.
l. Compression Type: Made of ASTMD2000, molded neoprene, or ASTMD2287,
molded PVC.
2. Sliding Type: AAMA 701, made of wool, polypropylene, or nylon woven pile with
nylon-fabric or aluminum-strip backing.
Weather Sweeps: Manufacfurer's standard exterior-door bottom sweep with concealed fasteners
on mounting strip.
C. Silencers: BHMA A156.16. Grade 1.
2.7 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Insulating Materials: As specified in Division 7 Section "Building Insulation."
B. Ioint Sealants: For installation at perimeter of aluminum-framed systems, as specified in
Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."
C. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt-mastic paint complying with SSPC-Paint 12
requirements except containing no asbestos, formulated for 30-mi1 (0.7 62-mm) tlickness per
coat.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
ATUMINT]M-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08411 - 5
WESTF{AVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
2.8
100% CD: September 200, I
FORCONSTRUCTION
FABRICATION
Form aluminum shapes before finishing.
Framing Members, General: Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the following
characteristics:
1. Profiles that are sharp, straight, and free ofdefects or deformations.
2. Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered.
3. Means to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring within framing members,
and moisture migrating within the system to exterior.
Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members.
Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing to
maintain required glazing edge clearances.
Provisions for field replacement of glazing from interior.
Fasteners, anchors, and connection devices that are concealed from view to greatest
extent possible.
Mechanically Glazed Framing Members: Fabricate for flush glazing (without projecting stops).
Door Frames: Reinforce as required to support loads imposed by door operation and for
installing hardware.
L At exterior doors, provide compression weather stripping at fixed stops.2. At interior doors, provide silencers at stops to prevent metal-to-metal contact. Install
three silencers on strike jamb of single-door frames and two silencers on head of frames
for pairs of doors.
Doors: Reinforce doors as required for installing hardware.
l. At pairs of exterior doors, provide sliding weather stripping retained in adjustable strip
mortised into door edge.
2. At exterior doors, provide weather sweeps applied to door bottoms.
Hardware Installation: Factory install hardware to the greatest extent possible. Cut, drill, and
tap for factory-installed hardware before applying finishes.
After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to
Shop Drawings.
ALUMINUM FINISHES
ClearAnodic Finish: Class I, clear anodic coating complfng with AAMA 611.
Color Anodic Finish: Class I, color anodic coating complying with AAMA 611.
l. Color: clear anodized.
A.
B.
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
4.
5.
6.
7.
C.
D.
E.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
F.
G.
A.
B.
2.9
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08411 - 6
B.
D.
E.
F.
G.
J. t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
T
I
I
I
WESTHAVENCONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
PART 3 - EXECUTION
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
C.
INSTALLATION
General:
1. Fitjoints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion.
2. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints.
3. lnstall anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and electrollic
deterioration.
4. Seal joints watertight, unless otherwise indicated.
Metal Protection:
l. Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by
painting contact surfaces with primer or by applying sealant or tape or installing
nonconductive spacers as recommended by manufacturer for this purpose.
2. Where aluminum will contact concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting
contact surfaces with bituminous paint.
Install components to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring within framing
members, and moisture migrating within the system to exterior.
Set continuous sill members and flashing in full sealant bed as specified in Division 7 Section
"Joint Sealants" and to produce weathertight installation.
Install components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades, without warp
or rack.
Install glazing as specified in Division 8 Section "Glazing."
l. Skuctural-SealantGlazing:
a. Prepare surfaces that will contact structural sealant according to sealant
manufacturer's written instructions to ensure compatibility and adhesion,
Preparation includes, but is not limited to, cleaning and priming surfaces.
b. Install weatherseal sealant according to Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" and
according to sealant manufacturer's written instructions to produce weatherproof
joints. Install joint filler behind sealant as recommended by sealant manufacturer.
Entrances: Install to produce smooth operation and tigbt fit at contact points.
l. Exterior Entrances: lnstall to produce tight fit at weather stripping and weathertight
closure.
2. Field-Installed Hardwarel Install surface-mounted hardware according to hardware
manufacturers' written instructions using concealed fasteners to greatest extent possible.
H. Install insulation materials as specified in Division 7 Section "Building Insulation."
I. Install perimeter j oint sealants as specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" and to produce
weatherti ght installation.
I
I
I
I ALUMINUM.FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 0841t - 7
IWESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
3.2
J. Erection Tolerances: Install aluminum-framed systems to comply with the following maximum
tolerances:
l. Location and Plane: Limit variation from true location and plane to 1/8 inch in 12 feet
(3 mm in 3.7 m); l/4inch (6 mm) over total length.
2. Alignment:
a. Where surfaces abut in line, limit offset from true alignment to l/16 inch .
b. Where surfaces meet at comers, limit offset from true alignment to l/32 inch.
c. Diagonal Measurements: Limit difference between diagonal measurement to 1/8
inch.
C.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field
tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
Structural-Sealant Glazing Inspection: After installation of aluminum-framed systems is
complete, structural-sealant glazing shall be inspected and evaluated according to
ASTM C l40l recommendations.
Water Spray Test: Before installation of interior finishes has begun, a minimum area of 75 feet
(23 m) by I story of aluminum-framed systems designated by Architect shall be tested
according to AAMA 501.2 and shall not evidence water penetration.
Repair or remove work where test results and inspections indicate that it does not comply with
specifi ed requirements.
Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine
compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
DOORHARDWARE SCHEDULE
END OF SECTION O84I I
I
I
I
T
T
I
I
I
T
B.
D.
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
t
I
.).J
ALI]MINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08411 - 8
II WESTHAVENCONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
SECTION 08550 - ALLMINUM CLAD WOOD WINDOWS
PART I -GENERAL
1.I RELATEDDOCUMENTS
A. Drawings, General and Supplementary Condifions of the Contact, General Requirements and other
applicable technical specifications apply to work of this Section
\.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Aluminum clad wood windows
B. Patio Doors
C. Glazing for Windows & Patio Doors
D. Materials
E. Hardware
F. Fabrication
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 06100- Rough Carpentry: Preparation of adjacent work to receive work of this section.B. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers: Perimeter sealant and back-up materials.C. Section 09900 - Paints and Coatings: Site finishing wood surfaces.
I.4 REFERENCES
A. AAMA4VWWDA 101/LS.2 - Voluntary Specifications for Aluminum, Vinyl (PVC) and Wood
Windows and Glass Doors; American Architectural Manufacfurers Association.B. ASCE 7 - Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures; American Society of Civil
Engineers.
C. ASTM E 283 - Standard Test Method foi Determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior
Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen.D. ASTM E 330 - Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain
Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
E. ASTM E 547 - Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls,
and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
F. ASTM F 588 - Standard Test Methods for Measuring the Forced Entry Resistance of Window
Assemblies, Excluding Glazing Impact.
G. WDMA NWWDA I.S.4 - Water-Repellent Preservative Non-Pressure Treatnent for Millwork;
National Wood Window and Door Association.
1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
Performance Requirements: Meet or Exceed Design pressure of C-R45
Deflection: Limit member deflection to flexure limit of glass with full recovery of glazing
materials.
C. Design windows to acco rnodate, without damage to components or deterioration of seals,
movement between window and perimeter framing and deflection of lintel.
D. Air Infiltration: Limit air leakage tkough casement assemblies to 0.3 cu ft/min/sq ft ofwall mea,
A.
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
ALUMINUM CLAD WOOD WINDOWS 08s50 - I
WESTI{AVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
measured at a reference differential pressure across assembly of 1.57 psfas measured in accordance
withASTM E 283.
E. Water Leakage: None, when measured in accordance with ASTM E 331.
F. Air and Vapor Seal: Maintain continuous air and vapor barrier throughout assembly, primarily in
line with inside pane of glass and inner sheet of infill panel and heel bead of glazing compound.
G. Forced Entry Resistance: Conform to ASTM F 588 requirements for performance level l0 for
windowtype A.
H. STC Rating: Meet or exceed required Sound Transmission Class ratings.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01300 - Submittals, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Show component dimensions, anchorage and fasteners, and glass.
C. Shop Drawings: Indicate opening dimensions.
D. Manufacturer's Certihcate: Certify that products fumished meet or exceed specified requirements.
E. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample Submittals and to
demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution.
r.7 QUALITYASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing of wood windows with minimum three
years of documented experience.
B. lnstallation of clad windows and doors: Specifications set forth shall be strictly adhered to by
installation contractor. Installation conhactor shall show minimum three years of documented
experience and use wood window manufacturer's specific instruction. A meeting between the
Architect, General contractor, Window Manufacturer representative, and installation contractor
shall be scheduled prior to installation ofproduct.
I.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
A. Protect surfaces with wrapping. Do not use adhesive papers or sprayed coatings that bond when
exposed to sunlight or weather,
B. Provide wood windows and doors with "Preserve" protective film or equal to protect against
scratches and abrasions during duration of construction.
I.9 E}N/IRONMENTALREQUIREMENTS
A. Do not install sealants when arnbient temperature is less than 40 degrees F.B. Maintain this minimum temperature during and after installation of sealants.
I.10 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01600 -Product Requirementg for additional warranty requirements.
B. Correct defective Work within a one year period after Date of Substantial Completion.
C. Provide twenty year manufacturer warranty for insulated glass units from seal failure, interpane
dusting or mistin& and replacement of same.
D. Provide twentlr year warrantlr against wood rot, fungal decay, or termite infestation.
100% CD: September 2005 I
FORCONSTRUCTION I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ALUMINUM CLAD WOOD MNDOWS 08550 - 2
4.
5.
6.
7.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVENCONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: Seotember2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
E. Provide twenty year warranty on wood window and door hardware.
F. Provide twenty year warranty on clad window finish.
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Jeld-Wen Windows and Doors
B. Pozzi Custom Collection
C. Approved Equal
2.2 WOODWINDOWCOMPONENTS
A. Windows: Wood frame and sash, factory fabricated and assembled. Premium clad wood casement
windows.
L Performance Requirements: AAMA./\IW-WDA 101/1.5.2 Desigr Pressure min. R-452. Exterior Surfaces: Aluminum clad, clem anodized finish.
3. Interior Surfaces: Unfinished Clear Westem Pine, ready for transparent finish speci{ied in
Section 09900.
Configuration: As indicated on drawings.
STC Rating: Provide STC rating of 32 or better @ north facing residential windows and as
designated on the window schedule.
Glazing: Tempered as required by code. Cardinal LowE2-170 high performance glazing.
Glazing@highSTCratedwindows: l/8"ann, 13132" air,7132"lanr. WithCardinalLowE2-
170 high performance glazing.
8. Eactory glazed; wet glazing method.
9. Operable Sash Weatherstripping: Dual weatherstrip operable casement units
2.3 PATIO DOORS
A. Hinged Patio Doors: Configuration as shown on drawings.
l. PerformanceReq: AAMA/IIWWDA l0l/I.S.2 Design Pressure min. HGD R-202. Exterior Surfaces: Aluminum clad, clear anodized finish.
3. Interior Surfaces: Unfinished Clear Western Pine, ready for transparent finish specified in
Section 09900.
4. Configuration: As indicated on drawings.
5. Simulated Divided lites: None
6. Glazing: Tempered as required by code. Cardinal LowE2-170 high performance glanng
7. Factory glazed; wet glazing method.
8. Sills: Bronze anodized adjustable oak tbreshold with solid oak interior kim. Provide handicap
accessible threshold if required by code.
9. Hardware: See section regarding hardware
10. Weatherstripping: Head and side jambs shall be equipped with foam filled vinyl wrapped
weatherstrip to engage panels.
11. Stiles and rails: Provide manufactures standard 4 %" sxle and top rail with 10" bottom rail
with vertical raised panels.
2.4 MATERLq,LS
ALUMINUM CLAD WOOD WINDOWS 08550 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
A. Wood: Selected wood, clear preservative treated in accordance with WDMA NWWDA I.S.4
using treatment type suitable for transparent or opaque finish.
B. Glass and Glazing Materials: As specilied in Section 08800 of Types described below:
1. Glass in Exterior Lights: Type 15116" [nwB? insulating.
C. Sealant and Backing Materials: As specified in Section 07900 of Types described below.
1. Perimeter Sealant: Type S.
2.5 HARDT/ARE
A. Casement Windows:
l. Manufacturers unison locking mechanism and crank handle
2. Finish: Manufacturers standard bronze finish as approved by Architect.
B. Awning Windows:
l. Manufacturers unison locking mechanism and crank handle
2. Finish: Manufacturers standard bronze finish as approved by Architect.
C. Patio Doors
1. Provide three point mechanisms where door rough opening height is greater than 87".2. Finish: See hardware schedule
2.6 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate sash members with mortise and tenon joints. Exterior sash surfaces shall be clad with ro11
formed aluminum, folded, Iocked, and gasketed at comers. Silicone injected extruded alurninum
frame joints for weather tight seal and hairline fit.
B. Transparent Finish: Scarfjoints permitted if wood matches in color and gain texture.C. Provide folding nail flange for installation on 3 sides with matching painted aluminum drip cap at
head.
D. Fabricate components with minimum clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of assembly,
yet allowing installation and dynamic movement of perimeter seal.
E. Arrange fasteners to be concealed from view.
F. Double weatherstrip operable casement units.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Veriff wall openings and adjoining air and vapor seal materials are ready to receive work of this
section.
3,2 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Follow any additional instructions given at
installation meeting.
B. Attach window frame and shims to perimeter opening to accommodate construction tolerances and
other irregularities.
C. Align window plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain dimensional tolerances and
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ALUMINUM CLAD WOOD WINDOWS 08550 - 4
- WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: September2OO5
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
I alignment with adjacent work.
D. lnstall sills, stools, and aprons.
I E. Provide thermal isolation where components penetrate or disrupt building insulation. Pack fibrous
I insulation in shim spaces at perimeter of assembly to maintain continuity of thermal barrier.
F. Install operating hardware.
I G. Install glass in accordance with Section 08800.
I H. Install perimeter sealant and backing materials in accordance with Section 07900.
I 3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES
Ir A. Maximum Variation from Level or Plumb: l/16 inches every3 ft non-cumulative or l/8 inchesper
- l0 ft, whichever is less.
r 3.4 ADTSrING
I A. Adjust hardware for smooth operation and secure weather tight closure.I
3.5 CLEANING
I A. Remove protective material from glass and aluminum clad surfaces.f B. Wash surfaces by method recommended and acceptable to sealant and window manufachrer; rinse
and wipe surfaces clean.
C. Remove excess sealant by moderate use of mineral spirits or other solvent acceptable to sealant
manufacfurer.
END OF SECTION 08550
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I ALUMINUMcLADwooDwTNDows
I
08550 - 5
' WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September, 2005
Vail. Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
SECTION 08711 - DOOR HARDWARE
I
PART 1-GENERAL
. 1.I SIMMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:r 1. Commercial door hardware.
2. Residential Door Hardware
I 3. Cylinders for doors specified in other Sections.
I 4. Electrified door hardware.
I r.2 SUBMIT'IALS
r A. Product Data: For each product indicated.
I- B. Shop Drawings: teclude details of eleckified door hardware and wiring diagrams.
I C. Samples: For each exposed finish.
I
D. Door Hardware Schedule: Aganized into door hardware sets indicating type, style, function,
I size, label, hand, manufacturer, fasteners, location, and finish of each door hardware item.
I lnclude description of each electrihed door hardware function, including sequence of operation.
I E. Keying Schedule: Detail Owner's final keying instructions for locks.
I
- F. Product certificates.
I 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
I A. Supplier Qualifications: Person who is or employs a qualified DHI Architectural Hardware
I Consultant.
I B. Source Limitafions: Manufacturers that are listed to perform electrical modifications, by a
I testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities havingjurisdiction, are acceptable.
I C. Keying Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. Incorporate keying conference
I decisions into final keying schedule.
_ D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site
t E. Keys: Deliver keys to manufacturer of key control system.
I F. Templates: O-btain and disfibute templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be
I factory prepared for installing door hardware.
r G. Standards: Comply with BHMA ,4'156 series standards, Grade 1, unless Grade 2 is indicated.
t
r DOORHARDWARE 08711- I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.4
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: September,2O05
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
H. Certified Products: Provide door hardware that is listed in BHMA directory of certified
products.
WARRANTY
Special Warranty: Manufachrer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or
replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within wananty
period.
l. Warranf Period for electronically encrypted Locks: One years from date of Substantial
Completion.
2. Warranty Period for Manual Closers: l0 years from date of Substantial Completion.
3. Warranty Period for Concealed Floor Closers: Five years from date of Substantial
Completion.
EXTRAMATERIALS
Furnish full-size units described below that match products installed and that are packaged with
protective covering and identifred with labels describing contents.
1. Door Hardware: 2 sets of residential entry door locksets including 2 electronically
encrypted devices.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
Basis'of-Design Product: Product named for each door hardware item indicated in Door
Hardware Sets establishes the basis of design. Provide either the named product or a
comparable product by one of the manufacturers specified for each type of hardware item.
DOORHARDWARE
Scheduled Door Hardware: Provide door hardware according to Door Hardware Sets at the end
of Part 3. Manufachrers'names are abbreviated.
PIVOTS AND HINGES
Manufacturers:
1. Hinges:
a. Baldwin Hardware Corporation (BI{).
b. Bommer lndustries, Inc. (BI).
c. Cal-Royal Products, Inc. (CRP).
d. Hager Companies (HAG).
1.5
2.1
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
2.2
)?
A.
DOORHARDWARE 08711 - 2
r WESTHAVEN CONDOMINITMS 100%cD: september,2o05
- Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
f e. Lawrence Brothers, Inc. (LB).
f. McKinney Products Company; Div. of ESSEX Industries, Inc. (MCK).
I C. Mont-Hard Corporation; Div. of Fanal, SA (MH).
I h. PBB,Inc. (PBB).
i. Sargent Manufacturing Company; Div. of ESSEX Industries, Inc. (SGT).
j. Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works (STH).
I B. General: Except for hinges and pivots to be installed entirely (both leaves) into wood doors and
I frames, provide only template-produced units.
Ir C. Hinge Base Metal: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following:
I 1. Exterior Hinges: Stainless steel, with stainless-steel pin.r' 2. Interior Hinges: Brass, with stainless-steel pin body and brass protruding heads.
3. Hinges for Fire-Rated Assemblies: Stainless steel, with stainless-steel pin.
I D. Screws: Phillips flat-head screws; screw heads finished to match surface of hinges.
I l. Metal Doors and Frames: Machine sciews (drilled and tapped holes).
t 2. Wood Doors and Frames: Wood screws.
3. Fire-Rated Wood Doors: Threaded-to-the-head wood screws.
T 2.4 MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHES
I A. Manufacturers:I
l. Accurate Lock and Hardware Co. (AIH).
I 2. Adams Rite Manufacturing Co. (ARM).
I 3. Arrow Architectural Hardware; Div. of ESSEX Industries, Inc. (AAH).
4. Best Lock Corporation (BLC).
I 5. Brink, R. R. Locking Systems, Inc. (RRB).
I 6. Corbin Russwin Architecflnal Hardwme; Div. of Yale Security Inc. (CR).
7, Door Controls Intemational (DCf).
I 8. Folger Adam Securify Inc. (FAS).
I 9. Hager Companies (IIAG).
10. Ives, H. B. GVS).
- 11. Sargent Manufacturing Company; Div. of ESSEX hrdustries, Inc. (SGT).
I 12. Schlage Lock Company; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (SCH).I 13. Security Door Controls (SDC).
14. Simplex; Div. ofllMCAN (SM).
I 15. Yale Security Inc.; Div. of Williams Holdings (YAI).
I
B. Bored Lockset Desien: As scheduled.
I C. Dummy Trim: Match knob or lever lock trim and escutcheons.
I D. Lock Throw: Comply with labeled fire door requirements.
I E. Backset: 2-314 inches (70 mm). unless otherwise indicated.
I
I
DOORHARDWARE 08711 - 3
WESTTIAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
2.5 ELECTRIFIED LOCKS AND LATCHES
A. Electromagnetic Locks: Tested according to BHMA A156.23.
10A% CD: September, 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
T
I . Manufacturers:
a. American Device Manufacturing Company; Member of 'Ihe DORMA Group
(ADM).
Door Controls Intemational (DCD.
Doorguard Systems, Inc. (DGS).
Dorhonics Systems Inc. (DS).
Dynalock Corp. (DLC)-
Locknetics Security Engineering; a Harrow Company (LSE).
Rixson-Firemark, lnc.; Div. of Yale Security htc. (RIX).
Rutherford Controls Inc.; Div. of Fritz Fuss (RC).
Sargent Manufacturing Company; Div. of ESSEX Industries, Inc. (SGQ.
Securitron Magnalock Corp. (SMC).
Security Door Conhols (SDC).
Von Duprin, Inc.; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (VD).
Yale Security Inc.; Div. of Williams Holdings (YAL).
2. Strength Ranking: 1500 lbf (6672 f9.
3. Inductive Kickback: Not more than 0-V peak voltage.
4. Residual Magrretism: Not more than 4Jbf force to separate door from magnet.
B. Self-Contained Electronic Locks and Latches: Intemal, battery-powered locks; consisting of
complete lockset, motor-driven lock mechanism, and actuating device. Provide key override,
low-battery detection and waming, LED status indicators, an{ ability to program at the lock.
1. Manufachuers:
a. IntellikeyComoration
BOLTS
Fire-Rated Doors: Comply with labeled fire door requirements.
Flush Bolts: BHMA Grade l, unless Grade 2 is indicated, designed for mortising into door
edge.
1. Manufacfurers:
Adams Rite Manufacturing Co. (ARM).
Burns Manu facturing Incorporated (BM).
Cal-Royal Products, Inc. (CRP).
Door Controls Internati onal (DCI).
Glynn-Johnson; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (GJ).
Hager Companies (HAG).
Hiawatha, krc. (HIA).
Ives, H. B. GVS).
NT Quality Hardware; an lngersoll-Rand Company (NTQ).
b.
d.
f.
('
h.
i.
i).
k.
l.
m.
2.6
A.
B.
I
I
IDOORHARDWARE08711-4
- ryESTHAVENCONDOMINIL 43 100o/ocD:september,2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
It i ffi'tr;:';'#::1"lkil"iil:f,',Kfr"Inc
(RIX)
I l. Sargent Manufacturing Company; Div. of ESSEX Indushies, krc. (SGT).
I m. Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company, Inc' (TBM).
I 2.7 OPERATINGTRM
r A. Push-Pull Design: As scheduled.
r I . Manufacturers:
I a. Baldwin Hardware Corporation @H).t b. Bums Manufacturing Inoorporated @M).c. Don-Jo Mfg., hc. (DJO).
d. Forms-t Surfaces (FS).
I e. Hager ComPanies (HAG).
f. HEWI,Inc. (HEW).
C. Hiawatha, Inc. (HlA).
r h. Ives, H. B. (fVS).
i. NT Quality Hardware; an lngersoll-Rand Company (NTQ).
j. Rockwood Manufacturing Company (RM).r i i:*?.";33ilHiHriffi";'.,ffiTHi'tri"ilworks(Srl{)
I 2.8 ACCESSORIES FOR PAIRS OF DOORS
I A. Coordinators: BHMAA156.3.
I
I . Manufacturers:
r i fltffiff"itrift:Sl,fi:;Jffilrnc (ABH)
c. Arrow Architectural Hardware; Div. of ESSEX Industries, ktc. (AAH).
I d. Door Contols International (DCI).
e. Glynn-Johnson; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (GJ).
I I li:::t:iTifiii;s
(HAG)
I h. NT Monarch Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (I'{fM).
i. Precision Hardware, Inc. (PH).
I j. RockwoodManufacturing Company (RM).
I k. Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company, ktc. (TBM).
I B. Carry-Open Bars: Provide carry-open bars for inactive leaves of pairs of doors, unless
I automatic or selfJatching bolts are used-
I 2.e CLOSERS
A. Surface-MountedClosers:I
I
DOORHARDWARE 08711 - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
2.10
A.
2.11
A.
l00Yo CD: September, 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
t
t
t
I
I
t
l. Manufacturers:
Arrow Architectural Hardware; Div. of ESSEX Industries, Inc. (AAH).
Cal-Royal Products, Inc. (CRP).
Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; Div. of Yale Security Irrc. (CR).
DORMA Door Controls Inc.; Member of The DORMA Group (DC).
LCN Closers; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (LCN).
Norton Door Controls; Div. of Yale Security Inc. (NDC).
Rixson-Firemark, Inc.; Div. of Yale Security Inc. (RD().
Sargent Manufacturing Company; Div. of ESSEX Industries, lnc. (SGT).
Yale Security Inc.; Div. of Williams Holdings (YAI).
B. Size of Units: Factory-sized, adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for opening
force.
PROTECTIVE TRM IINITS
Protective Trim Units: Sized l-l/2 inches (38 mm) less than door width on push side and 712
inch (13 mm) less than door width on pull side, by height scheduled or indicated. Fasten with
exposed machine or self+apping screws.
l. Material: Metal.
a. Manufacturers:
1) American Floor Products Co., Inc. (AFP).
2) Arden Architectural Specialties, Inc. (AAS).
3) Baldwin Hardware Corporation (BH).
4) Burns Manufacturing Incorporated @M).5) Don-Jo Mfg., Inc. (DJO).
6) Hager Companies (IIAG).
7) Hiawatha, hc. (HIA;.
8) IPC Door and Wall Protection Systems, Inc. (IPC).
9) Ives, H. B. (IVS).
10) NT Quality Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (l\TQ.
11) Pawling Corporation (PAW).
12) Rockwood Manufacturing Company (RM).
13) Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company, Inc. (TBM).
14) Wilkinson Company, Inc. (WIL).
STOPSANDHOLDERS
Stops and Holders: Provide floor stops for doors, unless wall or other type stops are scheduled
or indicated. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic. Where floor or wall
stops are not appropriate, provide overhead holders.
I . Manufacfurers:
a. Architectural Builders Hardware Mfg., Inc. (ABH).
T
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
IDOORHARDWARE08711 - 6
- WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September, 2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
II b. Baldwin Hardware Corporation (BH).
c. Bums Manufacturing Incorporated (BM).
I d. Door Controls International (DCI).
I e. DORMA Door Controls Inc.; Member of The DORMA Group (DC).
f. Glynn-Johnson; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (GJ).
g. Hager Companies (HAG).
I h. Hanchett Entry Systems, Inc. (HES).
i. Hiawatha, Inc. (HIA).
I j. Ives, H. B. (IVS).I r kH;B:T'JJ"*S,'JB,;l#$;:T::fl$'f;P^o.,
m. NT Dor-O-Matic Hardware Div.; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (NTD).
I n. NT Quality Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (NTQ.
o. Rixson-Firemark, Inc.; Div. of Yale Security Inc. @D().
I l: *Hiif##:ff:H3*;ilTK{lP;,,u*rndustrie'krc (sGr)
I r. Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company, Inc. (TBM).
s. Yale Security Inc.; Div. of Williams Holdings (YAL).
I B. Silencers for Door Frames: Neoprene or rubber; fabricated for drilled-in application to frame.
I 2.12 DOORGASKETTNG ANDTHRESHOLDS
r A. Door Gasketing: Provide continuous weather-skip gasketing on exterior doors and provide
I smoke, light, or sound gasketing on interior doors where indicated or scheduled. Provider noncorrosive fastaners for exterior applications and elsewhere as indicated.
I 1. Manufacturers:I
a. Gasketing:
I 1) llager Companies (HAG).
2) National Guard Products, ftrc. (NGP).
3) Pemko Manufacturing Co., Inc. (PEM).
4) Reese Enterprises, Inc. (RE).
5) Sealeze Corporation (SEL).
6) Ultra krdustries; a Macklanburg-Duncan Company (ULT).
7) Zero Intemational, Inc. (ZRO).
b. Door Bottoms:
1) Hager Companies (IIAG).
2) National Guard hoducts, Inc. (NGP).
3) Pemko Manufacturing Co., Inc. (PEM).
4) Reese Enterprises, Inc. (RE).
5) Sealeze Corporation (SEL).
6) Ultra Industries; a Macklanburg-Duncan Company (ULT).
1) Zero Intemational, hc. (ZRO).
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DooRHARDWARE 08711-7
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
2.13
A.
2.t4
A.
2.15
A.
100% CD: September, 2005
F'OR CONSTRUCTION
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
Air Leakage: Not to exceed 0.50 cfm per foot (0.000774 cu. m/s per m) of crack length
for gasketing other than for smoke control, as tested according to ASTM E 283.
Smoke-Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 105 that are listed and
labeled, based on testing according to UL 1784.
Fire-Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and
labeled, based on testing according to UL 10B or NFPA 252.
Sound-Rated Gasketing: Assemblies that are listed and labeled, based on testing
according to ASTM E 1408.
Gasketing Materials: Comply with ASTM D 2000 and AAMA 7011702.
Thresholds: Of 5'pe scheduled or indicated.
I . Manufacturers:
a. Hager Companies (HAG),
b. National Guard Products, Inc. (NGP).
c. NT Dor-O-Matic Hardware Div.; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (NID).
d. Pemko Manufachring Co., Inc. (PEM).
e. Reese Enterprises, Inc. (RE).
f. Rixson-Firemark, Inc.; Div. of Yale Security hc. (RD().
g. Ulha Industries; a Macklanburg-Duncan Company (ULT).
h. Zero International, Inc. (ZRO).
SLIDING AND FOLDINGDOOR HARDWARE
Sliding Door Hardware: Complete sets consisting of rails, hangers, supports, bumpers, floor
guides, and accessories indicated.
1 . Manufacturers:
a. Cox, Arthur & Sons, Incorporated (ACS).
b. Hager Companies (HAG).
c. Henderson, P. C. Inc.; Div. of Hepworth PLC (PCH).
d. Johnson, L. E. Products, Inc. (LEJ).
e. Lawrence Brothers, Inc. (LB).
f. Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works (STH).
2. Pocket Sliding Door Hardware: Rated for doors weighing up to 200 lb (91 kg).
MISCELLANEOUS DOOR HARDWARE
Boxed Power Supplies: Modular unit in NEMA ICS 6, Type 4 enclosure; filtered and
regulated; and listed and labeled for use with fire alarm systems.
CYLINDERS, KEYING, AND STRIKES
Cylinders: Tumbler type, constructed from brass or bronze, stainless steel, or nickel silver.
L Manufacturers:
2.
_1,
4.
6.
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IDOORHARDWARE08711- 8
B,
D.
I
I
t
il
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
l
l
I
t
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
e.
f.
C.
2,16
A.
FABRICATION
Base Metals: Furnish metals of a quality equal
hardware units and BHMAA156.18 for finishes.
materials if different from specified standard.
100% CD: September, 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
to or greater than that of specified door
Do not furnish manufacturer's standard
a.
b.
d.
a,
h.
i.
j.
1-
t.
m,
n.
ABLOY High Security Locks; Div. of ASSA ABLOY, Inc. (ABL).
Arrow Architectural Hardware; Div. of ESSEX Industries, hc. (AAH).
ASSA High Security Locks; Div. of ASSA ABLOY, Inc. (ASA).
Best Lock Corporation (BLC).
Corbin Russwin Architecttral Hardware; Div. of Yale Security hc. (CR).
Lockwood Architectural Hardwme; Div. of Lloyd Matheson Inc. (LAH).
Marks USA (MKS).
Medeco High Securify Locks, Inc. (MED).
NT Falcon Lock Co.; an Ingersoll-Rand Company Q.{TF).
Sargart Manufacturing Company; Div. of ESSEX Industries, Inc. (SGT).
Schlage Lock Company; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (SCH).
Weiser Loc! a Masco Building Products Corporation (WEI).
Yale Security Inc.; Div. of Williams Holdings (YAL).
2. Number of Pins: Six.
3. Permanent Cores: Manufacturer's standard; finish face to match lockset; removable
cores.
4. Construction Cores: Provide construction cores that are replaceable by permanent cores.
Provide l0 construction master keys.
a. Replace construction cores with permanent cores, as directed by Owner.
Keying System: Factory-registered keying system; grand master key system.
1. Keys: Provide nickel-silver keys permanently inscribed with a visual key control number
and "DO NOT DUPLICATE" notation. In addition to one extra blank key for each lock,
provide three change keys and frve grand master keys.
Key Control System: Include key-holding hooks, labels, key tags with selflocking key holders,
envelopes, and markers. Contain system in wall-mounted type metal cabinet with baked-
enamel finish. lnclude cross-index system set up by key control manufacturer, with card index.
1 . Manufacturers:
Key Control Systems, hc. (KCS).
Major Metalfab Co. (MM).
Sargent Manufacturing Company; Div. of ESSEX Industries, krc. (SGT).
Sunroc Corporation (SUN).
Strikes: Manufacturer's standard shike with strike box for each latch or lock bolt, with cwved
lip extended to protect frame, frnished to match door hardware set.
b.
d.
t DOORHARDWARE 08711 - 9
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: September,20O5
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
B. Fasteners: Phillips flafhead screws with finished heads to match surface of door hardware,
unless otherwise indicated. Provide steel machine or wood screws or steel through bolts for
fi re-rated applications.
Spacers or Sex Bolts: For through bolting of hollow metal doors.
Fasteners for Wood Doors: Comply with requirements of DHI WDI{S.2, "Recommended
Fasteners for Wood Doors."
E. Finishes: Comply with BHMA A156.18.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Examine doors and frames for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled
fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting
performance. Examine roughing-in for electrical power systems to verify acfual locations of
wiring connections before electrified door hardware installation.
Steel Door and Frame Preparation: Comply with DHIAl15 series. Drill and tap doors and
frames for surface-applied hardware according to SDI 107.
Wood Door Preparation: Comply with DHI Al l5-W series.
Mounting Heights: Comply with the following requirements, unless otherwise indicatedl
l. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural
Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames."
2. Custom Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Builders'
Hardware for Custom Steel Doors and Frames."
3. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for
Wood Flush Doors."
4. Intemational Building Code, section 1008.1.8.
E. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation.
Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fastene.rs. Space
fasteners and anchors according to industry standards.
1. Boxed Power Supplies: Locate power supplies as indicated or, if not indicated, in
equipment room. Veri$ location with Architect.
a. Configuration: Provide the least number of power supplies required to adequately
serve doors with eleckified door hardware.
2. Tltesholds: Set tkesholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant
complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."
F. Adjust door conhol devices to compensate for linal operation of heating and ventilating
equipment and to comply with accessibility requirements.
C.
D.
I
T
I
t
a
t
I
I
l
T
T
I
I
I
B.
C-
D.
t
I
I
T
T
DOOR}IARDWARE 08711 - 10
I
T
t
I
t
3
I
r ryESTHAVEN CONDOMINILIIvIS 100% cD: September, 2005
-" VAiI. COIOTAdO FOR CONSTRUCTION
I l Door Closers: Adjust sweep period so that from an open position of 70 deg rees, the door
will take at least three seconds to move to a point 3 inches (75 mm) from the latch,
measured to the leading edge of the door.
rl
. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLr-' A. Inspections: Owner will engage a qualifred independent Architectural Hardware Consultant to
perform inspections and to prepare inspection reports.
3.3 DOORHARDWARE SETS
J
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
DOoRHARDWARE
Door Hardware Set No. I
Condo Enky Door to Lobby (fire rated); each to have the following:
1%PR Hinses to Suit Style - TBD Mfr. -TBD
lEA Electronic Cylinder
w/ Mortise
Controller
System 4000 Intellikey
IEA Entry Set Lever Swle - TBD Mfr. - TBD
lEA Viewer
lEA Door Stop - wall
mounted
Style - TBD Mfr. - TBD
IEA Sweeps Under mount type Mfr..TBD
1EA Smoke Seal As per code Mfr. - TBD
Door Hardware Set No. 2
Closet (Double) Door; each to have the following:
3PR Hinees to Suit Style - TBD Mfr. -TBD
2EA Cylinder Latchset -
Passage
Lever Style - TBD Mfr. - TBD
2EA Roller ball catches SEle - TBD Mfr. - TBD
Door Hardware Set No. 3
BedroomlBatluoom Door; each to have the following:
I %PR Hinees to Suit Style - TBD Mfr. -TBD
1EA Cylinder Lockset -
Privacy
Lever Stvle - TBD Mfr. - TBD
lEA Door Stop - wall
mounted
sryte -TBD Mfr. -TBD
08711- ll
Door Hardware Set No. 4
Closet (Single) Door; each to have thc fol)owing:
1'lPR Hinges to Suit Slyle - TBD Mfr. - TBD
IEA Cylinder Latchset -
Passage
Lever Style - TBD Mfr. - TBD
1EA Door Stop - wall
mounted
Sfyle - TBD Mft. -TBD
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
100% CD: September, 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
Door Hardware Set No. 5
Condo Entrv Door to Stair: each to have the followine:
1%PR Hinees to Suit Style - TBD Mfr. - TBD
1EA Mortise Lockset -
Entry
style - TBD Mft. -TBD
lEA Single Cylinder
Deadlock il
thumbturn
Lever Style - TBD Mft. -TBD
IEA Door Stop - wall
mounted
Style - TBD Mft. -TBD
1EA Sweeps Under mount tlpe Mfr. - TBD
lEA Smoke Seal As per code Mfr. - TBD
Door Hardware Set No. 6
Lobby to Stair (fire rated); each to have the following:
I %PR Ilinges to Suit
Heavy duty
Style - TBD Mfr..TBD
1EA Cylinder Lockset -
Light,Medium dufy
Lever Style - TBD Mft. -TBD
IEA Door Stop - wall
mounted
Style - TBD Mfr. - TBD
lEA Sweeps Under mount type Mfr..TBD
lEA Smoke Seal As per code Mft. -TBD
1EA Closer Stvle - TBD Mft. -TBD
lEA Kickplate SWle - TBD Mft. -TBD
Door Hardware Set No. 7
Stair to Exterior; each to have the following:
1%PR Hinges to Suit
Healy dufy
sryle - TBD Mft. -TBD
lEA Cylinder Lockset -
Storeroom
Lieht/Medium duty
Lever Style - TBD Mfr. - TBD
1EA Weatherstrip - @
head & jamb
style - TBD Mfr. - TBD
1EA Sweeps Under mount fype Mfr. - TBD
1EA Smoke Seal As per code Mfr. - TBD
IEA Closer Stvle - TBD Mli.. TBD
1EA Kickplate sryle - TBD Mfr. - TBD
DOORHARDWARE 087tl - 12
Door Hardware Set No. 8
Bedroom to Bathroom (Pocket); each to have the following:
IEA Pocket Door track
and rollers
Style - TBD Mfr. - TBD
IEA Mortise Privacy
Latch for Pocket
Door
Style - TBD Mfr. - TBD
2EA Fingerpulls Stvle - TBD Mfi, - TBD
100% CD: September, 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
t
)
I
I
t
I
il
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
Door Hardware Set No. 9
Stair to Lobby @ Parking Level only (fire rated); each to have the following
I %PR Hinges to Suit
Heaw duty
Style - TBD Mfr. - TBD
lEA Cylinder Lockset -
Light/Medium duff
Lever Style - TBD Mfr. - TBD
lEA Door Stop - wall
mounted
Style - TBD Mfr. -TBD
lEA Sweeps Under mount type Mfr. - TBD
IEA Smoke Seal As per code Mfr. - TBD
IEA Closer Stvle - TBD Mfr. - TBD
lEA Kickplate Style - TBD Mfr. -TBD
Door Hardware Set No. l0
Mechanical & Storage Room (fire rated); each to have the following
1%PR Hinges to Suit,
Heavy duty
Style -TBD Mfr. -TBD
lEA Lockset -
Storeroom,
Light/Medium duty
Krtob Style - TBD Mfr. - TBD
lEA Door Stop - wall
mounted
Style - TBD Mfr. -TBD
IEA Smoke Seal As per code Mfr. -TBD
1EA Closer Style - TBD Mft. -TBD
DOORHARDWARE 08711- 13
Door Hardware Set No. I I
Telephone Room - double doors; each to have the following
3PR Hinges to Suit,
Hearry duty
Style - TBD Mfr. - TBD
IEA Cylinder Lockset -
Storeroom
LighVMedium
duty
Knob Swle - TBD Mfr. - TBD
IEA Cylinder Lockset -
Dummy
Light/Medium
dufy
Style - TBD Mfr. - TBD
2EA Door Stop - wall
mounted
Style - TBD Mfr. -TBD
1EA Smoke Seal As per code Mfr. - TBD
lEA Closer Style - TBD Mfr. -TBD
1EA Coordinator Style - TBD Mfr. -TBD
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINII'MS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September. 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
Door Hardware Set No. 12
Garage lo Elevator Lobby; each to have the following
1%PR Hinges to Suit,
Heaw duty
sryle - TBD Mfr. -TBD
1EA Cylinder Lockset -
Passage,
Light/Medium -
duty
Lever Style - TBD Mfr. -TBD
lEA Door Stop - wall
mounted
Style - TBD Mfr. -TBD
IEA Weatherstripping Style - TBD Mfr. -TBD
IEA Closer Style - TBD Mfr. -TBD
Door Hardware Set No. 13
Exterior Enhy (bldg A); each to have the following
IZPR Hinges to Suit,
Heaw duty
sryle - TBD Mfr. - TBD
IEA Door Pulls Style - TBD Mfr. -TBD
lEA Closer Style - TBD Mfi. -TBD
I EA.Door Holder SWle-TBD Mfr. - TBD
1EA Door Stop - wall
mounted
Sryle - TBD Mfr. -TBD
IEA Sweeps Under mount tlpe Mfr. - TBD
IEA Weatherstripping Style - TBD Mfr. -TBD
1EA Kickplate Style - TBD Mfr. -TBD
DOORIIARDWARE 08711 - 14
N
I WESTHAVENCONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
l00o/o CD: September, 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
1
I
I
t
I
I
I
DoORHARDWARE
Door Hardware Set No. 14
Exterior Entry (bldg B); each to have the following
3PR Hinges to Suit,
Hea'rry duty
Style - TBD Mfr. -TBD
2EA Door Pulls Swle - TBD Mfr. - TBD
2EA Closer sryle - TBD Mfi'. -TBD
2EA.Door Holder Srvle - TBD Mfr. - TBD
2EA Door Stop - wall
mounted
Style - TBD Mfr. - TBD
2EA Sweeps Under mount t14re Mft..TBD
2EA Weatherstripping Style - TBD Mfr. - TBD
2EA Kickplate Style - TBD Mfr. -TBD
Door Hardware Set No. l5
Garage Door (Overhead); each to have the following
IEA Track, Motor,
closing devices,
weatherstripping,
etc.
As per door
manufachrrer
Door Hardware Set No. 16
Elevator Lobby to Exit Lobby (fire rated); each to have the following
I /,PR Hinges to Suit,
Heavy duty
Style - TBD Mfr. - TBD
2EA Mortise lockset -
Entry w/ electric
strike
Lever Sfvle - TBD Mfr. -TBD
lEA Closer Style - TBD Mfr. - TBD
IEA Kickplate Style - TBD Mfr. -TBD
IEA Sweeps Under mount type Mfr. -TBD
IEA Smoke Seal Style - TBD Mfr. -TBD
Door Hardware SetNo. 17
Closet Door; each to have the following:
I%PR Hinges to Suit sryle - TBD Mfr. - TBD
1EA Cylinder Latchset -
Passage
Lever Style - TBD Mfr. -TBD
IEA Single Cylinder
DeadlockW
thumbtum
style - TBD Mfr. - TBD
lEA Door Stop - wall
mounted
Style - TBD Mfr. -TBD
08711 - 15
Door Hardware Set No. 18
Storas€ Room - double doors (l ire rated): each to have the followine
3PR Hinges to Suit,
Heavy duty
sfyle - TBD Mfr. -TBD
1EA Cylinder Lockset
(one side) -
Storage
LightlMedium
duty
Sryle - TBD Mfr. - TBD
1EA Cyinder Latchset -
(one side) Dummy
Light/Medium
duty
style - TBD Mfr. - TBD
2EA Panic exit device Style - TBD Mfr. -TBD
2EA Door Stop - wa1l
mounted
Style - TBD Mfr. -TBD
IEA Closer Style - TBD Mfr. - TBD
lEA Coordinator Style - TBD Mfr. -TBD
1EA Smoke Seal Style - TBD Mfr. -TBD
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: Septcmber. 200:
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
Door Hardware Set No. 19
Storage Room (fire rated); each to have the following
I'lPR Hinges to Suit,
Heavy duty
Style - TBD Mfr. -TBD
lEA Cylinder Lockset -
Storage,
LightMedium
duty
Style - TBD Mfr. - TBD
lEA Door Stop - wall
mounted
Style - TBD Mfr. - TBD
IEA Closer Style - TBD Mfr. - TBD
IEA Smoke Seal Sfyle - TBD Mfr. -TBD
Door Hardware Set No. 20
Closet (Double) Door; each to have the following:
3PR Hinees to Suit sryle - TBD Mfr. - TBD
2EA Cylinder Latchset -
Passage
Style - TBD Mfr. -TBD
lEA Acoustic Gaskets @
Head & Jamb
Sryle - TBD Mfr. - TBD
2EA Roller ball catches SDle -TBD Mfr. -TBD
DOORHARDWARE 08711- 16
Door Hardware Set No. 21
Closet (Single) Door; each to have the following:
I %PR Hinees to Suit SMe -TBD Mfr. - TBD
IEA Cylinder Latchset -
Passage
Sfyle - TBD Mfr. - TBD
1EA Acoustic Gaskets @
Head & Jamb
Style - TBD Mfr. - TBD
IEA Door Stop - wall
mounted
Style - TBD Mfr. - TBD
IFT WESTHAVENCONDOMINITIMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September, 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
1
t
r
s
t
I
t
I
I
t
I
t
l
I
t
I
I
END OF SECTION 0871I
I
DooRHARDWARE
Door Hardware Set No.22
Elevator Door: each to have the followine:
Hardware by
elevator
manufactwer
IEA Smoke Containment
System
Model 600 Smoke Guard Corp.
08711 - 17
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
s
I
I
I
"-,'/,|,.{#*
* *'*-*-.-
{ -"\
Wrmsx***.vmr"r
AF ': A*6 A r,G VTL L A(;{i
Alpine Door Hardware
Rockv Mountain Hardware Lever Set
Finish: Silicon Bronze Darkt
I
I
I
I
t
$l*ttiq$',.*.{ e*rlds t'rlllrxq ? itSi} Wsrthxl"co il}rur lll*{tl'I3d l:,.i' ,!rrii$, 1.9{
_"d#t*Fi€-#'iit
\x/ffisT,"&vffir'{
At f lll5fiAi3* Y{& l, 4C.S
t
I
I
I
Square Lever with larger Escutcheon Plate
Zen Door Hardware
I
t
t
I
I
I
t
I
Rocky Mountain Hardware Lever Set
Finish: White Bronze Dark
I
I
I
l
I
t
t
&i,.:i;r'.'l - l-';r.q;q{t !'ili.rFr' 1-:n5il &.-1;1il)oi*t! lj"r"s,: i}ri- tr-r'ltrr+;1,' :it*.tl liq"i:iclr'l l"r. !{r"*. l. {"i
t
t
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
t
I
l
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
t
SECTION 08810 - FIRE RATED DOOR FRAMING SYSTEM
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 SIIMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Fire rated framing and door systems for installation as full vision fire rated doors.
B. See Division 8 Section "Fire Rated Glass" for fire-rated glazing.
C. See Division 8 Section "Door Hardware" for hardware.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1 ASTM EI19: Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.
2. ASTM E2074-00: Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies, Including
Positive Pressure Testing of Side-Hinged and Pivoted Swinging Door Assemblies.
3. ASTM E2010-01: Standard Test Method for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Window
Assemblies-
B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
l. NFPA 80: Fire Doors and Windows.
2. NFPA 251: Fire Tests of Building Construction & Materials
3. NFPA 252: Fire Tests of Door Assemblies
4. NFPA 257: Fire Test of Window Assemblies
C. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL):
l. UL 9: Fire Tests of Door Assemblies
2. UL l0 B: Fire Tests of Window Assemblies
3. W 263: Fire tests of Building Construction and Materials
4. UL l0 C: Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Window & Door Assemblies
D. Arnerican National Standards Institute (ANSI):
l. ANSI 297.1: Standard for Safety Glazing Materials Used in Buildings
E. Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC):
1. CPSC I 6 CFR 1201 : Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials
F. Intemational Buildine Code - 2003.
1.3 SYSTEMDESCRIPTION
A. PerformanceRequirements
l. Duration of Fire Rating - Doors: Capable of providing a fire rating for 90 minutes.
FIRE.RATED DOOR FRAMING SYSTEM 08810 - l
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINITIMS
Vail, Colorado
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
E.
F.
G.
H.
I
T
I
I
I
I
A.
1.5
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
t.+
2. Duration of Fire Rating - WindowAValls: Capable of providing a fire rating for 120
mrnutes,
3. Fire Resistive Rating: Glaze applications in occupancy or area separation walls and
corridors where glazing exceeds 25%o of the wall area, or as otherwise specified with a
fire resistive assembly meeting the radiant heat requirements of ASTM EI19. Per ASTM
El19 and UL 263 requirements temperature on the non-fire side of glazing and framing
at conclusion of fire test exposure shall be below 250oF above ambient room
temperarure.
SUBMITTALS
Submit in accordance with Section 01330.
Shop Drawings: Show doors, Iiames, hardware and steel frame components as shown on shop
drawings and schedules
Obtain Architect's approval before fabrication.
D. Samples for kritial Powder Coating Color Selection: For steel frames with factory-applied
oowder coat color finishes.
I . Triplicate copies of manufacturer's powder coating color charts showing the full range of
colors available.
Samples: For following products:
Two 8-inch by l0-inch Samples for glass.
Glazing Schedule: Use same designations indicated on Drawings for glazed openings in
preparing a schedule listing glass tlpes and thiclmesses for each size opening and location.
Technical Information: Submit latest edition of manufacturer's product data providing product
descriptions, technical data and installation instructions.
Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to
demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project
names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information
specified.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed glazing similar in
mated.al, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project; whose work has resulted in glass
installations with a record of successful in-service performance; and who employs glass
installers for this Project who are certified under the Nafional Glass Association Glazier
Certification Program as Level 2 (Senior Glaziers) or Level 3 (Master Glaziers).
B. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed glazing similar in
material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project and whose work has resulted in
construction with a record of successful in-service Derfotmance.
A.
B.
C.
t
I
FIRE-RATED DOOR FRAMING SYSTEM 08810 - 2
I
t
I
I
l
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
t
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIT-]MS
Vail, Colorado
C. Source Limitations for Glazing Accessories: Obtain
each product and installation method indicated.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
glazing accessories from one source for
D. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled
by UL, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA252, ASTM E119.
Assemblies must be factory-welded or come complete with factory-installed mechanical joints
and must not require job site fabrication.
E. Certification: Signed by manufacturers of glass and glazing products certifring that products
fumished comply with requirements.
l. Door assemblies shall be tested to the acceptance criteria of ASTM E2074-00, NFPA
252,UL 9, UL l0-C Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.
F. Listings and Labels - Fire Rated Assemblies: IJnder current follow-up service by an approved
independent agency maintaining a current listing or certification. Label assemblies accordance
with limits of manufacturer's listing.
G. Regulatory Requiremants: Comply with provisions of the following:
l. Where indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with ANSI Al 17.l as
follows:
a. Handles, Pulls, Latches, Locks, and other Operating Devices: Shape that is easy to
grasp with one hand and does not require tight grasping, tight pinching, or twisting
of the wrist.
b^ Door Closers: Comply with the following maximum opening-force requirements
indicated:
1) Fire Doors: Minimum opening force allowable by authorities having
jurisdiction.
2. NFPA 101: Comply with the following for means of egress doors:
a. Latches, Locks, and Exit Devices: Not more than 15 lbf (67 N) to release the
latch. Locks shall not require the use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for
operation.
b. Door Closers: Not more than 30 lbf (133 N) to set door in motion and not more
than 15 lbf {67 }O to open door to minimum required width.
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
Deliver, store and handle rmder provisions specified by manufacturer.
Deliver materials to specified destination in manufacturer or distributor's packaging
undamaged, complete with installation instructions.
Store off ground, rmder cov€r, protected from weather and conskuction activities.
WARRANTY
Provide the supplier's limited five year wananty.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
i.6
B.
C.
1.7
l
I
I
t
FIRE-RATED DOOR FRAMING SYSTEM 08810 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail. Colorado
2.1 MANUFACTURERS -FIRERATED DOOR ASSEMBLY
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
t
I
I
A. Frame System: "Heat Barrier Frames" fire-rated steel frame system as manufactured by
Herman Forster AG and supplied by Technical Glass Products , 2425 Car'illon Point, Kirkland,
WA 98033 (800426-0279) fax (800451-9857) e-mail sales@fireslass.com web site
http://www.fi reelass.com
B. Substifutions: All substitufions must be approved by the architect.
2.2 MATERIALS _ STEEL FRAMING
A. Steel Framing System 90 min:
1. Steel Frame: Profiled steel tubing permanently joined with steel bolts.
2. Insulation: Insulate framing system against effects of fire, smoke, and heat transfer from
either side. Insulate profiled steel tubing using a shell construction that incorporates
Promatect-H intermediate interlayer. Firmly pack perimeter of fiaming system to rough
opening with mineral wool fire stop insulation or appropriately rated intumescent sealant.
3. Steel Glazing Beads: Extruded steel beads with dimensions recommended by
manufacturer to securely hold glazing material in place.
4. Fasteners: Type recommended by manufacturer
5. Glazing Accessories: Line glazing pockets with intumesc€nt tape supplied by frame
manufacturer. Set Pyrostop glass using neoprene setting blocks.
6. Glazing Compounds: Glaze Pyrostop glass with approved closed ce1l PVC tapeor pure
silicone sealant.
FABRICATION
Fumish frame assemblies pre-welded. When necessary, splice frames too large for shop
fabrication or shipping or to fit in available building openings. Fit with suitable fasteners.
Knock-down frames NOT PERMITTED.
Field glaze door and frame assemblies.
Factory prepare steel door assemblies field mounting of hardware
Fabrication Dimensions: Fabricate fire rated assembly to approved dimensions. Guarantee
dimensions where practicable within required tolerance.
Obtain approved Shop Drawings prior to fabrication.
FINISHES, GENERAL
Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
Finish fire rated doors after assembly.
Protect finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a shippable, temporary
protective covering before shipping.
T
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
T
I
B.
C.
D.
B.
C.
2.3
z.n
FIRE-RATED DOOR FRAMING SYSTEM 088r0 - 4
I
t
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
D. Appearance
acceptable.
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are
Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable.
2.5 FACTORYFINISHES
Color-Coated Finish: Apply manufacturer's standard powder coating finish system applied to
factory-assembled fiames before shipping, complying with manulhctruer's written instructions
for surface preparation including pretreatrnent, application, and minimum dry film thickness.
l. Color and Gloss: As selected by Architeot from manufactruer's full range.
DOOR HARDWARE FOR SINGLEAND PAIRED DOORS
Furnish hardware with 120 minute fire door by the manufacturer. Select hardware from door
manufachrer's standard recommended and approved hardware groups as specified in Division
8 Section "Door Hardware".
Provide high traffic areas or areas requiring a door motion force of greater than 20 pormds witl
power assisted hmdware for use with manufachtrer's fi'ame system.
EXAMINATION
Examine substrates and members to which the work of this section attaches or adjoins prior to
frame installation.
Provide openings plumb, square and within allowable tolerances.
Notifu Architect of any conditions which jeopardize the integrity of the proposed fire wall /
door system. Do not proceed until such conditions are corrected.
2.8 INSTAILATION
A. hrstall fully welded fire door by a specialty contractor with appropriate experience
qualifications; and in strict accordance with the approved shop drawings. Employ experienced
mechanics familiar with this type of specialized work.
B. Install glazing in shict accordance -with fire resistant glazing material manufacturer's
specifications. Field cutting or tar4ering is not permissible.
2.9 PROTECTION AND CLEANING
A. Protect glass from damage immediately after installation by attaching crossed streamers to
framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to glass surface. Remove nonpermanent
labels, and clean surfaces.
B. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulfing from constructton
operations, including weld splatter. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do
I
T
t
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
2.6
B.
2.7
B.
C.
FIRE-RATED DOOR FRAMING SYSTEM 08810 - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
come into contact with glass,
manufacfurer.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
remove them immediately as recommended by glass
I
I
IC. Remove and replace glass that is brokan, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged in any way,
including natural causes, accidents, and vandalism, during construction period.
D. Wash glass on both exposed surfaces in each area ofProject not more than four days before date
scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass as
recommended by glass manufacturer.
ENDOF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
il
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
IFIRE-RATED DOOR FRAMING SYSTEM 08810 - 6
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
)
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
SECTION 08814 - MIRRORED GLASS
PART I -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
l. Silvered mirrored glass.
1,2 SUBMITTALS
A. Samples: As follows:
L Minor Trim: 12 inches long.
I.3 QUALITYASSURANCE
A. NAAMM's Publication: For silvered mirrored
NAAMM's "Mirrors, Handle with Extreme Care,
Handling of Mirrors."
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
glass, comply with recommendations in
Tips for the Professional on the Care and
t.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. For silvered mirrored glass, comply with mirrored glass manufacturer's written inskuctions for
shipping, storing, and handling mirrored glass as needed to prevent deterioration of shivering,
damage to edges, and abrasion of glass surfaces and applied coatings. Store indoors, protected
from moisture includins condensation.
WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to replace
mirrored glass units that deteriorate f.o.b. the nearest shipping point to Project site, vrithin five
years from date of Substantial Completion.
l. Deterioration of Silvered Mirrored Glass: Defects developed from normal use not caused
by maintaining and cleaning mirrored glass contrary to manufacturer's written
instructions. Defects include discoloration, black spots, and clouding of the silver film.
1.5
t
I
T
I
I
I MIRROREDGLASS 08814 - I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
PRODUCTS
100% CD: September 2005
I-OR CONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I.6 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
a. Thickness: 4 mm.
1.7 MIRRORED GLASS
A. Silvered Mirrored Glass:
l. Available Manufacturers:
2. Annealed Float Glass: Clear.
3. Shivering: Successive layers of chemically deposited silver, electrically or chemically
deposited copper, and manufacturer's standard organic protective coating applied to
second glass surface to produce coating system complying with FS DD-M41l.
B. Fabrication:
l Cutouts: Fabricate cutouts for notches and holes in mirrored glass without marring
visible surfaces. Locate and size cutouts so they frt closely around penetrations in
mirrored glass.
2. Mirrored Glass Edge Treatment: Flat polished.
Silvered Minor Glass: Seal edges after edge treatrnent to prevent chemical or
atmospheric penetration of glass coating.
Factory Fabricate: Perform edge treatrnent and sealing in factory immediately
after cuttine to final sizes.
1.8 MISCELLANEOUSMATERIALS
A. Setting Blocks: Neoprene, T0 to 90 Shore A hardness.
B. Edge Sealer: Coating compatible with glass coating and approved by mirrored glass
manufacfurer for use in protecting against silver deterioration at mirrored glass edges.
C. Mirror Mastic: An adhesive setting compound, produced specifically for setting mirrored glass
by spot application.
Extruded-Aluminum Top and Bottom Trim: J-channels with retum that produces glazing
channel to accommodate mirrored glass thickness indicated.
Mirror Top and Bottom Clips: As indicated.
Plated Steel Hardware: Formed-steel shapes with plated finish.
l. Profile: As indicated.
a.
b.
t
I
T
I
I
I
D.
E.
F.
MIRRORED GLASS 08814 - 2
B.
D.
F.
2.1
t
t
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
t
T
t
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail. Colorado
l00Yo CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
2. Finish: stainless
G. Fasteners: Fabricated of same basic metal and alloy as fastened metal and matching it in
finished color and texture where fasteners are exposed.
H. Anchors and Inserts: Provide devices as required for mirror hardware installation. Provide
toothed or lead-shield expansion-bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors. Provide galvanized
anchors and inserts for applications on inside face of exterior walls and where indicated.
PART 2.EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility of mirror mastic
with existing finishes or primers.
lnstall mirrored glass units to comply with written instructions of mirrored glass manufacturer
and with referenced GABA and NAAMM publications. Mount mirrored glass accurately in
place in a manncr that avoids distorting reflected images.
Provide space for air circulation between back of mirrored glass units and face of mounting
surface.
Mastic Spot Installation System:
1. Apply banier coat to mirrored glass backing where approved in writing by manufacturers
of mirrored glass and backing material....
2. Apply mastic in spots to comply with mastic manufacturer's written instructions for
coverage and to allow air circulation between back of mirrored glass units and face of
mounting surface.3. After mastic is applied, align mirrored glass units and press into place while maintaining
a minimum air space of l/8 inch (3 rm) between back of mirrored glass and mounting
surface.
For wall-mounted mirrored glass units, install permanent means of support at bottom and top
edges with bottom support desigrred to withstand mirrored glass weight and top support
designed to prevent mirrored glass from coming away from wall along top edges.1. For metal or plastic clips, place a felt or plastic pad between mirrored glass and each clip
to prevent spalling of mirrored glass edges.2. Where indicated, install bottom and top trim. Fabricate trim in single lengths to fit and
cover top and bottom edges of mirrored glass units.
3. Where indicated, install bottom fim and top clips. Fabricate bottom him in single
lengths to fit and cover bottom edge of mirrored glass units. Locate top clips so they are
symmetrically placed and evenly spaced.
4. Where indicated, install bottom and top clips symmetrically placed and evenly spaced.
Protect mirrored glass from breakage and contaminating substances resulting from conskuction
operations.
MIRRORED GLASS 08814 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
t
I
I
I
I
t
. 1. Do not permit edges of silvered mirrored glass to be exposed to standing water.
2. Maintain environmental conditions that will prevent silvered minored glass from being
exposed to moisfure from condensation or other sources for continuous periods of time.
END OF SECTION 08814
T
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
IMIRRORED GLASS 08814 - 4
I
'ESTHAVEN..ND'MTNTMSVail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
SECTION 08817 - FIRE-RATED GLASS
PART I . GENERAL
I.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
l. Fire-rated glazing materials installed as vision lights in fire-rated doors.
2. Fire-rated glazingmateials installed as sidelites in fire-rated wall applications.
B. See Division 8 Section "Steel Doors and Frames" for fire-rated door and frames.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. ASTM E 119: Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.
2. ASTM E2074-00: Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies, lncluding
Positive Pressure Testing of Side-Hinged and Pivoted Swinging Door Assemblies.
3. ASTM E2010-01: Standard Test Method for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Window
Assemblies.
B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI):
1. ANSI297.1: StandardforSafetyGlazingMaterialsUsedinBuildings
C. Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC):
l. CPSC 16 CFR 1201: Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials
D. Glass Association of North America (GANA):
l. GANA-GlazingManual.
2. FGMA - Sealant Manual.
E. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
l. NFPA 80: Fire Doors and Windows.
F. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. [uL):l. UL 263: Fire tests of Building Construction and Materials
G. Standard Council ofCanada:
l. ULC Standard CAN4-S104: Fire Tests of DoorAssemblies.
2. ULC Standard CAN4-S106: Fire Tests of Window Assemblies.
3. CANruLC-Sl0lM: Standard Methods of Fire Endurance Tests.
H. Intemational Buildins Code - 2003.
1,3 PERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS
I
t
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I FIRE RATED GLASS 08817 - I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
ftAioCD:september 2005 I
FOR CONSTRUCTION
A. Fire-rated, clear and wireless glazing material for use in locations such as doors, sidelites, and
wall applications with hre rating requirements ranging from 45 minutes to 2 hours with hose
strearn test; for use in interior applications.
B. Provides protection by reducing the radiant and conductive heat transfcr
ST]BMITTALS
Comply with requirements of Section 0l330 "Submittal Procedures"
Product data: Submit manufacturer's technical data for each glazing mateial required,
including installation and maintenance instructions.
Certificates of compliance from glass and glazing materials manufactuers attesting that glass
and glazing materials furnished for project comply with requirements. S€parate certification
will not be required for glazing materials bearing manufacturer's permanent label designating
type and thickness of glass, provided labels represent a quality control program involving a
recognized certification agency or independent testing laboratory acceptable to authority having
jurisdiction.
Product Test Listings: From UL indicating fire-rated glass complies with requirements, based
on comprehensive testing of current product.
Samples: Submit, for verification purposes, approx. 8-inch by l0-inch sample for each type of
glass indicated.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Glazing Standards; FGMA Glazing Manual and Sealant Manual.
Fire Resistance Rated Glass: Each lite shall bear permanent, nonremovable label of UL
certifying it for use in tested and rated fire resistive assemblies.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to specified destination in manufacturer's or distributor's packaging,
undamaged, complete with installation instructions.
B. Do not expose fire rated glazing to temperatures greater than 120 degrees or less than minimum
40 degrees F during storage and transportation.
C. Store off ground, under cover, protected from weather and construction activities.
D. Do not expose the non-PVB side of glass to W light.
E. Store sheets of glass vertically. DO NOT lean.
I
I
I1.4
A.
B.
C.
I
T
I
I
1.5
D.
E,
A.
B.
I
t
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
IFIRE RATED GLASS 08817 - 2
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 700o/o CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTIONVail, Colorado
.I
t r.7 WARRANTY
r- A. Wananty period: Five years from date of shipment by manufacturer.
f
PART 2 - PRODUCTSt,I
2.T FIRE-RATED GLAZING MATERIALS
t A. Manufacturer: Pyrostopru as manufactured by the Pilkington Group and distributed by
Technical Glass Products, Kirkland, Washington, voice 1-800426-0279, fax 1-800451-9857,
,l e-mail sales@frreglass.com, web site www.fireglass.com or approved equal.
B. Composition: Composed of multiple sheets of "Optiwhite" high visible light transmission glass
I laminated with an intumescent interlayer.
II c. Properties:
- l. Thickness: For Interior Usv. 7-7/16,#90-102.
I 2. Weight: Varies with thickness (approximate range 9 to 22 lbs./sq. ft.).t 3. Approximate Visible Transmission: Varies with thickness (approximate range 88 to 75
I 4 ii,:i-lili;r,2hours
a 5. Impact Safety Resistance: ANSI 297.1 and CPSC l6CFRl201 (Cat. I and II).
6. STC Rating: Up to 46 dB.
t D. Permanently label each piece of fre rated glazing with the appropriate marking.
I E. Fire Rating - 60 Minutes and Greater: Fire rating listed and labeled by UL for fire rating
I scheduled at opening locations on drawings, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 119 and
uL263.
I F. Substitutions: All substitutions must be approved by architect.
I 2.2 cLAZTNG coMpouND FoRFTRE-RATED GLAZING MATERIALSIl
A. Glazing Tape: Closed cell polyvinyl chloride foam, coiled on release paper over adhesive on
il two sides, maximum water absorption by volume of 2 percent, designed for compression of 25|! percent to effect an air and vapor seal.
I B. Silicone Sealant: One-part neutral curing silicone, medium modulus sealant, Type S; Grade
I NS; Class 25 with additional movement capability of 50 percent in both extension and
compression (total lO0percent); Use @xposure) NT; Uses (Substrates) G, A, and O as
I applicable. Available Products:
I l. Dow Coming795 - Dow Coming Corp.
2. Silglaze-Il 2800 - General Electric Co.
11 3. Spectrem 2 - Tremco Inc.
-l-r C. Setting Blocks: Hardwood or calcium silicate; glass width by 4 inches by 3/16 inch thick.
I
T
FIRE RATED GLASS 08817 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
D. Spacers: Neoprene or other resilient blocks of40 to 50 Shore A durometer hardness, adhesive-
backed on one face only, tested for compatibility with specified glazing compound.
E. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Type recommended by manufacturer of glass and gaskets.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate glass and other glazing products in sizes required to glaze openings indicated for
Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with
recommendations of product manufacturer and referenced glazing standard as required to
comply with system performance requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine glass framing, with glazier present, for compliance with the following:
l. Manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for size, squareness, offsets at
comers.
2. Minimum required face or edge clearances.
3. Observable edge damage or face imperfections.
B. Do not proceed with glazing until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
C. Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before glazing.
Remove coatings that are not firmly bonded to substrates.
3.2 INSTALLATTON(GLAZING)
A. Comply with referenced GANA standards and instructions of manufacfurers of glass, glazing
sealants, and glazing compounds.
B. Protect glass from edge damage during handling and installation. Inspect glass during
installation and discard pieces with edge damage that could affect glass performance.
C. Cut glazing tape to length and set against permanent stops, flush with sight lines to fit openings
exactly, with shetch allowance during installation.
D. Place setting blocks located at quarter points of glass with edge block no more than 6-inches
from corners.
E. Glaze vertically into labeled fire-rated metal frames or partition walls with same fire rating as
glass and push against tape for fuIl contact at perimeter ofpane or unit.
F. Place glazing tape on free perimeter of glazing in same manner described above.
G. Do not remove protective edge tape.
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
JI
I
I
I
I
IFIRE RATED GLASS 08817 - 4
t-
I WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I H. Install removable stop and secure without displacement of tape.
I. Do not pressure glaze.
IIt J. Glaze exterior openings with PVB layer toward the exterior of the building.
I K. Knife trim protruding tape.
I
L. Apply cap bead of silicone sealant along void between the stop and the glazing, to uniform line,
I with bevel to form watershed away from glass. Tool or wipe sealant surface smooth.
I M. Provide minimum 3/16 inch edge clearance.
I
I N. Install in vision panels in fire-rated doors to requirements of NFPA 80.
r. O. lnstall so that appropriate UL & manufacturer markings remain permanently visible.
-||
^_ 3.3 PROTECTIONANDCLEANING
t A. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction
operations. Remove any such substances by method approved by glass manufacturer.I
I B. Wash glass on both faces not more than four days prior to date scheduled for inspections
intended to establish date of substantial completion. Wash glass by method recommended by
f glass manufacturer.
I
I
I
I
I
l
t
t
I
T
FIRE RATED GLASS 08817 - 5
s{l
:-a
$q I
oz
9f
EIe5;
I
I
I
I
Hs I
F"gr-to
Fg Iz6t
I
I
I
I
I
I
}"-:F 4F F 5 E9' :"3 !. = ,.!
drE€ FY i i g
4Qcs eE q ii ult = ED id r =' |r1;T?: Xf Z T Ff-itir:- sP6,' ; g
fiE.ei S; 3 a sSFii' [3 7, = 5
$;ET i; E q 3:FJZ _g g E j
;3$E. .83 J E H
f g i Ff ;3 E
H=' F Sq ? F 7;e ,: Y; F € 4s 9 r 3 d ts t "1 ..'T:-3 F =T 8. F iFDg P Hl s+3 E Bp I g. E:E a -rF 6 A igE. ? S.n:. EAF F "Ia E F A;: ; E5 F E NHF E'>o H ts$+ F EE il' V+d '' ;;E 6 i5f d :F + sSi- F =. B IsI ; a g 3FA t & S E1g 8 5' A +5R a x J g$x H ii + I
E'$ : g F +:P b- R ''o t1t.F'H' V, 1 k )o* r., H 7 -g3
F+ T 3 F
=
\i br 7 o
=tr33 Jo ; 5 g{a' 2 i n =#1 F "F 2 30'q aFF U 3 i 1'pL+4 Av3sDfu\l 5q
tJ?za)S eEa
HZNr=; €$t$";us
f- ,l-
I!z
U)Ho-i6z
F
"l
f'l
r-
rt)a
5
@oo
\.1
t WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September20O5
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
t
- SECTIoN 09220 - poRTLAND CEMENT pLASTER
,, PART I-GENERAL
tJ I.I SUMMARY
;1 A. This Section includes the following:
I l. Exterior portland cement plasterwork (stucco) on metal lath.
I B. See Division 5 Section "Cold-Formed Metal Framing" for structural, load-bearing (transverse
I and axial) steel studs andjoists that support lath and portland cement plaster.
t r.z suBMrrrAls
a)
A. ProductData: Foreachtypeofproductindicated.
Ar
t B. Samples: For each tlpe of factory-prepared, colored, textured finish coat indicated; 12by 12
inches (305 by 305 mm), and prepared on rigid backing.
I 1.3 QUALITYASSURANCE
f A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For portland cement plaster assemblies with fue-resistancet ratings, provide materials and conshuction identical to those tested in assembly indicated
according to ASTME 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
I authorities havingjurisdiction.I
B. Mockups: Before plastering, install mockups of at least 100 sq. ft. (9 sq. m) in surface area to
f demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.
t L lnstall mockups for each type offinish and color indicated.
11 2. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of
I Substantial Completion.
I r.4 PRoJEcr coNDrrroNst
A. Comply with ASTM C 926 requirements.
-
I B. Exterior Plasterwork: Apply plaster when ambient temp€rature is greater than 40 degF (4.4
deg C).
I
I
I
PORTLANDCEMENTPLASTER 09220 - |
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
t
I
t
l
I
t
t
I
B.
A.
B.
C.
2.1
2.2
z.J
.ti
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
may be
products
MANUFACTURERS
In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:
L Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified.2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the
specified.
a. Sto Powerwall Stucco: Fiber reinforced Portland Cement Stucco
METALLATH
Expanded-Metal Lath: ASTMC847 with ASTMA653/A653M, G60 (2180), hordip
galvanized zinc coating.
l. Diamond-Mesh Lath: Flat.
Weight: 2.5 lb/sq. yd. (1.a kglsq. m) in cornpliance with ASTM C 847.
ACCESSORIES
General: Comply with ASTMC 1063 and coordinate depth of trim and accessories with
thicknesses and number of plaster coats rsquired.
Zinc and Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Accessories:
1. Foundation Weep Screed, External-Comer Reinforcement, Cornerbead, Casing Beads:
Fabricated from hot-dip galvantzed, steel sheet, zinc coating complying with
ASTM A 1063
2. Control Joints: Fabricated from zinc-coated (galvanized) steel; one-piece-fype, folded
pair of unperforated screeds in M-shaped configuration; with perforated flanges and
removable protective tape on plaster face of conhol joint.
3. Expansion Joints: Fabricated fiom zinc-coated (galvanized) steel; folded pair of
unperforated screeds in M-shaped configwation; with expanded flanges.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
Water for Mixing: Potable and free of substances capable of affecting plaster set or of
damaging plaster, lath, or accessories.
Bonding Compound: acrylic admixture.
Steel Drill Screws: For metal-to-metal fastening, ASTM C 1002 or ASTM C 954, as required
by thickness ofmetal being fastened; with pan head that is suitable for application; in lengths
required to achieve penehation through joined materials of not fewer than three exposed
threads.
IPORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 -2
-. WEST}IAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTIONr
t D. Fasteners for Attaching Metal Lath to Subshates: Compllng with ASTM C 1063.
f E. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls:
t l. Foam Gasket: Adhesive-backed, closed-cell vinyl foam strips that allow fastener
penetation without foam displacement, l/8 inch (3.1 mm) thick, in width to suit steel
I
stud size.
r F. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Nonsag, paintable, nonstaining, latex
sealant complying with ASTM C 834 that effectively reduces airbome sound transmission
through perimeter joints and openings in building conskuction as demonstrated by testing
representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90.
l. Available Products:
a. OSI Sealants, Inc.; Pro-Series, SC 175 Acoustical Sound Sealant Non-Flammable -
Latex.
b. Pecora Corporation; AC-20 + Silicone.
c. Tremco Incorporated; Tremflex 834.
d. United States Gypsum Co.; SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant.
G. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining,
gunnable, synthetic-rubber sealant recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce
airbomc sound hansmission.
l. Available Products:
a. OSI Sealants, Inc.; Pro-Series SC 170 Acoustical Sound Sealant - Solvent.b. Pecora Corporation; BA-98.
c. Tremco. Inc.: Tremco Acoustical Sealant.
2.5 PLASTERMATERLq.LS
t A. Fiber reinforced Portland cement based stucco, ASTM C 150, Type L
I
B. Sand Aggregate: ASTM C 897.
C. Ready-Mixed Finish-Coat Plaster: Mill-mixed portland cement, aggregates, coloring agents,
I and proprietary ingredients.
I 1. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.Ir 2.6 PRIMER
I A. General: Acrylic based tinted primer.
I 2.7 FTNTSH COAT
t A. Factory-Prepared Finish-Coat Mixes: For ready-mixed finish-coat plasters, comply with
I manufacturer's written inshuctions.
J
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
PORTLANDCEMENTPLASTER 09220 -3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
PART 3 - EXECUTION
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
l
I
I
3.1 PREPARATION
Protect adjacent work from soiling, spattering, moisture deterioration, and other harmful effects
caused by plastering.
Prepare solid-plaster bases that are smooth or that do not have the suction capability required to
bond with plaster according to ASTM C 926.
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
Acoustical Sealant: Where required, seal joints between edges of plasterwork and abutting
conskuction with acoustical sealant.
INSTALLING METAL LATH
Expanded-Metal Lath: Install according to ASTM C 1063.
3.4 INSTALLINGACCESSORIES
A. lnstall according to ASTM C 1063 and at locations indicated on Drawings.
B. Reinforcement for External Corners:
1 . hstall lath-type extemal-comer reinforcement at exterior locations.2. Install comerbead at interior and exterior locations.
C. Control Joints: Install confrol joints at locations indicated on Drawings.
3.5 PLASTERAPPLICATION
A. General: Comply with ASTM C 926 or to comply with manufacturer's instruction.
B. Acrylic-Based Finish Coatings: Apply coating system, including primers, finish coats, and
sealing topcoats, according to manufacturer's written instructions.
3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cut, patch, replace, and repair plaster as necessary to accommodate other work and to restore
cracks, dents, and imperfections. Repair or replace work to eliminate blisters, buckles, crazing
(check cracking), dry outs, efflorescence, sweat outs, and similar defects and where bond to
substrate has failed.
END OF SECTION 09220
B.
3.2
J.J
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 - 4
I *ESTHAVENC.ND'MINTMS
Vail, ColoradoI
SECTION 09260 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIESt
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
PART I -GENERAL
7- 1,I SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:
I
l. Interior glpsum wallboard.I
t 2. Exterior gypsum wallboard.
3. Exterior gypsum board panels for ceilings and soffits.
I 4. Tile backing panels.
t 5. Fiber faced weather-resistant gypsum sheathing.
t 1.2 suBMrrrALSf
A. Product Data: For each product indicated.
I B. Samples: For each textured finish indicated and on same backing indicated for Work.
I 1.3 QUALTTYASSTTRANCE
I A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For gypsum board assemblies with fire-resistance ratings,
I provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembiy indicated accordinglo
ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having
,_ jurisdiction.
! B. Sound Transmission Characteristics: For gypsum board assemblies with STC ratings, provide
materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to
|. ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by a qualified independent testing agency.a
t PART2-PRODUCTS
I
-
I
2.t MANUFACTTJRERS
I A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
f l Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified.
| 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products
f specified.
3. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product specified.IJ
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 - |
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
2,2 STEEL FRAMING
A. Steel Framing, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated.
l. Steel Sheet Components: Metal complying with ASTM C 645 requirements.
a. Protective Coating:
l) Exterior Applications: hot-dip galvanized zinc coating.
B. Suspended Ceiling and SoIfit Framing:
l. Tie Wire: ASTM A641/A64IM, Class I zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625-inch- (1.59-
mm-) diameter wire, or double strand of 0.0475-inch- ( I .2 I -mm-) diameter wire.2. Hanger Attachments to Concrete:
a. Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials with holes or loops for
attaching hanger wires and capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to 5
times that imposed by construction as determined by testing according to
ASTM E 488 by a qualified independent testing agency.
l) Type: Postinstalled, expansion anchor.
b. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Suitable for application indicated, fabricated from
corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or otler devices for attaching hangers of
type indicated, and capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to l0 times
that imposed by construction as determined by testing according to ASTM E 1190
by a qualified independent testing agency.
3. Wire Hangers: ASTM A641lA64lM, Class I zinc coating, soft temper, 0.162-inch
(4.12-mm) diameter.
4. Carrying Charurels: Cold-rolled, commercial-steel sheet with a base metal thickness of
0.0538 inch (1.37 mm), a minimum ll2-inch- (12.7-mm-) wide flange, and in depth
indicated.
5. Furring Channels (Furring Members):
a. Cold Rolled Channels: 0.0538-inch (1.37-mm) bare steel thickness, with
minimum llZ-inch- (12.7-mm-) wide flange, 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) deep.b. Steel Studs: ASTM C 645, in depth indicated.
l) Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch (0.a5 mm)
c. Hat-Shaped, RigidFuning Channels: ASTM C 645,718 inch(22.2mm) deep.
1) Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch (0.45 mm)
d. Resilient Furring Channels: l/2-inch- (12.7-mm-) deep members designed to
reduce sound hansmission, and asymmetrical with single leg.
C. Partition and Soffit Framing:
L Steel Studs andRunners: ASTM C 645, in depthindicated.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
IGYPSLM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 -2
7.
8.
B.
z.J
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
a. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch (0.45 mm).
2. Deep-Leg Deflection Track: ASTM C 645 top runner with 2-inch- (50.8-mm-) deep
flanges.
3. Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width
indicated.
a. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch (0.45 mm).
4. Cold-Rolled Channel Bridging: 0.0538-inch (1.37-mm) bare steel thickness, with
minimum 112-inch- (12.7-mm-) wide flange, and in depth indicated.
a. Clip Angle: l-ll2by l-l/2 inch (38.1 by 38.1 mm), 0.068-inch- (1.73-mm-) thick,
galvanized steel.
5. Resilient Furring Channels: l/2-inch- (12.7-mm-) deep, steel sheet members designed to
reduce sound transmission. Asymmetrical or hat. shaped, with face attached to single
flangeby a slotted Ieg (web) or attached to two flanges by slotted or expanded metal legs.6. Cold-Rolled Furring Channels: 0.0538-inch (1.37-mm) bare steel thickness, with
minimum l/2-inch- (12.7-mm-) wide flange, and in depth indicated.
a. Furring Brackets: Adjustable, corrugated-edge tlpe of steel sheet with minimum
bare steel thickness of 0.0312 inch (0.79 mm).b. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625-inch-
(1.59-mm) diameter wire, or double strand of 0.0475-inch- (1.21-mm-) diameter
wire.
Z-Shaped Furring: With slotted or nonslotted web, face flange of 1-114 inches (31.8
mm), wall attachment flange of 7/8 inch (22.2 mm), minimum bare metal thickness of
0.0179 inch (0.45 mm), and depth required to fit insulation thickness indicated.
Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding
power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates.
PANEL PRODUCTS
Panel Size, General: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize
joints in each area and correspond with support system indicated.
Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36.
l. Regular Type: ln thickness indicated and with long edges tapered.2. Type X: In thickness indicated and with long edges tapered.3. Moisture Resistant: In thickness indicated with long tapered edges.
C. Exterior Gypsum Panels for Walls, Ceilings and Soffits:
l. Exterior Gypsum Soffrt Board: ASTM C 931/C 931M, with core type and in thickness
indicated and with manufacturer's standard edses.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 -3
IWESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
ASTM C lI17lC ll77M, with core type and in2. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board:
thickness indicated.
I
I
I
I
t
I.,, A
a. Product: G-P Gypsum Corp; Dens-Glass Gold.
D. Tile Backing Panels:
l. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C630/C 630M, with core fpe and in
thickness indicated.
2. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Board: ASTMC 11781C ll78M, with core type
and in thickness indicated.
a. Product: G-P Gypsum Corp.; Dens-Shield Tile Backer.
3. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI Al 18.9, in thickness indicated.
C.
TRIM ACCESSORIES
Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047.
l. Comerbead: Use at outside comers.2. U-Bead: Use at all exposed locations where gypsum board is not joined to another board3. Curved-Edge Cornerbead: Va" radius with notched or flexible flanges; use at all vertical
outside comers and around all door and window openings.
Exterior Trim: ASTM C 1047, hot-dip galvanized steel sheet or rolled zinc.
l. Comerbead: Use at outside comers.
2. LC-Bead: Use at exposed panel edges.
3. Expansion (Control) Joint: One-piece, rolled zinc with V-shaped slot and removable
strip covering slot opening. Use where indicated.
JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS
General: Comply with ASTM C 475.
Joint Tape:
1. Interior Gypsum Wallboard: Paper.2. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: Paper.
3. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: l0-by-10 glass mesh.4. Tile Backing Panels: As recommended by panel manufacturer.
Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is
compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats.
1. Prefilling: At open joints, tapered rounded or beveled panel edges, and damaged surface
areas, use setting-type taping compound.
B.
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.5
A.
B.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 - 4
I
I]t WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINIUMS l00Yo CD: September20O5
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION,l
ll 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, flanges of trim
accessories, and fasteners, use setting-type taping compound.tI a. Use setting-tlpe compound for installing paper-faced metal trim accessories.
I 3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use setting-type, sandable topping compound.
I 4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use setting-t1pe, sandable topping compound.5. Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use setting-type, sandable topping- compound.
r D. Joint Compound for Exterior Applications:
I l. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board; Use setting-type taping and setting-type, sandable
t toppingcompounds.
2. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: As recommended by manufacturer.
I E. Joint Compound for Tile Backing Panels:
f l. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: Use setting-fype taping and setting-type,
I sandable topping compounds.!' 2. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panel: As recommended by manufacturer.3. Cementitious Backer Units: As recommended bv manufacturer.
2.6 AUXILIARYMATERIALS
I A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and
manufacturer's written recommendations.
I B. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Nonsag, paintable, nonstaining, latex
sealant complying with ASTM C 834 that effectively reduces airborne sound transmission
a through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing
t representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90.
_ l. Available Products:
f a. Pecora Corp.; AC-20 FTR Acoustical and trnsulation Sealant.b. States Gypsum Co.; SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant.
I C. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated.
t l. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from
I 0.033 to 0.1 12 inch (0.8 4 to 2.84 mm) thick.2. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by
panel manufacturer.
r D. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls:
I L Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt: ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt),I nonoerforated.
I
I
GYPSUMBOARDASSEMBLIES 09260 - s
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vai1, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
3.1
2. Foam Gasket: Adhesive-backed, closed-cell vinyl foam strips that allow fastener
penehation without foam displacement, ll8 inch (3.2 mm) thiclq in width to suit steel
stud size.
E. Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing)
produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag
wool. or rock wool.
l. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral-fiber requirements of
assembly.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
NON-LOAD.BEARING STEEL FRAMING INSTALLATION
General: Comply with ASTMC754, and ASTMC840 requirements that apply to framing
installation,
Suspended Ceiling and Soffrt Framing:
l. Suspend ceiling hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects
within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or ceiling suspension
system. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting
horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means.2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger
spacings that interfere with the location of hangers required to support standard
suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in
form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and
hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced
standards.
3. Attach hangers to structwal members. Do not support ceilings from or attach hangers to
permanent metal forms, steel deck tabs, steel roof decks, ducts, pipes, or conduit.4. Wire-tie or clip furring channels to supports, as required to comply with requirements for
assemblies indicatedl.
Partition and Soffit Framing:
l. Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install isolation strip between
studs and wall.
2. Extend partition framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended
ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings.
Continue framing ovet frames for doors and openings and frame around ducts penetrating
partitions above ceiling to provide suppod for gypsum board.3. Frame door openings to comply with GA-600 and with gypsum board manufacturer's
applicable written recommendations, unless otherwise indicated. Screw vertical studs at
jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner hack section (for cripple studs)
at head and secure to jamb studs.
a. lnstall two studs at each iamb, unless otherwise indicated.
B.
C.I
I
I
I
IGYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 - 6
It WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTIONtI b. Extendjamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of floor or
roof strucfure above.
II 4
iffi,::'il1f,'",'Jf'll#,1?:Hx?ilj:S:,',tr1","jr'.",ffi:1,'T$:i'fl,l,1lffLllliLT
- above door heads.
r D. Z-Furing Members: Erect insulation vertically and hold in place with Z-furring members.
I L Until gypsum board is installed, hold insulation in place with lO-inch (250-mm) staplesI fabricated from 0.0625-inch- (1.59-mm-) diameter, tie wire and inserted through slot in
f web of member.
I E. Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: Install to comply with requirements specified in Division 7
Section "Building Insulation."
rrr 3.2 PANELPRODUCTINSTALLATIoN
f A. GypsumBoard: ComplywithASTMC840andGA-216.t
1. Space screws a maximum of l2 inches (304.8 mm) o.c. for vertical applications.
I 2. Space fasteners in panels that are tile substrates a maximum of 8 inches (203.2mm) o.c.l' 3. On ceilings, apply glpsum panels before walVpartition board application to the greatest
extent possible and at right angles to framing, unless otlerwise indicated.
|J 4. On paditions/walls, apply gypsum panels horizontally (perpendicular to framing), unless
t otherwise indicated or required by fire-re sistance-rated assembly, and minimize end
joints.
I " :ll-ffilbuttine
end joints not less than one framing member in altemate courses
b. At stairwells and other high walls, install panels horizontally, unless otherwise
! indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly.
5. On Z-furring members, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to &aming) with no end
joints. Locate edge joints over furring members.
6. Single-Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill
|l 7. il:"tf"*. Fastening Methods: Fasten base layers and face layers separately ro supporrs
f with screws.
t B. Exterior Ceilings and Soffits: Apply exterior gypsum panels perpendicular to supports, with
I endjoints staggered and located over supports.
1. Fasten with corrosion-resistant screws.
C. Tile Backing Panels:
l. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: Install with l/4-inch (6.a-mm) gap where
panels abut other construction or penetrations.
I
T
t
t
t GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 -7
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
2. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panel: Install with
panels abut other construction or penehations.
3. Cementitious Backer Unit Applieation: ANSI A108.11.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
ll4-inch (6.a-mm) gap where
FINISHING
lnstalling Trim Accessories: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to
framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to
manufacturer's written instructions.
Finishing Gypsum Board Panels: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control
joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare
gypsum board surfaces for decoration.
1. Prefill openjoints tapered, rounded or beveled edges and damaged surface areas.2. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with him having flanges not
intended for tape.
3. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: Finish according to manufacturer's written
instructions for use as exposed soffit board.4. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panels: Finish according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
Cementitious Backer Units: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions.
Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below, according to
ASTM C 840. for locations indicated:
1. Level 4: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats ofjoint compound to
tape, fasteners, and trim flanges, unless otherwise indicated.
APPLYING TEXTURE FINISHES
Surface Preparation and Primer: Prepare and apply primer to glpsum panels and other surfaces
receiving texture finishes. Apply primer to surfaces that are clean, dry, and smooth.
Texture Finish Application: Mix and apply finish using powered spray equipment, to produce a
uniform texture matching approved mockup and free of starved spots or other evidence of thin
application or of application pattems.
Prevent texfure finishes from coming into contact with surfaces not indicated to receive texture
frnish by covering them with masking agents, polyethylene film, or other means. Il despite
these precautions, texture finishos contact these surfaces, immediately remove droppings and
overspray to prevent damage according to texture finish manufacfurer's written
recommendations.
END OF SECTION 09260
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
t
I
J.J
B.
C.
D,
3.4
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
B.
C.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 - 8
A.
B.
B.
B.
1.1
1.2
1.3
2.1
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINILIIVIS
Vail, Colorado
SECTION 09265 . GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT-WALL ASSEMBLIES
PART I -GENERAL
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:
1. Shaft enclosures.
2. Chase enclosures.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each gypsum board shaft-wall assembly indicated.
Fire-Test-Response Reports :
l. Include data substantiating that elevator entrances and other items that penetrate each
gypsum board shaft-wall assembly do not negate fire-resistance rating.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Provide materials and construction identical to those tested
in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
STC-Rated Assemblies: For gypsum board shaft-wall assemblies indicated to have STC
ratings, provide assembly materials and conshuction complying with requirements of
assemblies whose STC ratings were determined according to ASTM E 90 and classified
according to ASTM E 4l3by a qualifred independent testing agency.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide gypsum board shaft-wall assemblies
named on Drawings by design desigration of a qualified testing and inspecfing agency.
Basis-of-Design Product: The design for gypsum board shaft-wall assemblies is based on
products named on Drawings by design desigration ofa qualifred testing and inspecting agency.
Subj ect to compliance with requirements, provide the named product or a comparable product
by one of the following:
l. American Glpsum Co.
2. G-P Gypsum Corp.
GYPST'M BOARD SHAFT-WALL ASSEMBLIES 09265 - |
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
3. National Gypsum Company.
4. United States Gypsum Co.
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
2.2 MATERTALS AND COMPONENTS
A. General: Comply with requirements of fire-resistance-rated assemblies indicated.
L Provide panels in maximum lengths available to eliminate or minimize end-to-end butt
joints.
2. Provide auxiliary materials complying with gypsum board shaft-wall assembly
manufacfurer's written recommendations.
B. Studs: Manufacturer's standmd profile for repetitive members and comer and end members and
for fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated.
1. Depth: As indicated.
2. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 25 MSG.
C. Track (Runner): Manufacturer's standard J-profile hack with longJeg length as standard with
manufactuer, but at Ieast 2 inches (51 mm), in depth matching studs.
1. MinimumBase Metal Thickness: 25 MSG.
D. Gypsum Liner Panels: Manufacturer's proprietary liner panels in f -inch (25.4-mm) thickness
and with moisture-resistant paper faces.
E. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36, core type as required by fire-resistance-rated assembly
indicated.
l. Edges: Tapered forprefilling.
F. Water-Resistant, Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C 630/C 630M, core type as required by fire-
resistance-rated assembly indicated.
G. Accessories: Cornerbead, edge trim, and control joints of material and shapes specified in
Division 9 Section "Glpsum Board Assemblies" that comply with gypsum board shaft-wall
assembly manufacturer's written recommendations for application indicated.
H. Gypsum Wallboard Joint-Treatment Materials: ASTM C 475 and as specified in Division 9
Section "Gypsum Board Assemblies. "
I. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated.
l. Use screws complying with ASTMC954 for fastening panels to steel members from
0.033 to 0.112 inch (0.84 to 2.84 mm) thick.
J. Track (Runner) Fasteners: Power-driven fasteners of size and material required to withstand
loading conditions imposed on shaft-wall assemblies without exceeding allowable design sffess
ofhack, fasteners, or structural substrates in which anchors are embedded.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IGYPSUM BOARD SHAFT-WALL ASSEMBLIES 09265 -2
I
I
I
I
I
l
t
t
I
I
I
t
I
WEST}IAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
J.l
1. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Provide powder-actuated fasteners with capability to
sustain, without failure, a load equal to l0 times that imposed by shaft-wall assemblies,
as determined by testing conducted by a qualified independent testing agency according
tO ASTM E I190.
K. Acoustical Sealant: As specified in Division 9 Section "Gypsum Board Assemblies.".
L. Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665 for Type I, unfaced mineral-fiber-blanket insulation
produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufachued from slag or rock
wool.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials: Coordinate with glpsum shaft-wall assemblies so both
elements of Work remain complete and undamaged.
Install gypsum board shaft-wall assernblies to comply with requirements of fire-resistance-rated
assemblies indicated, manufacturer's written installation instructions. and the followine:
1. ASTM C 754 for installing steel framing.2. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Board Assemblies" for appllng and finishing panels.
Install supplementcy framing in gypsum board shaft-wall assemblies around openings and as
required for blocking, bracing, and support of gravity and pullout loads of Iixtures, equipment,
services, healy trim, fumishings, and similar items that cannot be supported directly by shaft-
wall assembly framing.
At penebations in shaft wall, maintain fire-resistance rating of shaft-wall assembly by installing
supplementary steel framing around perimeter of penekation and fire protection behind boxes
containing wiring devices, elevator call buttons, elevator floor indicators, and simjlar items.
Isolate gypsum finish panels from building structure to prevent cracking of finish panels while
maintaining continuify of fire-rated construction.
Install control joints to maintain fire-resistance rating of assemblies.
Seal gypsum board shaft walls with acoustical sealant at perimeter of each assembly where it
abuts other work and at joints and penetations within each assembly. Install acoustical sealant
to withstand dislocation by air-pressure differential between shaft and extemal spaces; maintain
an airtight and smoke-tight seal; and comply with manufacturer's written instructions or
ASTM C 919, whichever is more stringent.
In elevator shafts where gypsum board shaft-wall assemblies cannot be positioned within 2
inches (51 mm) of the shaft face of structural beams, floor edges, and similar projections into
shaft, install 1/2- or S/8-lnch- (12.7- or 15.9-mm-) thick, gypsum board cants covering tops of
projections.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.T
I
I
t
I
I GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT-WALL ASSEMBLIES Q9265 -3
V/ESTTUVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: Septernber 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
IL Slope cant panels at least 75 degrees from horizontal. Set base edge of panels in adhesive
and secure top edges to shaft walls at 24 inches (610 mm) o.c. with screws fastened to
shaft-wall framing.
2. Where steel framing is required to support gypsum board cants, install framing at 24
inches (610 mm) o.c. and extend sfuds from the projection to the shaft-wall framing.
END OF SECTIONO9265
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
il
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IGYPSUM BOARD SHAFT-WALL ASSEMBLIES 09265 - 4
T *ESTHAVEN C'ND.MINTMS
Vail, ColoradoI
100%o CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 09310 - CERAMIC TILE
- PARTI -GENERAL
-
I 1.I SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:
a l. Ceramic mosaic tile.
1; 2. Quarrytile.I 3. Paver tile.t 4. Glazed wall tile.
r 5. Special-purpose tile.
f] 6. Stone thresholds installed as part oftile installations.r' 7. Waterproof membrane for tile installations.
- 8. Crack-suppression membrane for thin-set tile installations.
I g. Cementitious backer units installed as part of tile installations.t 10. Metal edge stips installed as part of tile installations.
I 1.2 SUBMITTALS
J A. Product Data: For each product indicated.
I B. Shop Drawings: Show locations of each type of tile and tile pattern. Show widths, details, and
locations of expansion, contraction, conhol, and isolation j oints.
I
' C. Samples:
t L Each type, composition, color, and finish oftile.! 2. Assembled samples with grouted joints for each type, composition, color, and finish of
I 3. Stone thresholds in exact (150-mm) lengths.
I
I r.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
I A. Mockups: Build mockups to veriry selections made under sample Submittals and to
demonstrate aesthetic effects.I! I . Build mockup of each type of floor and wall tile installation.2. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time ofr Substantial Completion.I
I 1.4 EXTRAMATERIALSrA. Furnish exha materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
I with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
t
I
cERAMlc rILE 09310 - l
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
t
2.1
1. Tile and Trim Units: Fumish quantity of full-size units equal to 3 percent of amount
installed, for each type, composition, color, pattern, and size indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for
produot selection:
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with rcquirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified.2. Products: Subj ect to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products
specified.3. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance wit}l requirements, manulhcturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the manufacturers specified.
4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
manufacturers specifi ed.
5. Basis-of-Design Product: The desigr for each tile type is based on the product named.
Subj ect to compliance with requirements, provide either the named product or a
comparable product by one of the other manufacturers specified.
TILEPRODUCTS
See Appendix B for all Tile Specifications and locations:
ACCESSORY MATERIALS
l) Waterproofing and Crack-Suppression Membranes for Thin-Set Tile
Installations: Manufacturer's standard product that complies with
ANSIAIls.IO
SETTING AND GROUTING MATERI.ALS
Available Manufacturers :
Atlas Minerals & Chemicals, Inc.
Boiardi Products Corporation.
Bonsal, W. R., Company.
Bostik.
C-Cure.
Custom Building Products.
DAP, lnc.
Jamo Inc.
LATICRETE Intemational Inc.
B,Portland Cement Mortar (Thickset) Installation Materials: ANSI A108.1A.
T
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
2.2
L.J
.,4
I
I
I
I
I
ICERAMIC TILE 09310 - 2
r WESTIIAVEN COI\DOMINIUMS 1OO"/o CD: September2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTIONI
t C. Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar (Thin Set): ANSI Al18.1.
I l. For wall applications, provide nonsagging mortar.
I D. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar (Thin Set): ANSI A118.4.
I l. Prepackaged dry-mortar mix containing dry additive to which only water must be added.
- 2. Prepackaged dry-mortar mix combined with liquid-latex additive.3. For wall applications, provide nonsagging mortar.
f E. Standard Sanded Cement Grout: ANSI A118.6. color as indicated.
1
I 2.s MTSCELLANEOUSMATERTALS
I A. Cementitious Backer Units; ANSI Al18.9 in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-
I end butt ioints.
l. Thickness: 1/2 inch (12.7 mm).
f 2. Available Products:I
a. C-Cure; C-Cure Board 990.
I b. Custom Building Products; Wonderboard.
I c. FinPan, Inc.; Util-A-Crete Concrete Backer Board.
a B. Grout Sealer: Manufacturer's standard silicone product for sealing grout joints. Type I: That
I does enlance the color and appearance. Type II: That does not enhance the color and
appearance.
I'I PART 3 -EXECUTION
! 3.I PREPARATION
I A. Remove coatings, including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap, wax, oil,
I or silicone, that are incompatible with tile'setting materials.
I B. Fill cracks, holes,.and depressions with towelable leveling and patching compound according
t to tile-setting material manufacturer's written instructions.
(- P.move protrusions, bumps, and ridges by sanding or grinding.Ir D. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations, use factory blended tile or blend tiles at Project
site before installing.I
t E. Field-Applied Temporary Protective Coating: Where indicated under tile type or needed to
prevent grout from staining or adhering to exposed tile surfaces, precoat them with continuous
I film of temporary protective coating, taking care not to coat unexposed tile surfaces.
!
It
"r CERAMIC TILE 09310 - 3
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
3.2 INSTALLATION.GENERAL
A. ANSI Tile lnstallation Standards: Comply with parts of ANSI Al08 Series "Specifications for
Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to types of setting and grouting materials and to
methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules.
B. TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation." Comply with
TCA installation methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules.
C. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete
covering without intemrptions, unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at
obstructions, edges, and comers without disrupting pattem orjoint alignments.
D. Accurately form intersections and retums. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring
visible surfaces. Grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items. Fit tile closely to
electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap
tile.
E. Jointing Pattem: Lay tile in grid pattern, unless otherwise indicated. Align joints when
adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, and trim are same size. Lay out tile work and center tile
fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting.
Provide uniform joint widths, unless otherwise indicated.
F. Lay out tile wainscots to next full tile beyond dimensions indicated.
G. Align wall bast tile joints to match adjacent floor if the material is the same.
H. Grout tile to comply with requirements of ANSI A108.10, unless otherwise indicated.
1. For chemical-resistant epoxy grouts, comply with ANSI A108.6.
I. At showers, tubs, and where indicated, install cementitious backer units and treat joints to
comply with ANSI A108.1l.
J. Install waterproofing to comply with ANSIA108.13 and waterproofing manufacturer's written
instructions to produce waterproof membrane of uniform thickness bonded securely to
substrate.
l. Do not install tile over waterproofing until waterproofing has cwed and been tested to
determine that it is watertight.
K. For installations indicated below, follow procedures in ANSI A108 Series tile installation
standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage.
1. Tile floors in wet areas.
2. Tile floors composed of tiles 8 by 8 inches (200 by 200 mm) or larger.
3. Tile floors composed of rib-backed tiles.
L. Stone Thresholds: Install stone thresholds at locations indicated; set in same type of setting bed
as abutting field tile, unless otherwise indicated.
l0O%o CD:September 200, I
FORCONSTRUCTION t
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
ICERAMICTILE09310 - 4
t WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail. Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I l. Set thresholds in latex-portland cement mortar for locations where mortar bed would
otherwise be exposed above adjacent nontile floor finish.
- 33 FLooRTILEINSTALLATIoNScHEDULE
I A. Interior floor installation on concrete; thin-set mortar; TCA F1 13.I
I . Thin-Set Mortar: Dry-set portland cement mortar.
I 2. Grout: Standard sanded cement grout.r B. Interior floor installation on waterproof membrane over concrete; cement mortar bed (thickset);
. TCAF12I.
I 1. Bond Coat/Thin-Set Mortar: Dry-set portland cement mortar.
rr 2. Grout: Standard sanded cement grout.r
3.4 WALL TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULEII A. Interior wall installation over cement mortar bed (thickset); over metal studs; TCA W241.
I L Bond Coat/Thin-Set Mortar: Dry-set portland cement mortar.
fl 2. Grout: Standard sanded cement grout.
I B. Interior wall installation over thin-set mortar; over cementitious backer units; TCA W244.
t 1. Thin-Set Mortar: Dry-set portlan d cement mortar.2. Grout: Standard sanded cement grout.
It C. Interior bathtub wall installation; thin-set mortar; over water-resistant gypsum board;
TCAB4l3 andTCAW243.
I l. Thin-Set Mortar: Dry-set portland cement mortar.2. Grout: Standard sanded cernent grout.
I
I D. Interior wall and shower-receptor installation; cement mortar bed (thickset); over metal studs;
TCAB414 and TCA W241.
I l. Bond Coat/Thin-Set Mortar: Dry-set portland cement mortar.'r 2. Grout: Standard sanded cement grout.
I
' ENDOF SECTIONO93IO
T
I
I
I
CERAMIC TILE 09310 - 5
I *ESTHA'EN coNDoMrNruMS
Vail. ColoradoI
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
SECTION 09385 - DIMENSION STONE TILE
IIT PART I.GENERAL
-.
I I.1 SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes dimension stone tile and related setting materials applied to floors.
I
r 1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For setting and grouting materials.
I B. Shop Drawings: lnclude plans, elevations, and details showing stone tile sizes, dimensions oft tiled areas, joint pafiems, and tile pattems.
I C. Samples: For each stone tile and for each color and finish required; include full-size units.I
I I.3 QUALITYASSURANCErA. Source Limitations for Stone Tile: Obtain each variety of stone, regardless of tile size and
- finish, from the same location in a single quarry.
I B. Mockups: Install mockups to verify selections made under sample Submittals and to
demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution.
I l. Approved mockups may becorne part of the completed Work if undisfurbed at time ofa Substantial Comoletion.
I 1.4 EXTRAMATERIALS
I A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
t with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
I L Tile and Trim Units: Full-size units equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each stone,
I variety, and size indicated.
I PART2-PRoDUCTSt
I 2.1 DMENSION STONE TILE
I A. See Appendix B for tile specifications and locations.
t B. Floor Tile, General:
It
I DIMENSION STONETILE 09385 - I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
l. Abrasion Resistance: Minimum value of 12,
ASTM C 24I.
2. Static Coefficient of Friction: Determined
ASTM C 1028,
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
as determined per ASTM C 1353 or
by testing identical products per
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
a.
b.
B.
2.2
Level Surfaces: Minimum 0.6.
Ramp Surfaces: Minimum 0.8.
C.
SETTING AND GROUTING MATERIALS
Available Manufactuers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but ar€ not limited to, the following:
Setting Materials:
l. Thin-Set Mortar: ANSI A118.1 1999, nonsagging dry-set portland cement.
2. Thick-Set Mortar: ANSI Cl50-04 Portland Cement Mortar.
Grout Materials:
l. Grout: ANSI Al 18.6 dry set.
2. Colors: As selected from manufacnrer's full ranse.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Sealer for Floors: Colorless, slip- and stain-resistant sealer, not affecting color or physical
properties of stone surfaces as recommended by stone tile manufacturer for application
indicated.
STONE TILE FABRICATION
General: Fabricate tiles that are free of cracks, seams, starts, and other defects impairing their
function for use indicated.
Facial Dimensions: Vary from specified dimensions by not more than plus or minus 1/64 inch
(0.4 mn) for tiles with polished or honed faces; or plus or minus l/32 inch (0.8 mm) for tiles
with sand-rubbeil, natural+left, or thermal-finished faces.
Thickness of Stone Tiles with Smooth Finish: Vary from specified thickness by not more than
plus or minus l/32 inch (0.8 mm).
Thickness of Stone Tiles with Natural-Cleft or Thermal Finish: Vary average thickness of each
tile from specified thickness by not rnore than plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm).
Backs of Pieces: Dress smooth and flat.
1 Backs of natwal-cleft stone need not be dressed if gap does not exceed 1/16 inch (1.6
mm).
2.4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
DIMENSION STONETILE 09385 - 2
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
J.
3.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
PART3 -EXECUTION
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
Installation Methods: Comply with TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation" for TCA
designations indicated.
Installation Standards: Comply with parts of ANSI A108 Series "Specifications for Installation
of Ceramic Tile" applicable to installation methods and setting and grouting materials indicated.
Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form a complete
covering without intemrptions, unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at
obstructions, edges, and comers witlout disrupting pattern or joint alignments.
Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring
visible surfaces. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping fixtures, and other penetrations so
plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. Where cut edges will be visible after installation, finish to
match factory-fabricated edges.
Lay tile in grid pattern, unless otherwise indicated. Align joints when adjoining tiles on floor,
base, walls, and trim are the same size. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions
in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting.
Match tiles within each space by selecting tiles to achieve uniformity of color and pattern.
Rej ect or relocate tiles that do not match color and pattern of adjacent tiles.
Mix tiles to achieve a uniformly random distribution of color shadings and patterns.
Orient tiles with grain direction as indicated or, ifnot indicated, as directed.
Expansion- and Conkol-Joint Installation Method: Comply with TCAEJlTl. Joint-sealant
materials and installation are specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants,"
Butter backs of tiles with setting material before setting, and place tiles before back buttering
and setting bed have skinned over.
STONE FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION
Concrete Slab Substrates: For floor tile installed with dry-set or latex-portland cement mortars,
provide concrete substrates that comply with flatness tolerances specified in referenced
ANSI Al08 Series of tile installation standards for installations indicated.
l. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds per tile-setting material manufacturer's
written instructions to fill cracks, holes, and depressions.2. Remove prohusions, bumps, and ridges by sanding or grinding.
Thin-Set Installation, Bonded to Subfloor: TCA Fll3 (thin-set mortar bonded to concrete
subfloor).
I
I
I
I
I
I
J-Z
B.
DIMENSION STONE TILE 09385 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
3.3 INSTALLATIONTOLERANCES
A. Variation from Plumb: For vertical joints, external
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l.L.
B.
C.
3.4
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
comers, and other conspicuous lines,
maximum l/8 inch in 8 feet (3 mm in 2400 mm).
B. Variation in Level: For horizontal joints and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed l/4 inch in
20 feet(6 mm in 6 m),,or ll2 inch (12 mm) maximum.
C. Variation in Surface Plane of Flooring: Do not exceed 1/8 inch in l0 feet (3 mm in 3 m) from
level or slope indicated when tested with a lO-foot (3-m) shaightedge.
D. Variation in Plane between Adjacent Units (Lipping): Do not exceed the following differences
between faces ofadjacent units as measured from a straightedge parallel to the tiled surface:
1. Units with Polished or Honed Faces: l/64 inch (0.a mm).2. Units with Sand-Rubbed Faces: l/32 inch (0.8 mm).3. Units with Thermal-Finished or Natural-Cleft Faces: Depth of finish or 3/16 inch 6
mm), whichever is less.
E. Variation in Joint Width: Do not vary joint thickness more than l/16 inch (1.6 mm) or one-
fourth of nominal joint width, whichever is less.
CLEANING AND PROTECTING
Remove and replace material that is stained or otherwise damaged or that does not match
adjoining tile. Provide new matching units, installed as specified and in a manner to eliminate
evidencc of replacement.
Clean stone tiles after setting and grouting is complete; use procedures recommended by stone
producer and grout manufacturer for types of application indicated.
Apply sealer to cleaned stone tile flooring, according to sealer manufacturer's written
instructions .
END OF SECTION 09385
DIMENSION STONE TILE 09385 - 4
B.
l.l
1.2
1.4
I
l
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
SECTION 09640. WOOD FLOORING
PART I - GENEML
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:
l. Engineered-wood, strip or plank flooring.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each product indicated.
Shop Drawings: Show installation details including location and layout of each type of wood
flooring and accessory.
Samples: For each type of wood flooring and accessory, with stain color and finish required.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Hardwood Flooring: Comply with NOFMA grading rules for species, grade, and cut.
l. Certification: Provide flooring that carries NOFMA grade stamp on each bundle or
piece.
Cherry Flooring: Comply with MFMA grading rules for species, grade, and cut.
1. Certification: Provide flooring that canies MFMA mark on each bundle or piece.
Hickory Flooring: Comply with SPIB grading rules for species, grade, and cut.
Softwood Flooring: Comply with WCLIB No. l7 grading rules for species, grade, and cut.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Conditioning: Maintain relative humidity planned for building occupants and an ambient
temperature befween 65 and 75 deg F (18 and 24 deg C) in spaces to receive wood flooring for
at least seven days before installation, during installation, and for at least seven days after
installation. After post-installation period, maintain relative humidity of 6% or less and ambient
temperature plarured for building occupants.
l. Move wood flooring into spaces where it will be installed, at least seven days before
installation.
2. For unfinished products, open sealed packages to allow wood flooring to acclimatize.
A.
B.
C.
C.
D.
WOODFLOORING 09640 - 1
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
I
I
I
I
I
I
IB.
2.1
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
3. Do not install flooring until it adjusts to the relative humidity of and is at the same
tempenture as the space where it is to be installed and is a constant moisture of 6%o or
less.
B. Install factory-finished wood flooring after other finishing operations, including painting, have
been completed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
ENGINEERED-WOOD STRIP OR PLANK FLOORING
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
Engineered-Wood Strip or Plank Flooring: for Zen lnterior Finish Package @ buyer's option:
L Species: Cherry.2. Grade: Premium
3. Thickness: I/2 inch(12.7 mm).4. Construction: Five ply.
5. Width: 3 inch Standard.6. Length: Manufacturer'sstandard.
7. Edges: Flush
8. Finish: IIV urethane in color selected.
Engineered-Wood Strip or Plank Flooring: ANSVHPVA LF for Alpine lnterior Finish Package
@ buyer's option:
l. Species: Hickory
2. Grade: Premium3. Thickness: l/2 inch (12.7 mm).4. Construction: Top layer cork, middle fiber board, bottom layer 2 mm cork.5. Width: 12 inches6. Length: 36 inches
7. Edges: Flush8. Finish: 5 coats ljV-cured acrvlic finish
FINISHING MATERTALS
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Basic Coatings.
2. BonaKemi USA, Inc.3. Dura Seal Division; Minwax Co., Inc.
T
I
C.
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
B.
2.2
WOOD FLOORING 09640 -2
I
t
I
I
I
WEST}IAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
4. Hillyard Floor Treatments.
5. Huntington Laboratories, [nc.
6. National Coatinss Co.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
A.
B.
B.
D.
E.
z.)
J.I
i-z
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C. Urethane Finish System: Complete water-based system of compatible components that is
recommended by finish manufacturer for application indicated.
1. Stain: Penetratingandnonfadingtype.
a. Color: As selected from manufacturer's full ranse.
2. Floor Sealer: Pliable, penetrating type.3. Finish Coats: Formulated for multicoat application on wood flooring.
D. Wood Filler: Formulated to fil1 and repair seams, defects, and open-grain hardwood floors;
compatible with furish system components and recommended by filler and frnish manufacturers
for use indicated. If required to match approved samples, provide pigmented filler.
ACCESSORY MATERIALS
Floor Muffler: Closed cell foam with attached moisture barrier.
Fasteners: As recommended by manufacturer, but not less than that recommended in NOFMA's
"Installing Hardwood Flooring" for a floating system.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
Comply with flooring manufacturer's written installation insfiuctions, but not less than
recommendations in NOFMA's "Installing Hardwood Flooring."
Concrete Substrates: Verify that slabs are dry according to test methods recommended by
flooring manufacturer or, if none, by test methods in NOFMA's "lnstalling Hardwood
Flooring."
Provide expansion space at walls and other obstructions and terminations of flooring ofnot less
than3l4 inch (19 mm).
Floor Muffler:
Engineered-WoodFlooring: Floating System.
SANDING AND FINISHING
Machine-sand flooring to remove offsets, ridges, cups, and sanding-machine marks that would
be noticeable after finishing. Vacuum and tack with a clean cloth immediately before applying
finish.
WOOD FLOORING 09640 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD; September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
B. Fill open-grained hardwood.
C. Fill and repair seams and defects.
D. Apply floor finish components in number of coats recommended by finish manufacturer for
application indicated, but not less than one seal coat and tlxee finish coats.
E. Cover wood flooring before and after finishing during remainder of construction period. Use
heary kraft-paper or other suitable covering. Do not use plastic sheet or film that could cause
condensation.
l. Do not cover site-finished floors with kraft paper, or any other material, until finish
reaches fuIl cure, but not less than seven days after applying last coat.
END OF SECTION 09640
WOODFLOORING
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
IQ9640 - 4
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
SECTION 09680 - CARPET
PART I -GENERAL
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I.I SUMMARY
A. This Section includes installation of carpet and carpet cushion. See Section I "Allownaces" for
carpet product.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. ProductData: For each product indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: lnclude the following:
.
C. Samples: For each for each carpet, cushion, and exposed accessory and for each color and
pattern required.
D. Product Schedule: Use same room and product designations indicated on Drawings and in
schedules.
E. Maintenance data.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who is certified by the Floor Covering Installation
Board or who can demonstrate compliance with its certification progtam requirements.
1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,ANDIIANDLING
A. Comply with CRI 104, Section 5, "Storage and Handling."
I,5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. General: Comply with CRI 104, Section 6.1, "Site Conditions; Temperature and Humidity."
B. Environmental Limitations: Do not install carpet and cushion until wet work in spaces is
complete and dry, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels
indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use.
I.6 WARRANTY
A. Carpet Wananty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to replace carpet
that does not comply with requirements or that fails within 10 years from date of Substantial
CARPET 09680 - 1
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
2.1
Completion. Warranty does not include deterioration or failure of carpet from unusual traffic,
failure of substrate, vandalism, or abuse. Failures include, but are not limited to, more than l0
percent loss offace fiber, edge raveling, snags, runs, and delamination.
B. Carpet Cushion Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form agreeing to replace carpet cushion that
does not comply with requirements or that fails within 10 years from date of Substantial
Completion. Warranty does not include deterioration or failure of carpet cushion from unusual
traffic, failure of substrate, vandalism, or abuse. Failure includes, but is not limited to,
permanent indentation or compression.
1,7 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
l. Carpet: Full-width rolls equal to 5 percent of amount installed for each type indicated,
but not less than 10 sq. yd. (8.3 sq. m).
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
CARPET
Provide Allowance for carpet installation $40/square yard.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
Comply with CRI 104, Section 8, "Direct Glue-Down."
Comply with CRI 104, Section l2,"Cupet on Stairs."
Maintain uniformity of carpet direction and lay of pile. At doorways, center seams under door
in closed position. Bind or seal cut edges as recommended by carpet manufacturer.
Install pattem parallel to walls and borders.
END OF SECTION 09680
3.1
A.
B.
C.
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
CARPET 09680 -2
r WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September2005
Vail. Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
I
SECTTON 09800 - PAINTING (SPECTALTY WALL FINISH)
I
PART 1-GENERAL
I 1.1 SECTTON TNCLUDES
a Specialty Multicolor Wall CoatingsII t.z RELATED SECTToNS
I A. Cast-in-Place Concrete, Section 03300
t B. Concrete Masonry Unit, Section 04200
C. Gypsum Board Assemblies, Section 09260
I D. Painting, Section 09900
t 1.3 PRODUCTREQUIREMENTS:
A. Ter-polymer formulation.
B. ContinuousColorrM: Complete integration of color particles
Within and throughout the finish.
C. Coverage: Up to 125 to 175 square feet per gallon
(up to l3-18 sq meters per gallon) pending pattern size, surface porosity, sur-
face texture and method of application.
D. Scrubability: 2000 cycles slight wear. (ASTM D2486)
7500 cycles slight wear. (Fed. Std. 141 B Method 6142).
E. Washability: No more than 5% change in specular gloss
(Fed. std. 141 B, Method 614l).
F. SpecularGloss: Maximumof 10 (ASTMD-523).
G. Flexibility: No cracking or checking when bent around 1/8" mandrel.
(Fed Std. 141 B, Method 6221).
H. Self-Lifting: No evidence of lifting or blistering when re-coated after 8 hours.
(Fed. Std. 141 B, Method 6252).
I. Alkali Resistance: Aged film withstands 10% sodium hydroxide for 3 hours
(drying and aging Fed. Std. l4l B, Method 6l4l; resistance test, ASTM D-
1308).
J. Mildew and Fungus Resistance: No growth (organism aspergillus oryzae).
(Fed. Std. l4l B, Method 6271)
K. Accelerated Weathering: Excellent film integrity after 1750 hours exposure
ovff primed subsfrate. (ASTM G-23 and ASTM D-822).
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
PAINTING (SPECIALTYWALLFINISH)09800 - I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
L. Fire Safety: Class A Fire Rated (ASTM E-84)
M. Stain Resistance: No staining from mild acids, chemical, oils, food.
(ASTM Method D-1308-s7).
N. Bacterial Inhibition: No GroMh. (ASTM D-3456)
O. Strippability: Zolatone can be re-coated, painted or covered with sheet goods
without stripping.
P. Permeability: 0.74 perms (with SP202 pva basecoat). (ASTM D-I653-93)
I.O4 SUBMITTALS
A Color Samples: Two samples of each color (5"x8").
B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions.
C. Submit letter from manufacfurer stating that applicator has completed manufacfurer's
training program.
D. Conkol Samples: Submit a spray-out with each batch of finish coat to demonstrate that
batches match approved samples.
1.05 QUALTTYASSURANCE
A. Job Mock-Ups:
1 Minimum 100 sq ft mock-up application of specified coating system on each
type ofsurface. [Provide separate mock-up for each color blend.]2. Upon approval by specifier, mock-ups serve as standard for the work.3. Mockup shall remain as part of the completed project.
B. Fire Ratings:
I . Class A Fire Hazard Classification
2. Test Procedure ASTM E-84
C. Applicator Qualifications:1. Applicator shall certiff in writing that technicians utilized for work in this section
have been trained by the manufacturer or its representative.
2. Applicator shall include in his certification that specialized equipment as required
by the manufacturer will be used for work in this section,
D. Manufacfurer:
l. Manufacturer to certify they make all materials in specification.2. All materials within special coatings section will be supplied by one manufacturer.
I,06 DELryERY. STORAGE. AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials in their original, unopenod containers bearing manufacturer's labels.
B. Provide fire extinguisher in storage area. Do not leave containers open. Remove empt5r cans
and rags with oil or solvent from building every day.
C. Store between 50 and 95 degrees F. Protect from freezing.
I.O7 PROJECTCONDITIONS
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
IPAINTING (SPECIALTY WALL FINISFI)09800 - 2
Ir WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTIONII A. Apply coating under following conditions:l. Temperature ofair and subshate is between 50 and 95 degrees F.
I 2. Temperature of substrate is above dew point.
I 3. Substrateisdrytotouch.
B. Protect surfaces not to be coated.
I C. Provide adequate illumination.
I D. Provide adequate fresh air and ventilation during application.
- 1.08 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS
t A. Exha Stock: Provide [one] [five] t-----J gallons of[each] color blend used.
I " il"fif#,'ilff.'3tllL1[#l]'ii;"--ended touch up equipment.I C. Submit fully equipped Facility Maintenance Manual for end-user records. Manual
can be obtained from you local Zolatone Interior Finishes representative.
I
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
I 2.0IMANUFACTURERS:
I A. Zolatone is manufactured by (Surface Protection Industries International)
f 3360 E. Pico St, Los Angeles, Ca.9QQ23 (888-765-6699), fax (978-663-2885).
a division of Surface Protection lndustries, Inc. Zolatone is a registered trademark
I of SPII. Zolatone is listed as a standard for quality and generic type; equal products
t will not be considered unless aooroved prior to bidding.
2.02 MATERIALS
r A. Primers, Sealers and Fillers: Provide basecoats recommended by manufacturer for substrates.
Do not tint basecoats.
I L SP92 High Performance Drywall Sealer
ll 2. SP202 Acrylic Drywall Basecoat
3. SP203 Acrylic Drywall Basecoat
|| 4. SP93 Wood sealer Basecoat
t 5. SP9l Fenous Metal Basecoat
6. SP96 High SolidsBlockFiller
1; 7. SP97 Multi-Purpose Waterbase Basecoat
I 8. SP4903 ElastomerBasecoat
9. SP222 ECO-BLOCK Stain Blocker
I B ,,J*.:#XTl,il,TlT"tl"striarBasecoatI l Zolatone traditional formula multicolor interior wall finish. Finish shall be
ready-mixed, no tinting required.
I
A. Apply with equipment recommended by coating manufacturer. Use conventional
air-spraying equipment with intemal mix spray gun, ASME 110 psi - rated
dual-regulated pressure pot, and compressor sized to provide necessary volume of
air to spray gun on a continuous basis.
I
I
I
PAINTING (SPECIALTYWALL FINISH)09800 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.OI PRE-WORKINSPECTION:
100Yo CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A. Verify that substrates are ready to receive work ofthis Section and are in
accordance with coating manufacturer's requirements. Report any
conditions that would adversely affect the appearance or performance of the
coating systems.
B. Do not proceed with surface preparation and application until the surface is
acceptable or authorization to proceed is given by the specifier. Beginning of
application means acceptance of substrates.
3.02 ST'RFACE PREPARATION:
A. General
l. Protection: Prior to all surface preparation and application operations,
completely mask, remove or otherwise adequately protect all hardware, ac-
cessories, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items in contact with coating
surfaces but not scheduled to receive special coating. Protect and store re-
moved items. Reinstall items after completion of coating application.2. Cleaning: Before appllngspecial coating, thoroughly clean all surfaces
involved. All surfaces shall be clean, dry and adequately protected from
dampness. Schedule all cleaning so that dust and other contaminants from
the cleaning process do not fall on wet, newly coated surfaces. Surfaces
shall be smooth, even and true to place, and free of any foreign material
which will adversely affect adhesion or appearance of applied coating.
3. Moistwe Levels: Drywall, Plaster, Concrete and Masonry Surfaces shall
be tested with moisfure-testing device before coating is applied. No coating
shall be applied when moisture content exceeds l2o/o except as may be re-
quired by the manufacturer of the coating materials used. pH shall be under
10.
4. Mildew shall be removed and neutralized.
5. Priming: Provide recommended Zolatone Interior Finishes basecoat for all
surfaces to receive special coating.
6. Contractor shall sand and reprime all abrasions and damage spots in the
surface of the prime coat before proceeding with subsequent finish coat.
M. Concrete: Remove high spots, fill holes, and clean surfaces as specified in Section
[03200][]. Allow a minimum of 28 days cure time before application of' coating.
N. Masonry: Tool joints and clean surfaces as specified in Section [04200][ ]
Rinse off cleaning solutions and allow surface to dry. Cure mortar 28 days mini-
mum before application of coating.
E. Ferrous Metals: Remove rust and mill scale. Shop coated, unprimed or damaged
areas shall be cleaned to meet the requirements of the Steel Sfructures Painting
Council 5P-3 Power Tool Cleaning and primed in accordance with these specifica-
tions. Wire brush or sand damaged or rusted areas to bright metal. Remove grease
and other foreign materials with mineral spirits. Touch-up damaged areas of shop
primer.
F. Non-Ferrous Metals: Clean with lacquer thinner.
PAINTING (SPECTALTY WALL FINISH) 09800 - 4
- WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail. Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I G. Wood: Sand smooth and free of marks. Wash sap spots and knots with mineral
spirits. When dry, cover knots with two coats of shellac.
I H. Plaster: Allow a minimum 28 days cure time before application of coating.
I I. Gypsum Wallboard: Applyjoint tape and compound to joints, fastener heads,
dents and surface flaws. Prepare surface to Level 3 drywall finish. Sand smooth
I and flush with adjacent areas.
I J. Ceramic Tile: Clean tile and remove mildew.
K. Vinyl Wallcovering: Veri$ seams are laid down and firmly adhered. Submit
sample of wallcovering to manufacturer for plasticizer migration testing.I L 3ffii$#:ll",Hr*:nJ:T:l,1il,;l'r"ri*,:T*:tJ:*i"":ffiT'
should be re-primed before applying finish.
r 3,03 APPLICATION:
I A. Follow manufacturer's recomm€ndations and instructions carefully regarding spe-
I cial coating product so as to provide the best quality work.
B. Equipment shall be kept clean and in proper condition to provide best quality work
I as intendedbythis Specification.
I C. A11 materials shall be applied under adequate illumination, evenly spread and
smoothly applied, free ofruns, sags, holidays, lap marks, air bubbles and pin holes
I to assure a smooth finish.
I D. Sucfion or hot spots shall be re-primed prior to applying Zolatone finish.
E. Basecoat: Apply as many coats as many coats as necessary to produce a uniform
I . l*J,"3#fffrT,T#'i#:##?T,:",tr51:1|:1":TIl'i3;'ff::';nersand-I paper. Remove dust.
G. Multicolor Finish: Apply special coating matenal by using two-step, pressure dif-r fJ;t:ff'J:Lt"ffilh$':1.;:#::;i#|i:n:r,ffi*.**fl*iftT:
normal for multicolor coatings.
I H. Should any coat ofcoating be deemed unsatisfactory, it shall be sanded and addi-
t tional coats applied as necessary until satisfactory finish is achieved.
I 3.O4INSPECTION:
I A. Request acceptance of each coat before applying succeeding coats.
I B. Touch-up and repair all work that is not acceptable to the Architect and request fr-
I nal acceptance.
3.05 CLEANING
r A. Remove paint spatters from glass, plumbing fixtures and adjoining surfaces.
B. Repair any damage to coatings or surfaces caused by cleaning operations.
I C. Rernove debris from job site and leave storage areatlean.I
3.O6PAINTING SCIIEDULE:
I A. Interior - As Indicated On Schedules
I
I
PAINTING (SPECIALTYWALL FINISH)09800 - 5
WESTTIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: Scptember 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
1. Concrete and Masonry (unfilled)
Basecoat: SP202 Drywall Basecoat or
SP92 High Performance Acrylic Sealer
Second Coat: Zolatone
PART4 - REPAIR/ MAINTENANCE:
4.OIMATNTENANCE:
A. When necessary, the surface can be washed down with a mild solution of detergent
and water. (This is to be done when film of dust, dirt or smoke appears on surface).
B. Stubbom stains can be removed with a mild abrasive cleanser.
4.02 NECESSARY EQUIPMENT:
A. An option to contractor specification is to have him provide five gallons of each
color packed in single gallon cans.
B. Compressor - 3/4 horsepower or larger.
C. For spot repair use a Zolatone lnterior Finishes-approved Cup Gun with an internal
mix air cap.
4.03 SURFACE PREPARATION:
A. Make swe area tobe repaired is spackled, then sanded smooth and level.
B. Spot prime with recommended Zolatone Interior Finishes basecoat.
4.O4REPAIR PROCEDURE:
A. Set pressure on compressor to 50 psi. Turn fluid control knob on the spray gun
clockwise for sheer, then counter-clockwise for pattem step. Carefully pattem off
and blend into surroundins area.
END OF SECTION
Zolatone is a registered trademark of Surface Protection Induskies, Inc.
Zolatone Interior Finishes markets and distributes Surface Protection Industries. Inc. products to
the architectural marketplace.
Caution: Flame spread and smoke density values do not define the hazards presented by this or
any other material under actual fire conditions.
PAINTING (SPECIALTY WALL FINISH)09800 - 6
r WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail. Colorado FORCONSTRUCTIONI
t Copyright 20Q2by Surface Protection lnduskies, Inc. A limited license is extended to qualified
design professionals to edit and reproduce this guide specification into a construction specifica-
I tion or purchase order, and to incorporate products manufactured by SPLr
Issued April 2002, by Surface Protection Industries, [nc. reseryes the right to revise product
I specifications and recommendations. Contact manufacfurer for current information.
I
NO WARRANTY: We cannot reasonably anticipate or control the many different and varying conditions
I under, or methods by which this information and or product may be used. Therefore, we do not guaran-
I tee the applicability of this information or the suitability of this product in any individual situation. All
purchasers and users of this product are hereby put on notice that any advice provided is not a warranty
r and is not to be relied upon, and further that no one is authorized to make any representation or warrirn-
I ties relative to this product, including any and all sellers ofthis product. This product is soldr WITHOUT WARRANTY, expressed or implied, and any claim or any kind is limited to the purchase
price of this product.
I
I END OF SECTTON 09912
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
PAINTING (SPECIALTYWALL FINISTD 09800 - 7
! WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINTMS
Vail, Colorado
I
SECTTON 09912 - PATNTING (PROFESSIONAL LINE PRODUCTS)
I
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
PART I -GENERAI
. I,I SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed exterior and interiorI items and surf,aces.
I 1.2 SUBMTTTALS
I A. Product Data: For each product indicated.
t B. Samples: For each type of finish-coat material indicated.
I 1.3 QUALITY ASST]RANCE
I A. Benchmark Samples (Mockups): Provide a full-coat benchmark finish sample for each type of
I coating and substrate required. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P5.
I l. Wall Surfaces: Provide samples on at least 100 sq. ft. (9 sq, m).
I 2. Small Areas and Items: Architect will designate items or areas required.
3. Final approval of colors will be from benchmark samples.
I 1,4 PRoJECT CONDITIoNS
I A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimumt ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C). Maintain storage containers in a clean condition,
free of foreisr materials and residue.
I B. appty *ut.itome paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air
are between 50 and 90 deg F (10 and 32 deg C).
I C. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and"surrounding
arr are between 45 and 95 deg F (7 and 35 deg C).
I D. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; orr at temperatues less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.
I 1.5 EXTRA MATERTALS
I A. Fumish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied and in the
I quantities described below. Package with protective covering for storage and identify with
labels describins contents. Deliver exha materials to Owner.
I
I
PAINTING (PROFESSIONAL LINE PRODUCTS)09912 - |
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
B.
c.
B.
C.
A.
B.
2.1
2.2
z-3
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100Yo CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
1. Quantity: 3 percent, but not less than I gal. (3.8 L) or I case, as appropriate, of each
material and color applied.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
Available Products: Subj ect to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in ather Part 2
articles.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products listed in other
Part 2 articles.
Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following
manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles:
1. Benjamin Moore & Co. (Benjamin Moore).
2. Coronado Paint Company (Coronado).
3. ICI Dulux Paint Centers (ICI Dulux Paints).
4. Kelly-Moore Paint Co. (Kelly-Moore).
5. M. A. Bruder & Sons, Inc. (M. A. B. Paint).
6. PPG lndustries, Inc. (Pittsburgh Paints).
7. Sherwin-WilliamsCo.(Sherwin-Williams).
PAINT MATERIALS. GENERAL
Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, and finish-coat materials that are
compatible with one another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service and
application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best-quality paint material of the various coating
types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for application
indicated. Paint-material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will
not be acceptable.
Colors: As selected from manufachuer's fuIl range. Allow for a minimum of 4 exterior colors
and 8 interior colors.
PREPARATORY COATS
Concrete Unit Masonry Block Filler: High-performance latex block filler of finish coat
manufacturer and recommended in writing by manufacturer for use with finish coat and on
substrate indicated.
Exterior Primer: Exterior alkyd or latex-based primer of finish coat manufacturer and
recommended in writing by manufacturer for use with finish coat and on substrate indicated.
PAINTING (PROFESSIONAL LINE PRODUCTS)09912 -2
r WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I l. Ferrous-Metal and Aluminum Substrates: Rust-inhibitive metal primer.
2. Zinc-Coated Metal Substrates: Galvanized metal primer.
I 3. Where manufacturer does not recorrunend a separate primer formulation on substrate
I indicated, use paint specified for finish coat.
I C. lnterior Primer: Interior latex-based of frnish coat manufactuter and recofimended in writing
I by manufacturer for use with finish coat and on substrate indicated.
I l. Ferrous-Metal Subshates: Quick drying, rust-inhibitive metal primer.
I 2. Zinc-Coated Metal Subsfrates: Galvanized metal primer.rl 3. Where manufacturer does not recommend a separate primer formulation on substrate
indicated, use paint specified for finish coat.
I 2.4 EXTERIORFINISHCOATS
I A. Exterior Flat Acrylic Paint:
I l. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Flat Latex House Paint No. 171.
I 2. Coronado; 8-Line Supreme Acrylic Latex Flat..' 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 2200-XXXX Dulux Professional Exterior 100 Percent Acrylic Flat
Finish.
I 4. Kelly-Moore; 1205 Color Shield Exterior Flat Acrylic House Paint.r 5. M. A. B. Paintl Fresh Kote Latex House Paint 409 Line.
6. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-600 Series SpeedHide Exterior House Paint Flat Latex.
I 7. Sherwin-Williams; A-100 Exterior Latex Flat House & Trim Paint A6 Series.
T B. Exterior Full-Gloss Acrylic Enamel for Concrete, Masonry, and Wood:
I l. Benjamin Moore; Moore's IMC Acrylic Closs Enamel M28.2. Coronado;414 Super Kote 5000 Acrylic Gloss Enamel.
I 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 3028-XXXX Dulux Interior/Exterior Acrylic Gloss Finish.
I 4. Kelly-Moore; 1780 Kel-Gumd Acrylic Gloss Enamel.
5. M. A. B. Paint; Rust-O-Lastic Gloss Acrylic (DTM) Maintenance Finish 043 Line.
I 6. Pittsburgh Paints; 90 Line Pitt-Tech One Pack Interior/Exterior High Performance
I Waterborne High Gloss DTM Industrial Enamels.r 7. Sherwin-Williams; DTM Acrylic Coating Gloss (Waterborne) B66Wl00 Series.
8. Sherwin-Williams; SuperPaint Exterior High Gloss Latex Enamel A85 Series.
t C. Exterior Full-Gloss Acrylic Enamel for Ferrous and Other Metals:
I l. Benjamin Moore; Moore's IMC Acrylic Gloss Enamel M28.
|| 2. Coronado; 80 Line Rust Scat Acrylic Latex High Gloss Enamel.3. ICI Dulux Paints; 3028-XXXX Dulux InteriorlExterior Acrylic Gloss Finish.
1; 4. Kelly-Moore; 5780 DTM Acrylic Gloss Enamel.
I 5. M. A. B. Paint; RusrO-Lastic Gloss Acrylic (DTM) Maintenance Finish 043 Line.
6. Pittsburgh Paints; 90-300 Series Pitt-Tech One Pack Interior/Exterior High Performance
Waterborne High Gloss DTM Industrial Enamels.
I 7. Sherwin-Williams; DTM Acrylic Coating Gloss (Waterbome) B66Wl00 Series.
I
I
PAINTING (PROFESSIONAL LINEPRODUCTS)09912 -3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
2.5 INTERIORFINISHCOATS
A. Interior Flat Acrvlic Paint:
L Benj amin Moore; Moorecraft Super Spec Latex Flat No. 275.
2. Coronado; 28 Line Super Kote 5000 Latex Flat Paint.
3. ICI Dulux Paints; 1200-XXXX Dulux Professional Velvet Matte Interior Flat Latex Wall
& TrimFinish.
4. Kelly-Moore; 450 Pro-Wall Interior Flat Latex Wall Paint.
5. M. A. B. Paint; Fresh Kote Latex Flat 402 Line.
6. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-70 Line SpeedHide trterior Wall Flat-Latex Paint.
7. Sherwin-Williams: ProMar 200 Interior Latex Flat Wall PaintB30W200 Series.
B. lnterior Flat Latex-Emulsion Size:
1. Benjamin Moore; Moorecraft Super Spec LatexFlatNo.275.
2. Coronado; 28 Line Super Kote 5000 Vinyl Latex Flat Wall.
3. ICI Dulux Paints: 1200-XXXX Dulux Professional Velvet Matte Interior Flat Latex Wall
& Trim Finish.
4. Kelly-Moore; 450 Pro-Wall Interior Flat Latex Wall Paint.
5. M. A. B. Paint: Fresh Kote Latex Flat 402 Line.
6. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-70 Line SpeedHide Interior Wall Flat-Latex Paint.
7. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 lnterior Latex Flat Wall Paint 830W200 Series.
C. Interior Low-Luster Acrylic Enamel:
1. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Eggshell Enamel No. 274.
2. Coronado; 30-Line Super Kote 5000 Latex Eggshell Enamel.
3. ICI Dulux Paints; 1402-XXXX Dulux Professional Acrylic Eggshell lnterior Wall &
Trim Enamel.
4. Kelly-Moore; 1610 Sat-N-Sheen Interior Latex Low Sheen Wall and Trim Finish.
5. Kelly-Moore; 1686 Dura-Poxy Eggshell Acrylic Enamel.
6. M. A. B. Paint; Fresh Kote Latex Satin Eggshell Enamel 405 Line.
7. Pittsbwgh Paints; 6400 Series SpeedHide Eggshell Acrylic Latex Enamel.
8. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Interior Latex Egg-Shell Enamel B20W200 Series.
D. lnterior Semigloss Acrylic Enamel:
L Benj amin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel No. 276.
2. Coronado; 32-Line Super Kote 5000 Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel.
3. ICI Dulux Paints; 1406-XXXX Dulux Professional Acrylic Semi-Gloss Interior Wall &
Trim Enamel.
4. Kelly-Moore; 1649 Acrylic-Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel.
5. Kelly-Moore; 1685 Dura-Poxy Semi-Gloss Acrylic Enamel.
6. M. A. B. Paint; Fresh Kote Latex Semi-Gloss 410 Line.
7. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-500 Series SpeedHide lnterior Semi-Gloss Latex.
8. Sherwin-Williams: ProMar 200 Interior Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel 83lW200 Series.
E. Interior Semigloss Alkyd Enamel:
L Benj amin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel No. 271.
100% CD: September 200, I
FORCONSTRUCTION I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
t
tPAINTING (PROFESSIONAL LINE PRODUCTS)09912 - 4
I
I WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September2005
Vail. Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION-.
.f 2. Coronado; 27-Line Super Kote 5000 Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel.
3. ICI Dulux Paints; l5l6-XXXX Ulta-Hide Alkyd Semi-Gloss Interior Wall & Trim
I Enamel.
f| 4. Kelly-Moore; 1630-Kel-Cote Interior Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel.
5. M. A. B. Paint; Fresh Kote Semi-Gloss 403 Line.
i 6. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-lll0Series SpeedHide Interior Enamel Wall & Trim Semi-Gloss
I Oil.r 7. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Interior Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel B34W200 Series.
!1li 2.6 INTERIoRwooD STAINS AND VARNISHES
J A. Open-Grain Wood Filler:
ttl
l. Benjamin Moore; Benwood Paste Wood Filler No. 238.
f 2. Coronado; none required.
I 3. ICI Dulux Paints; none required.- 4. Kelly-Moore; none required.
I 5. M. A. B. Paint; Paste Wood Filler.
t 6. Pittsburgh Paints; none required.
7. Sherwin-Williams; Sher-WoodFast-DryFiller.R Sherwin-Williams;nonerecommended.I
t B. hterior Wood Stain: Alkyd based.
1 l. Benjamin Moore; Benwood Penehating Stain No. 234.
I 2. Coronado; 3601-Line Quick-Seal Alkyd Stain.
3. ICI Dulux Paints: 1700-XXX WoodPride Interior Solventborne Wood Finishine Stain.
I 4. Kelly-Moore; McCloskey Stain.
I 5. M. A. B. Paint; Wood Stain 062 Line.
6. Pittsburgh Paints; 77-560 Rez Interior Semi-Transparent Oil Stain.
f, 7 . Sherwin-Williams; Wood Classics Interior Oil Stain A48 Series.
V C. Clear Sanding Sealer: Fast-drying alkyd based.
t l. Benjamin Moore; Moore's Interior Wood Finishes Quick-Dry Sanding Sealer No. 413.r 2. Coronado; 8l-10 Dual Seal.
, 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 1902-0000 WoodPride Interior Satin Polyurethane Vamish.
I 4. Kelly-Moore; 2l64EzSandAlkydQ. D. Sealer.! 5. M. A. B. Paint; Minit Dri Sanding Sealer 037-005 Line.
6. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-10 SpeedHide Quick-Drying Interior Sanding Wood Sealer and
Finish.
f| 7. Sherwin-Williams; Wood Classics Fast Dry Sanding Sealer 826V43.
il D. Interior Alkyd- or Polyurethane-Based Clear Satin Vamish:t l. Benjamin Moore; Benwood Interior Wood Finishes Polyurethane Finishes Low Lustre
No.435.
l' 2. Coronado; 67-100 Polyurethane Liquid Plastic Satin Vamish.I 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 1902-0000 WoodPride Interior Satin Polyurethane Vamish.
4. Kelly-Moore; 2050 Kel--Aqua Stain Base.
I
I
PAINTING (PROFESSIONAL LINE PRODUCTS)099t2 - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
!5. M. A. B. Paint; Rich Lux Water Based Satin Polyurethane.
6. Pittsburgh Paints;77-7 Rez Vamish, Interior Satin Oil Clear.
7. Sherwin-Williams; Wood Classics Fast Dry Oil Varnish, Satin 466-300 Series.
E. lnterior Waterborne Clear Satin Varnish: Acrylic-based polyurethane.
1. Benjamin Moore; Stays Clear Acrylic Polyurethane No. 423, Satin.
2. Coronado; 70-10 Aqua-Plastic Urethane Clear Satin.
3. ICI Dulux Paints; 1802-0000 WoodPride Interior Waterbome Aquacrylic Satin Varnish.
4. Kelly-Moore; 2097 Kel-Thane II Clear Acrylic Urethane-Satin.
5. M. A. B. Paint; fuch Lux Water Based Satin Polyurethane 088-900s.
6. Pittsbwgh Patnts;l7 49 Rez Satin Acrylic Clear Polyurethane.
7 . Sherwin-Williams; Wood Classics Waterbome Polyurethane Satin, '4'68 Series.
F. Interior Waterbome Clear Gloss Vamish: Acrylic-based polyurethane.
I. Benj amin Moore; Benwood Interior Wood Finishes Polyurethane Finishes High Gloss
No.428.
2. Coronado; 70-10 Aqua-Plastic Urethane Clear Gloss.
3. ICI Dulux Paints; 1808-0000 WoodPride Interior Waterborne Aquacrylic Gloss Vamish.
4. Kelly-Moore; 2096 Kel-Thane II Clear Acrylic Urethane--Gloss.
5. M. A. B. Paint; Rich Lux Water Based Gloss Polyurethane 088-899 Line.
6. Pittsburgh Paints; 77 45 Rez Full-Gloss Acrylic Clear Polyurethane.
7. Sherwin-Williams; Wood Classics Waterbome Polyurethane Gloss, A68 Series.
G. Paste Wax: As recommended by manufacturcr.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
APPLICATION
Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with
requirements for paint application.
Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure
compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, fumish information on
characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers.
Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and
similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible
because of size or weight of the item, provide surface-applied protection before surface
preparation and painting.
L After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using
workers skilled in the trades involved.
Surface Prcparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's
written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as soecified.
T
1
I
U
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
J
I
I
t
A.
B.
C.
D.
3.1
PAINTING (PROFESSIONAL LINE PRODUCTS)09912 - 6
l.
2.
3.
4.
F.
I
t
I
I
I
U
t
I
I
t
n
t
T
I
I
g
t
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I . Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime.
2. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral
spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off.
a. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots, and apply a thin coat of white shellac
or other recommended knot sealer before applying primer. After priming, fill
holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand
smooth when dried.
b. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately on delivery. Prime edges,
ends, faces, undersides, and back sides of wood, including cabinets, counters,
cases, and paneling.
c. If transparent finish is required, backprime with spar vamish.
d. Backprime paneling on interior partitions where masonry, plaster, or other wet
wall construction occurs on back side.
e. Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of
vamish or sealer immediately on delivery
3. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous-metal surfaces that have not been shop
coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances, Use
solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with SSPC's reconrmendations.
a. Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal treatment wash coat
before priming.
b. Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire-
brush, clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacfurer, and touch up with
same primer as the shop coat.
4. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum-based solvents so
surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized
sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods.
Material Preparation:
l. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of
foreign materials and residue.
2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required
during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface
film and strain material before using.
Exposed Surfaces: lnclude areas visible when permanent or built-in frxtures, grilles, convector
covers, covers for finned-tube radiation, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings
in these areas, as required, to maintain system integrity and provide desired protection.
Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed
surfacss. Before final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed
equipment or furniture with prime coat only.
Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint where visible through
registers or grilles.
Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed
surfaces.
Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as exterior faces.
I PAINTING GROFESSIONAI LINE PRODUCTS)09912 - 7
I
t
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
il
F
I
I
I
B.
3.2
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
G. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat.
H. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, preheated, or
otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent
surface deterioration.
1. Omit primer over metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted.
2. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply
additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance.
L Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators
according to manufacturer's written instructions.
J. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's
recommended spreading rate. Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as
recommended by manufacfu rer.
K. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is limited to items
exposed in equipment rooms and occupied spaccs.
L. Block Fillers: Apply block fillers to concrete masonry block at a rate to ensure complete
coverage with pores filled.
M. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat, as recommended by
manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime
coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or
unsealed areas in frst coat appears, to ensure a f,rnish coat with no burn-through or other defects
due to insuffrcient sealing.
N. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth,
opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting,
holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be
acceptable.
O. Transparent (Clear) Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce a glass-smooth surface film of
even luster. Provide a finish free of laps, runs, cloudiness, color irregularity, brush marks,
orange peel, nail holes, or other surface imperfections.
P. Stipple'Enamel Finish: Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine texture. Leave no
evidence of rolling, such as laps, inegularity in texture, skid marks, or other surface
imoerfections.
CLEANING AND PROTECTING
At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint
materials from Project site.
Protect work of other trades, whcther being painted or not, against damage from painting.
Conect damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect.
I
t
^
PAINTING (PROFESSIONAL LINE PRODUCTS)09912 - 8
r WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
I Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
J C. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painfing
operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work.
ll ' #;:,:t;fil11ffHlljlil3',1i;?,ljiJi#ffiT*" damaged or defaced painted
'I 33 EXTERIoRPAINT SCHEDULE
'l A. Concrete, Stucco, and Masonry (Other Than Concrete Unit Masonry):
I 1. Acrylic Finish: oat] [Two linish coats] [<Insert number> finish coats] over a primer.
I]a. Primer: Exterior concrete and masonry primer.u b. Finish Coats: Exterior [Ilat acrylic paint] [towJuster acrylic paint] [semigloss
acrylic enamel] [full-gloss acrylic enamel for concrete, masonry, and wood].
l1q B. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board:
t I . Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over an exterior alkyd- or alkali-resistant primer.
a. Primer: Exterior gypsum soflit board primer.
I b. Finish Coats: Exterior flat acrylic paint.I
C. Smooth Wood:
I l. Stain Finish: One finish coat.
a a. Semi-transparent Staint? 2. Alkyd-Enamel Finish: One finish coat over a primer.
I a. Primer: Exterior wood primer for alkyd enamels.2 b. Finish Coats: Exterior fuIl-gloss alkyd enamel.
f D. WoodTrim:
I l. Stain: One linish coat
a. Semi-transparentStain
I E. Ferrous Metal:
EIt 1. Alkyd-Enamel Finish: One finish coat over a rust-inhibitive primer.?
l l' i;ffir.*::Tl:f"xf,iill1it':f"%(not
required on shop-primed items)
a)
n 3.4 INTERIoRPAINT scHEDULE
t A. Concrete and Masonry (Other Than Concrcte Unit Masonry):
I
I
PAINTING (PROFESSIoNAL LINE PRODUCTS)09912 - 9
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I . Alkyd-Enamel Finish: One finish coat over a primer.
a. Primer: Interior concrete and masonry primer.
b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss alkyd enamel.
B. Concrete Unit Masonry:
I . Alkyd-Enamel Finish: One finish coat over a filled surface.
a. Block Filler: Concrete unit masonry block filler.
b. Finish Coat: Interior semigloss alkyd enamel.
C. Gypsum Board:
l. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.
a. Primer: Interior gypsum board primer.
b. Finish Coats: Refer to Interior Schedule.
D. Ferrous Metal:
1. Acrylic Finish: One {inish coat over a primer.
z. Primer: lnterior ferrous-metal primer.
b. Finish Coats: Interior. Refer to interior schedule.
E. All-Service Jacket over lnsulation:
l. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof.
a. Finish Coats: Interior flat latex-emulsion srze.
INTERIOR STAIN AND NATURAL-FINISH WOODWORK SCHEDULE
Stain-Varnish Finish: Two finish coats of vamish over a sealer coat and interior wood
stain. Wipe wood filler before applying stain.
l. Filler Coat: Open-grain wood filler.
2. Stain Coat: Interior wood stain.
3. Sealer Coat: Clear sanding sealer.
4. Finish Coats: Interior alkyd- or polyurethane-based clear satin varnish.
Natural-Vamish Finish: Two finish coats of varnish over a sealer coat and a filler coat.
l. Filler Coat: Open-grain wood filler.
2. Sealer Coat: Clear sanding sealer.
3. Finish Coats: lnterior alkyd- or polyurethane-based clear satin varnish.
Wax-Polished Finish: Three finish coats of paste wax over a sealer coat and alkyd-based
interior wood stain.
J.)
I
T
I
I
t
U
,f
I
I
T
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
C.
PAINTING OROFESSIONAL LINE PRODUCTS)09912 - l0
I wESTHAVEN coNDoMINTMS 100% cD: september 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I 1. Stain Coat: krterior wood stain.
2. Sealer Coat: Clear sanding sealer.
I
3. Finish Coats: Paste wax.
a
ENDoFSEcrroNoeel2
l
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
PAINTING (PROFESSIONAL LINE PRODUCTS)09912 - tr
It WESTILA.VEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: September 2005
t Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
SECTION 1O3OO _ PRE-MANUFACTI]RED FIREPLACES
t
PART 1-GENERAL
-L
'-I I.1 SUMMARY
I
A. This Section includes pre-manufactured fireplace, gas log set & hre rated metal flue.
B. See Division 5 Section "Omamental Metal" for steel fireolace doors.I 1.2 SUBMITTALS
I
I A. ProductData: Foreachtypeofproductindicated.
a B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, sections, details, and attachments to other work.
t L Show flue arrangements.
C. Product test reports for fire rated performance3
I D. Maintenance data.
I PARrz-PRoDUCrs
i 2.1 MATERTALSI
A. Fireplace: Heat-N-Glo "Exclaim-42" pre-manufactured fire box.
A B. Gas Log Set: Eiklor, 150 MBH
I C. Flue: Selkirk, "Metalbestos", Platinum Series, Class A metal flue
q
!! PART 3 -EXECUTION
| 3.1 INSTALLATI.N
I A. General: Install fireplaces and flues as per code requirements and manufacturer's instruction.
r END OFSECTION 10300
I
II-
I PRE-MANUFACTI.]RED FIREPLACES IO3OO. I
I
|' WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September2005
. Vail. Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
-.
t SECTION 10520 - FIRE-PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
't PART l -GENERAL
J/ l.l SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:
r l. Portable fire extinguishers.
I 2. Fire-protection cabinets.
I 3. Mounting brackets for fire extinguishers.
i B. See Division 9 painting Sections for field painting fire-protection cabinets.
! C. See Division 13 Section "Fire-Suppression Piping" for hose systems, racks, and valves.
. 1,2 SUBMITTALS
I A. ProductData: Foreachtypeofproductindicated.
I l. Fire Extinguishers: Include rating and classification.
a 2. Fire-Protection Cabinets: Include door hardware, cabinet type, trim style, panel style,
I and details ofinstallation.
.a B. Maintenance data.Il\I
1.3 QUALTTY ASSURANCE
I A. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10, "Portable
Fire Extinzuishers.'l
I B. n;re Extin-guishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating and classification by an independent' testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
I
I C. Fire-Rated Fire-Protection Cabinets: Listed and labeled to comply with requirements of
_
ASTM E 814 for fire-resistance rating of walls where they are installed.
r}' I.4 COORDINATION
I A. Coordinate size offire-protection cabinets to ensure thattype and capacity offire extinguishers
a indicated are accommodated.
-
I
llIt
FIRE-PROTECTION SPECIq.LTIES 10520 - I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
l.)
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
t
t
I
r
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
2.1
WARRANTY
Special Warranty: Manufacfurer's standard form in which manufacturer agrecs to repair or
replace components of portable fire extinguishers that fail in materials or workmanship within
specifi ed warranty period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Failure ofhydrostatic test according to NFPA 10.b. Faulty operation of valves or release levers.
2. Warranty Period: Six years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
In other Part 2 articles where titles below inhoduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
manufacturers specified.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
manufacturers specified.
Basis-of-Design Product: The design for each product is based on the product named.
Subject to compliance with requirements, provide either the named product or a
comparable product by one of the other manufacturers specified.
MATERIALS
Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B.
Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and manufacturer for type
ofuse and finish indicated, and as follows:
l. sheet: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M).
2. Extruded Shapes: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M).
Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666,Type 304.
Tempered Break Glass: ASTM C 1048, KindFT, ConditionA, TypeI, Qualifyq3, 1.5 mm
thick.
PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISI{ERS
Available Manufacturers:
2.
3.
2.2
A.
B.
c.
D.
L.J
FIRE-PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10520 -2
II
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
!
I
1. Amerex Corporation.
2. Ansul Incorporated.
3. Badger Fire Protection.
4. Buckeye Fire Equipment Company.
5. Fire End & Croker Corporation.
6. General Fire Extinguisher Corporation.
7. JL lndushies, Inc.
8' Kidde F}'rnetics.
9. Larsen'sManufacturingCompany.
10. Modern Metal Products; Div. of Tecbnico.
ll. Moon American.
12. Poffer Roemer; Div. of Smith Industries, Inc.
13. Watous; Div. of American Specialties, Inc.
B. General: Provide fire extinguishers of typ€, size, and capacity for each fire-protection cabinet
as required by local authority.
l. Instruction Labels: Include pictorial marking system complying with NFPA 10,
Appendix B
I
1
I
t
2.4 FIRE-PROTECTION CABINET @ each floor in each stair and 2 per parking level.
A. Basis-of-Design Product: Larsen's, Architectural series, surface mounted cabinet with
"vertical-duo"door or a comparable product by one of the following:
1. Fire End & Croker Corporation.
2. General Accessory Mfg, Co.
n 3. JL lndustries, Inc.
Jl 4. Kidde Fymetics.
5. Larsen'sManufacturingCompany.
I I Modern Metal Products; Div. of Technico.
I 7. Moon American.
8. Potter Roemer; Div. of Smith Industries, Inc.
t 9. Wahous; Div. of American Specialties, lnc.
t B. Cabinet Type: Suitable for fire extinguisher.
t C. Cabinet Construction: Nonratedl
D. Cabinet Material: Stainless steel sheet.
I
t E. Surface-Mounted Cabinet: Cabinet box fully exposed and mounted directly on wall; with no
trim.
^I F. Cabinet Trim Material: Stainless-steel sheet.
- G. Door Material: Stainless-steel sheet.
I H. Door Style: Vertical duo panel with frame
I
FIRE-PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10520 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
L Door Glazing: Tempered break glass.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
tl
I
J. Door Hardware: Manufacturer's standard door-operating hardware of proper type for cabinet
type, trim style, and door material and style indicated.
L Provide recessed door pull and friction latch.
2. Provide continuous hinge, of same material and finish as trim permitting door to open
180 degrees.
K. Accessories:
I . Mounting Bracket: Manufacturer's standard steel, designed to secure fire extinguisher to
fire-protection cabinet, with plated or baked-enamel finish.
2. Break-Glass Strike: Manufacturer's standard metal strike, complete with chain and
mounting clip, secured to cabinet.
3. Door Lock: Cylinder lock, keyed alike to other cabinets.
L. Finishes:
1. Stainless Steel: Satin, directional polish, No. 6
MOTINTING BRACKETS
Available Manufactuers:
l. Amerex Corporation.2. Ansul Incorporated.
3. BadgerFireProtection.
4. Buckeye Fire Equipment Company.5. Fire End & Croker Corporation.
6. General Fire Extinguisher Corporatjon.
7. JL Industries. Inc.
8. Larsen'sManufacfuringCompany.
Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer's standard steel, designed to secure fue extinguisher to wall
or structure, of sizes required for types and capacities of fre extinguishers indicated, with plated
or baked-enamel finish.
FABRICATION
Fire-Protection Cabinets: Provide manufacturerts standard box (tub), with trim, frame, door,
and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated. Weld joints and grind
smooth.
l. Construct fire-rated cabinets with double walls fabricated from 0.0428-inch- (l.l-mm-)
thick, cold-rolled stcel sheet lined with minimum 518-inch- (16-mm) thick, fire-barrier
material. Provide factory-drilled mounting holes.
Cabinet Doors: Fabricate doors according to manufacturer's standards, from materials indicated
and coordinated with cabinet tlpes and trim styles selected.
I
t
I
I
2.5
A.
B.
2.6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
FIRE.PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10520 - 4
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.1
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
l. Fabricate door frames with tubular stiles and rails and hollow-metal design, minimum
ll2 inch (13 mm) thick.2. Miter and weld perimeter door frames.
C. Cabinet Trim: Fabricate cabinet trim in one piece with corners mitered, welded, and ground
smooth.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
C.
INSTALLATION
Examine fire extinguishers for proper charging and tagging. Remove and replace damaged,
defective, or undercharged units.
Install fire-protection specialties in locations and at mounting heights indicated or, if not
indicated, at heights acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
Fire-Protection Cabinets: Fasten fire-protection cabinets to structure, square and plumb.
l. Unless otherwise indicated, provide recessed fire-protection cabinets. lf wall thickness is
not adequate for recessed cabinets, provide semirecessed fire-protection cabinets.2. Provide inside latch and lock for break-glass panels.
3. Fasten mounting brackets to inside surface of fire-protection cabinets, square and plumb.
Mounting Brackets: Fasten mounting brackets to surfaces, square and plumb, at locations
indicated.
Adjust fire-protection cabinet doors to operate easily without binding. Veriff that integral
locking devices operate properly.
Replace fire-protection cabinets that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful
repair.
END OF SECTION 10520
B,
D.
E.
F.
I
I
I
;
I
FIRE-PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10520 - 5
|l WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS IOO% CD: SCPtCMbCT2OO5
- Vail. Colorado FORCONSTRUCTIONII
SECTION IO55O - POSTAL SPECIALTIES
!F PARTI-GENERAL
r l.l SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:
I I . Vertical apartment mailboxes.
2. Parcel lockers.
f 1.2 SUBMITTALS
I
I A. Product Data: For each product indicated.
a B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, identification sequence for
t
compartments, and attachments to other work.
C. Samples: For each exposed finish.
I D. Product certificates, including written approval by Postrnaster General.
a E. Maintenance data.
I' F. Other Informational Submittals: Final USPS local postonaster approval for installed postal
I specialties to be served by USPS.
I
1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
I,
I A. Deliver lock keys to Owner by registered mail or ovemight package service with a rocord of
each coresponding lock and key number.
1.4 WARRANTY
I A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or
replace components of postal specialties that fail in materials or workrnanship within five years
from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
r] A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to- product selection:
I
I
POSTAL SPECIALTIES
I
T
10550 - I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
T
il
I
T
d.
f.
z.
3.
4.
2.2
z.J
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
l. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified.2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of t}le products
specified.
3. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
manufacturers specifi ed.
4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
manufacturers specifi ed.
MATERIALS
Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish
indicated, and as follows:
1. SheetandPlate: ASTMB209(ASTMB209M).
2. Extruded Shapes: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B22lM).
HORIZONTAL APARTMENT MAILBOXES
USPS-Approved, Front-Loading, Horizontal Aparhnent Mailboxes . Consisting of multiple
compartments with hxed, solid compartment backs, enclosed within recessed wall box. Provide
access to compartments for distributing incoming mail from front of unit by unlocking master
lock and swinging side-hinged master door to provide accessibility to entire group of
compartrnents. Provide access to each compartment for removing mail by swinging
comparhnent door. Comply with USPS STD-48.
L Available Products:
a. Salsbury Industries; 3600 Series.
b. Bommer Industries. Inc.: 6200 Series.
Cutler Manufacturing Corporation; Supreme Series.
Jensen lndustries; 85 Series.
Meta-Lite, Inc.; Spad System.
Security Manufacturing Corporation; 900 Series.
Manufacturers: Manufacturers listed on USPS's *Approved Sowces List."
Compartments: As indicated on Drawings.
Front-Loading Master Door: Fabricated from extruded aluminum and braced and framed
to hold compartment doors; with master door lock and concealed, full-length, stainless-
steel piano hinge on one side. Fabricate master door to remain open while mail is
deposited.
a. Master Door Lock: Prepare master door to receive lock furnished bv local
postmaster.
5. Compartment Doors: Fabricated from aluminum sheet reinforced with vertical stiffeners.
Equip each comparftnent door with lock, tenant identification, and concealed, full-length,
flush hinge on one side. Provide one compartment with outgoing mail slot and prepared
for master door lock.
POSTAL SPECI.ALTIES 10550 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
T
t
I
I
l
I
t
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
a. Tenant ldentification: Clear-plastic cardholder set in recessed slot in face of
compartment door. Provide cardboard strip and self-adhesive numbers.b. Compartrnent Door Locks: 5-pin tumbler, cylinder cam locks capable of at least
1000 key changes; with 2 keys for each compartment door. Key each
compartrnent differently.
6. Frames: Fabricated from extruded aluminum or aluminum sheet; ganged and nested
units, with cardholder for tenant's identification behind each compartment.
a. Provide cardboard identification tab with space for prinfing tenant name and
apartment number.
7. Snap-on Trim: Fabricated llom same material and finish as compartment doors.8. Concealed Components and Mounting Frames: Aluminum or steel sheet.9. Aluminum Finish: Finish surfaces exposed to view as follows:
a. Anodic Finish: Dark bronze or as selected from manufacturer's full ranee.
ACCESSORIES
Key Keepers: Consisting of single comparhnent with door size not less than 4-314 inches wide
by 2-l/4 inches high by l-ll2 inches (l2l mm wide by 57 mm high by 38 mm) deep. Exposed
surfaces fabricated from same material and finish as adj acent apartment mailboxes.
l. Mounting: Surface mounted.
2. Style: Compartment door extending full width and height of unit, with no exposed frame.3. Door Lock: Door prepared to receive lock fumished by local postunaster.
FABRICATION
Preassemble postal specialties in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field assembly.
Forrn postal specialties to required shapes and sizes, with true lines and angles, square, rigid,
and without warp, with metal faces flat and free of dents or distortion. Make exposed metal
edges and comers free of sharp edges and burrs, and safe to touch.
Form joints exposed to weather to exclude water penetration.
Where dissimilar metals will contact each other, protect against galvanic action by painting
contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation.
FINISHES
Finish postal specialties after assembly.
Aluminum Baked-Enamel Finish: Apply baked enamel complying with paint manufacturer's
written instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and painting.
l. Organic Coating: Thermosetting, modified-acrylic enamel primer/topcoat system with a
minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils (0.04 mm), medium gloss.
2.4
2.5
B.
c.
2.6
A.
B.
POSTAL SPECIALTIES 10550 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
t
I
1
I
C. Aluminum Powder-Coated Finish: Immediately after cleaning and pretreating, electrostatically
apply manufacturer's standard baked-polymer finish consisting of a thermosetting polyester or
acrylic urethane powder topcoat. Comply with paint manufacturer's written instructions for
surface preparation including pretreahnent, application, baking, and minimum dry film
thickness.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Metal Protection: Where aluminum and copper alloys will contact grout, concrete, masoffy,
wood, or dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with
bituminous coating or by other permanent separation.
B. Final acceptance depends on compliance with USPS requirements.
C. Horizontal Apartment Mailboxes: Install horizontal aparhnent mailboxes with center of tenant-
door lock cylinder not more than 67 inches (1702 mm) above finished floor and bottom of
lowest compartment not less than 28 inches (711 mm) above finished floor.
D. Adjust doors to operate easily without binding. Verify that integral locking devices operate
properly.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Arrange for USPS persomel to test
rezulations.
collection boxes after installation accordins to USPS
B. Obtain written final approval from USPS postrnaster that authorizes mail collection.
END OF SECTION 10550
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
POSTAL SPECIALTIES 10550 - 4
B.
C.
l.l
t.2
1.3
2.1
2.2
I
t
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
SECTION 1O8OI - TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES
PART I - GENERAL
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:
l. Toitet and bath accessories.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each product indicated.
Product Schedule: Indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations by room of each
accessory required. Use room and product desigrations indicated on Drawings.
WARRANTY
Special Mirror Wananty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair
or replace mirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects within 15 years from date of
Substantial Comoletion.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
Manufacturers: Subj ect to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Basis-of-Design Products: The design for toilet and bath accessories are based on
products indicated in Appendix F - "Toilet and Bath Accessories". Subject to
compliance with requirements, provide the narned product or a comparable product by
another manufacturers if approved by interior designer and architect.
EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
Install accessories using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recor[nended by unit
manufacturer. lnstall units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights
indicated.
A.
B.
TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10801 - 1
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
s
t
I
I
l. Install grab bars to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf (1112 N), when tested
according to method in ASTM F 446.
B. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation and verify that mechanisms function
properly. Replace damaged or defective items. Remove temporary labels and protective
coatings.
END OF SECTION 10801 I
I
t
l
I
T
t
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10801 - 2
I
I
- WESTI{AVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
^ Vail. Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTIONI
II,
SECTION 1 I45 I - RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES
PART 1-GENERAL
r 1.1 SUMMARY
t A. This Section includes the following:
v 1. Cooking equipment including cooktops, ranges, wall ovens and microwave ovens.
2. Ventilation range hoods.
3. Refrigerator/fieezers.
4. Dishwashers.
5. Clothes washers and drvers.
- I.2 SUBMITTALS
l, A. Product Data: For each type ofproduct indicated.
I B. Appliance Schedule: Use same designations indicated on Drawings.
lr C. Maintenance data.
rI} I.3 QUALITYASSURANCE
I A. hstaller Qualifrcations: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer for
t installation and maintenance ofunits required for this Proj ect.
I B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
t Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorifies having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
I C. Gas-Buming Appliances: Comply with ANSI 221 Series standards.
r D. Residential Appliances: Comply with NAECA standards.
J
1.4 WARRANTY
J A. Special Wananfy: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer of each appliance
specified agrees to repair or replace residential appliances or components that fail in materials
f or workrnanship within specified warranty period.
I l. Microwave Oven: Five-year limited warranty for in-home service on defects in the
magnehon tube.
l, 2. Refrigerator/Freezer: Two-year ful1 rvarranty and Five-year limited warranty for in-home
I' service on the sealed reftigeration system.
3. Dishwasher: Three-year firll parts and labor, S-year limited warranty for parts.
-
RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES 11451 - I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
t
,l
I
B.
C.
.f- I
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTIONVail, Colorado
4. Clothes Washer:
Pans.
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
3-year full parts and labor and five-year limited warranty for limited
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below inhoduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:
1. Basis-of-Design Product: The desigr for each residential appliance is based on the
product named in Appendix C - "Residential Appliances". Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide either the named product or a comparable product by one of the
other manufacturers specifi ed.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
INSTALLATION, CENERAL
Built-in Equipment: Securely anchor units to supporting cabinets or countertops with concealed
fasteners. Verify that clearances are adequate for proper functioning and rough openings are
completely concealed.
Freestanding Equipment: Place units in final locations after finishes have been completed in
each area. Verify that cleamnces are adequate to properly operate equipment.
Utilities: Refer to Divisions 15 and 16 for plumbing and elecffical requirements.
END OF SECTION 1I45I
IRESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES 11451 - 2
r WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
,^. Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
T
SECTION 12356 - KITCHEN CASEWORK
I
tt PART t -GENERAL
I t.l SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes kitchen and vanity cabinets and countertops.t
-r 1.2 SUBMITTALS
I- A. Product Data: For cabinets, countertop material, and cabinet hardware.
I B. Shop Drawings: Include plans and elevations. Show materials, hnishes, filler panels, hardware,4 countertop edge, cutouts for plumbing fixtures, and methods ofjoining countertops.
I 1 . Cabinets: Verify dimensions of installation areas by field measurements beforeI fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Show fillers and scribes if
necessary.
I 2. Countertops: Verify dimensions of countertops by field measurements after base
ft cabinets are installed but before countertop fabrication is complete.
l, C. Samples: For each exposed finish.,-f
r 1.3 QUALITYASSURANCEII A. Quality Standards:
I l. Cabinets: KCMAAl6l.l,
f a. KCMA Certification: Provide cabinets with KCMA's "Certified Cabinet" seal
I affrxed in a semiexposed location of each unit and showing compliance with the
a above sranciard.
t PARr2-PRoDUCrs
I 2J MANUFACTURERsI
A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, cabinets that may be
I incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:a
I- ,,1 NOLORS, TEXTURES, AND PATTERNSTrF A. Colors, Textures, and Pattems: Match samples, unless otherwise indicated.
I
n
KITCHENCASEWoRK 12356 - |
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
2..3
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
B.
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
'tA
2.5
CABINET MATERTALS
Exposed Materials:
L Exposed Wood Species: clear Alder and or Cherry. Do not use two adj acent exposed
faces that are noticeably dissimilar in color, grain, figure, or natural character markings.
2. Solid Wood: Clear hardwood lumber of species indicated, free of defects, selected for
compatible grain and color, and kiln dried to 7 percent moisture content.
3. Plywood: Hardwood pliwood complying with TIPVA HP-l with face veneer of species
indicated, selected for compatible color and grain with Grade A faces.
Semiexposed Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following:
L Solid Wood: Sound hardwood lumber, selected to eliminate appearance defects and kiln
dried to 7 percent moisture content. Stained to be compatible with exposed surfaces.
2. Plywood: Hardwood plywood complying with HPVA HP-l with Grade C faces stained
to be compatible with exposed surfaces.
COLINTERTOP MATERIALS
Refer to Materials in Appendix B - Tile Specifications.
CASEWORK HARDWARE
General: Complying with BHMAAl56.9, of type, material, size, and finish as selected from
manufacturer's standard choices.
Drawer Guides: Tandem full-extensjon drawer guides; designed with self-closing mechanism;
by Blum or similar.
CABINET CONSTRUCTION
ZEN INTERIOR FINISH PACKAGE
l. Wood Species: Cherry
2. Face Style - Reveal overlay; door and drawer
frames.
faces partially cover cabinet body or face
3. F ace Frames - 3 /4-by-1-5/8 solid wood
4. Door and Drawer Fronts - Solid-wood stiles and rails, with solid-wood, flat center panels.
Drawer fronts under 7" high shall be %" solid slab.
A.
l
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
l
B.
2.6
I
T
KITCFIEN CASEWORK 12356 -2
I *ESTHA'ENC.ND.MTNTM'
Vail, Coloradot
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
] B. ALPINEINTERIORFINISHPACKAGE
a 1. WoodSpecies: Alder
t,
: rJidK:'**;t'*ff"1fi1"1*1Tl
Package Revear overrav; door and drawer races
tq 3. Face Frames - Alpine Interior Finish Package: 314-by-1,-5/8 solid wood .
I 4. Door and Drawer Fronts - Alpine lnterior Finish Package: Solid-wood stiles and rails,
t with solid-wood, raised center panels. Drawer fronts under 7" high shalt be 3h" solid slab with
shaped edges.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
f 3,1 INSTALLATION
I A. hstall casework without variations in plane of adjoining surfaces; use concealed shims. Where
t casework abuts other finished work, scribe and cut for accurate fit. Provide filler strips, scribe
strips, and moldings in finish to match casework face.
I,
I B. lnstall casework and countertop level and plumb to a tolerance of l/8 inch in 8 feet (3 mm in 2.4
mr.
II C. Fasten cabinets to adjacent units and to backing.t
.r 1. Fasten wall cabinets through baclg near top and bottom, at ends and not less than 24
I inches (600 mm) o.c.
D. Fasten slab stone countertops by gluing to corner blocks ofbase units. Aligrr adjacent surfaces,
I and form seams to comply with manufacturer's written instructions using grout in color to match
I countertop. Carefully dress joints smooth, remove surface scratches, and clean entire surface.
A E. Adjust casework and hardware so doors and drawers are centered in openings and operate
I smoothly without warp or bind. Lubricate operating hardware as recommended by
manufacfurer.
I' END OF SECTION 12356
T
I
T
t
KTTCHENCASEWORK 12356 - 3
t
I
I
t wESTHAVEN coNDoMINIUMS 100% cD: SEPTEMBER 2005
VAiI. COIOTAdO FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
SECTION 13915 . FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPINGf
-PART I -GENERAL
,t
r 1.1 RTLATEDDoCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
t Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I 1.2 STIMMARY
A. This Section includes the following fire-suppression piping inside the building:
1. Automatic wet-type, standpipe systems.
2. Wet-pipe sprinkle systems.
3. Dry-pipe sprinkler systems.
B. Related Sections include the followine:
l Division 2 Section "Water Distribution" for piping outside the building.
2. Division 10 Section "Fire-Protection Specialties" for cabinets and fire extinguishers.
3. Division 16 Section "Fire Alarm" for alarm devices not specified in this Section.
I 1.3 DEFINITIONS
t A. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic.
L B. CR: Chlorosulfonatedpolyethylene syntheticrubber.I
C. High-Pressure Piping System: Fire-suppression piping system designed to operate at working
I pressrrehigherthanstandard 175psig(1200kPa).
I\
D. PE: Polyethylene plastic.
I
I E. Underground Service-Entrance Piping: Underground service piping below the building.
I 1.4 sYSTEM DEscRrPTroNS,
A. Combined Standpipe and Sprinkler System: Fire-suppression system with both standpipe and
I sprinkler systems^. Sprinkler system is supplied from itandpipe system.
I
B. Automatic Wet-Type, Class I Standpipe System: Includes NPS 2-112 (DN 65) hose
I connections. Has open water-supply valve with pressure maintained and is capable of
I supplying water demand.
I
I
FIRE-SUPPRESSIONPIPING 13915 - I
I
t
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
t
r
A.
B.
C.
B.
C.
1.5
1.6
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
C. Wet-Pipe Sprinkler System: Automatic sprinklers are attached to piping containing water and
that is connected to water supply. Water discharges immediately from sprinklers when they are
opened. Sprinklers open when heat melts fusible link or deshoys frangible device. Hose
connections are included if indicated.
PERFORMANCE RXQUIREMENTS
Standard Piping System Component Working Pressure: Listed for at least 175 psig (1200 kPa).
Fire-suppression standpipe system design shall be approved by authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Minimum residual pressure at each hose-connection outlet is the following:
a. NPS 2-112 (DN 65) Hose Cormections: 100 psig (690 kPa).
2. Unless otherwise indicated, the following is maxirirum residual pressure at required flow
at each hose-connection outlet:
a. NPS 2-ll2 (DN 65) Hose Connections: 175 psig (1200 kPa).
Fire-suppression sprinkler system design shall be approved by authorities having jurisdiction.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For the following:
l. Piping materials, including dielectric fittings, flexible connections, and sprinkler specialty
fittings.
2. Pipe hangers and supports, including seismic restraints.
3. Valves. including listed fire-protection valves, unlisted general-duty valves, and specialty
valves and trim.
4. Air compressors, including electrical data.
5. Sprinklers, escutcheons, and guards. Include sprinkler flow characteristics, mounting,
finish, and other pertinent data.
6. Hose connections, including sizn,lype, and finish.
7. Hose stations, including size, type, and finish of hose connections; type and length offire
hoses; finish of fire hose couplings; tlpe, material, and finish of nozAes; and finish of
rack.
8. Roofhose cabinets.
9. Monitors.
10. Fire department connections, including type; number, size, location and arrangement of
inlets; caps and chains; size and direction of outlet; escutcheon and marking; and finish.
I l. Alarm devices, including electrical data.
Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring.
Fire-hvdrant flow test report.
FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 13915 - 2
t.7
t
T
I
I
t
I
t
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
D. Approved Sprinkler
have been approved
applicable.
100% CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
Piping Drawings: Working plans, prepared according to NFPA 13, that
by authorities having .lurisdiction, including hydraulic calculations, if
E. Field Test Reports and Certificates: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with
performance requirements and as described in NFPA and NFPA 14NFPA 14. Include
"Conhactor's Material and Test Certificate for Aboveground Piping" and "Contractor's Material
and Test Certificate for Underground Piping."
Welding certificates.
Field quality-control test reports.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For standpipe and sprinkler specialties to include in
emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
QUALITY ASSTIRANCE
Installer Qualifi cations:
l. Installer's responsibilitie s include designing, fabricating, and installing fire-suppression
systems and providing professional engineering services needed to assume engineering
responsibility. Base calculations on results of fire-hydrant flow test.
a. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of working plans, calculations, and field
test reports by a qualified professional engineer.
Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code: Section D(.
NFPA Standards: Fire-suppression-system equipment, specialties, accessories, installation, and
testing shall comply with the following:
l. NFPA 13, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems."
2. NFPA 14, "Installation of Standpipe, Private Hydrant, and Hose Systems."
3. NFPA 24, "Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances."
COORDINATION
Coordinate layout and installation of sprinklers with other construction that penetrates ceilings,
including light fixtures, IfVAC equipment, and partition assemblies.
EXTRAMATERI,ALS
Fumish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. SprinkJer Cabinets: Finished, wall-mounting, steel cabinet with hinged cover, with space
for minimum of six spare sprinklers of each tlpe plus sprinkler wrench. Include number
F.
G.
H.
A.
B.
C.
1.8
1.9
I
I
I
t
I
I
t FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPTNG 13915 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINILMS
Vail, Colorado
of sprinklers required by NFPA 13 and sprinkler wrench.
sprinklers and wrench for each rype of sprinkler on Project.
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
100% CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
Include seDarate cabinet with
or gray-iron standard
gland, rubber gasket,
I
T
I
t
t
I
2.1
2.2
MANUFACTURERS
In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce iists, the following requirernents apply to
product seleclion:
l. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
manufacturers specifi ed.
2. Manufacfurers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
manufachuers specified.
DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
Mechanical-Joint, Ductile-Iron Pipe: AWWA Cl51, with mechanical-joint bell end and plain
end.
1. Mechanical-Joint, Ductile-kon Fittings: AWWAC110, ductile-
pattern.
2. Glands, Gaskets, and Bolts: AWWA CIl1, ductile- or gray-iron
and steel bolts and nuts.
B. Push-on-Joint, Ductile-hon Pipe: AWWA C151, with push-on-joint bell end and plain end.
l. Push-on-Joint, Ductile-hon Fittings: [AWWAC110, ductile- or gray-iron standard
pattern.
2. Gaskets: AWWA Cl11, rubber.
C. Grooved-End, Ductile-hon Pipe: AWWA Cl5l. with factory- or field-formed, radius-cut-
grooved ends according toAWWA C606.
1. Grooved-Joint Piping Systems:
a. Manufacturers:
l) Victaulic Co. of America.
b. Grooved-End Fittings: ASTMA536, ductile-iron casting with OD matching
ductile-iron-pipe OD
c. Grooved-End-Pipe Couplings: AWWAC606, gasketed fitting matching ductile-
iron-pipe OD. lnclude ductile-iron housilg with keys matching ductile-iron-pipe
and fitting grooves, rubber gasket with center ieg, and steel bolts and nuts.
d. Grooved-End-Pipe Transition Coupling: UL2l3 and AWWAC606, gasketed
fitting with end matching ductiie-iron-pipe OD and end matching steel-pipe OD.
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
,*
FIRE-STIPPRES SION PIPING 13915 - 4
I WESTHAVENC'ND.MINTMS
Vail, Colorado
l00o/o CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
Include ductile-iron housing with key matching ductile-iron-pipe groove and key
matching steel-pipe groove rubber gasket listed for use with housing, and steel
bolts and nuts.
e. Grooved-End Transition Flange: UL213, gasketed fitting with key for ductile-
iron-pipe dimernsions. Include flange-type, ductile-iron housing with rubber gasket
listed for use with housine and steel bolts and nuts.
1) Anvil Intemational, Inc.
2) Central Sprinkler Corp.
3) Ductilic, Inc.
4) JDH Pacific, Inc.
5) National Fittings, Inc.
6) ShurjointPipingProducts,Inc.
7) Southwestern Pipe, Inc.
I
,. 2.3 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Ir A. Threaded-End, Siandard-Weight Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53lA 53M, ASTM A 135, or
ASTM A 795, wffi factory- or field-formed threaded ends.
l. Cast-konThreadedFlanges: ASMEB16.l.
2. Malleable-hon Threaded Fittingsl ASME B16.3.
3. Gray-konTlueadedFittings: ASME816.4.
4. Steel Threaded Pipe Nipples: ASTMA733, made of ASTMA53/A53M or
ASTM A 106, Schedule 40, seamless steel pipe.
5. Include ends matching joining method.6. SteelThreadedCouplings: ASTMA865.
B. Plain-End, Standard-Weight Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53iA 53M, ASTM A 135, or ASTM A 795.
l. Locking-Lug Fittings: W213, ductile-iron body with retainer lugs that require one-
quarter hml to secure pipe in fitting.
a. Manufacturers:
1) Anvil trnternational, Inc.
2) Victaulic Co. of America.3) Ward Manufacturing.
I C. Plain-End, Standard-Weight Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53iA 53M, ASTM A 135, or ASTM A 795.
l. Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A 234/A234M,and ASME 816.9 oTASME 816.1 l.
2. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5.
D. Grooved-End, Standard-Weight Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, ASTM A 135, or
ASTM A 795, with grooved ends.
l. Grooved-Joint Piping Systems:
a. Manufacturers:
T
I
I
)
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
T
FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 13915 - 5
€o
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail. Coiorado
I
t
I
T
I
t
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
z-
3.
t+.
5.
6.
1 00%o CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
8) Star Pipe Products; Star Fittings Div.
9) Victaulic Co. of America.
10) WardManufacturing.
b. Grooved-End Fittings: Ullisted, ASTMA536, ductile-iron casting with OD
matching steel-pipe OD.
a. Grooved-End-Pipe Couplings: UL213 and AWWAC606, rigid pattern, unless
otherwise indicated; gasketed fitting matching steel-pipe OD. lnclude ductile-iron
housing with keys matching steel-pipe and htting grooves, rubber gasket listed for
use with bousing, and steel bolts and nuts.
E. Threaded-End, Schedule 30 Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135 oTASTM A795,with wall thickness less
than Schedule40 and equal to or greater than Schedule30; or ASTMA795 and
ASME 836.10M, Schedule 30 wrought-steel pipe with factory- or field-tbreaded ends.
1. Cast-konThreadedFlanses: ASMEBl6.l.
Malleable-Iron Ttreaded Fittings: ASME 81 6.3.
Gray-kon Threaded Fittings: ASME 816.4.
Steel Threaded Pipe Nipples: ASTMA733, made of ASTMA531A53M or
ASTM A 106, Schedule 40, seamless steel pipe.
Include ords matching joining method.
Steel Threaded Couplings: ASTM A 8651.
F. Plain-End, Schedule 30 Steel Pipe: ASTMA 135 or ASTMA 795, with wall thiokness less
than Schedule 40 and equal to or greater than Schedule 30; or ASTM A 795 and
ASME 836.10M, Schedule 30 wrought-steel pipe.
1. Locking-Lug Fittings: UL2l3, ductile-iron body with retainer lugs that require one-
quarter flrn to secure pipe in fitting.
a. Manufacturers:
1) Anvil Intemattonalo Inc.
2) Victaulic Co. of America.
3) Ward Manufacturing.
G. Plain-End, Schedule 30 Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795, with wall thickness less
than Schedule40 and equal to or greater than Schedule30; or ASTMA795 and
ASME B36.10M, Schedule 30 wrought-steel pipe.
1. Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A 234/A234M,and ASME 816.9 or ASME 816.11.
2. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME 816.5.
H. Grooved-End, Schedule 30 Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795, with wall thicloess less
than Schedule 40 and equal to or greater than Schedule 30; or ASTM A 795 and
ASME 836,10M, Schedule 30 rvrought-steel pipe; with factory- or field-formed, roll-gooved
ends.
l. Grooved-Joint Piping Systems:
a. Manufacturers:
FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 13915 - 6
t-
I wESTHAvENCoNDoMINIIIMS IOy%CD: SEPTEMBER2OO5
Vail- Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I l) A-nvil International. Inc.
.. 2) Central Sprinkler Corp.
3) Ductilic, Inc.
f| 4) JDH Pacific, Inc.
5) National Fittings, Inc.
r 6) Shurjoint Piping Products, Inc.
I 7) Southwestem Pipe, Inc.
8) Star Pipe Products; Star Fittings Div.
t 9) Victaulic Co. of America.
f 10) Ward Manufacturing.
I
b'
::"J;i"i-t#,_l'#:a;
ul-listed' ASTMA536' ductile-iron casting with oD
t- c. Grooved-End-Pipe Couplings: UL2l3 and AWWA C606, ngid pattern, unless
otherwise indicated; gasketed fitting matching steel-pipe OD. Include ductile-iron
housing with keys matching steel-pipe and fitting grooves, rubber gasket listed for
use with housing, and steel bolts and nuts.
I I. Ttteaded-End, Threadable, Thinwall Steel Pipe: ASTMA 135 or ASTMA795, with wall
I tbickness less than Schedule 40 and greater than Schedule 10, and with factory- or field-formed
threaded ends.t
I 1. Cast-honThreadedFlanges: ASMEB16.1.
2. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME 816.3.
r 3. Gray-kon Threaded Fittings: ASME 816.4.
I 4. Steel Threaded Pipe liippl"r' ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53/A 53M orJ ASTM A 106, Schedule 40, seamless steel pipe.
5. SteelThreadedCouplings: ASTMA865.
I J. Plain-End, Threadable, Thinwall Steel Pipe: ASTMAI35 or ASTMA795, with wall
thickness less than Schedule 40 and greater than Schedule 10.
1. Locking-Lug Fittings: UL2l3, ductile-iron body with retainer lugs that require one-
quarter turn to secure pipe in fitting.
a
, a. Manufacturers:
.- l) Anvil Intemational, Inc.
2) Victaulic Co. of America.
'' 3) Ward Manufacturing.
f, K. Plain-End, Tlueadable, Thinwall Steel Pipe: ASTMAI35 or ASTMA795, with wall
I thickness less than Schedule 40 and greater than Schedule 10.
I l. SteelWeldingFittings: ASTMA234/A234M,andASME816.9orASME816.ll.
fJ 2. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME 816.5.
a L. Grooved-End, Threadable, Thinwall Steel Pipe: ASTMA 135 or ASTMA795. with wall
I thickness less than Schedule 40 and greater than Schedule 10, and with factory- or field-formed,
roll-srooved ends.
'f
I
I
FIRE-SUPPRESSIoN PIPING t3915 - 7
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
i) Anvil Intemational, Inc.
FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING
100o/o CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
1. Grooved-Joint Piping Systems:
a. Manufachuers:
Anvil Intemational, Inc.
Central Sprinkler Corp.
Ductilic, Inc.
JDH Pacific, Inc.
National Fittings, Inc.
Shurjoint Piping Products, Inc.
Southwestern Pipe, Inc.
Star Pipe Products; Star Fittings Div.
Victaulic Co. of America.
Ward Manufacturing.
Grooved-End Fittings: UlJisted, ASTM A 536, ductile-iron casting with OD
matching steel-pipe OD.
Grooved-End-Pipe Couplings: UL2l3 and AWWAC606, rigid pattern, unless
otherwise indicated; gasketed fitting matching steel-pipe OD. Include ductile-iron
housing with keys matching steel-pipe and fitting grooves, rubber gasket listed for
use with housing, and steel bolts and nuts.
M. Plain-End, Schedule 10 Steel Pipe: ASTMA 135 or ASTMA795, Schedule 10 in NPS 5
(DN 125) and smaller; and NFPA l3-specified wall thickness in NPS 6 to NPS 10 (DN 150 to
DN 250).
1. Locking-Lug Fittings: UL 213, ductile-iron body with retainer lugs that require one-
quarter tum to secure pipd in frtting.
a. Manufacfurersl
l) Anvil Intemational, lnc.
2\ Victaulic Co. of America.
3) Ward Manufacturing.
Plain-End, Schedule 10 Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795, Schedule 10 in NPS 5
(DN 125) and smaller; and NFPA 13 specified wall thickness in NPS 6 to NPS 10 (DN 150 to
DN 250).
1. Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A234/A234M, andASME 816.9 or ASME 816.11.
2. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME 816.5.
Grooved-End, Schedule 10 Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795, Schedule l0 in NPS 5
(DN 125) and smaller; and NFPA l3-specified wall thickness in NPS 6 to NPS 10 (DN 150 to
DN 250); with factory- or field-formed, roll-grooved ends.
l. Grooved-Joint Piping Systems:
a. Manufacfurers:
I
I
I
I
I
l)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
!t
8)
e)
10)
b.
c.
T
N.
o.
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I1391s - 8
I
t
I
I
I
l
WESTHAVENCONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
2) Cenhal Sprinkler Corp.
3) Ductilic, Inc.
4) JDH Pacific, Inc.
5) National Fittings, Inc.
6) Shurjoint Piping Products, lnc.
7) Southwestem Pipe, Inc.
8) Star Pipe Products; Star Fittings Div.
9) Victaulic Co. of America.
10) WardManufacturing.
b. Grooved-End Fittings: Ul-listed, ASTM A 536, ductile-iron casting with OD
matching steel-pipe OD.
c. Grooved-End-Pipe Couplings: UL2l3 and AWWAC606, rigid pattern, unless
otherwise indicated; gasketed fitting matching steel-pipe OD. Include ductile-iron
housing with keys matching steel-pipe and fitting grooves, I prelubricated] rubber
gasket listed for use with housing, and steel bolts and nuts.
P. Plain-End, NonstandardOD, Thinwall Steel Pipe: ASTMA 135 or ASTMA795, with wall
thickness less than Schedule 10.
1. Steel Welding Fittingsr ASTM A 234/A234M,and ASME 816.9 or ASME 816.11.
2. SteelFlangesandFlangedFittings: ASMEBl6.5.
a. Grooved-End, Nonstandard OD, Thinwall Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795, with wall
thickness less than Schedule 10; with factory- or field-formed, roll-grooved ends.
1. Grooved-Joint Piping Systems:
a. Manufacturers:
l) Anrril International, Inc.
2) Central Sprinkler Corp.
3) Ductilic, Inc.
4) JDH Pacific, hc,
5) National Fittings, Inc.
6) Shurjoint Piping Products, Inc.
7) Southwestern Pipe, tnc.
8) Star Pipe Products; Star Fittings Div.
9) Victaulic Co. of America.
l0) WardManufacturing.
b. Grooved-End Fittings: Ul-listed, ASTM A 536, ductile-iron casting with OD
matching steel-pipe OD.
c. Grooved-End-Pipe Couplings: UL213 and AWWAC606, rigid pattern, unless
otherwise indicated; gasketed fitting matching steel-pipe OD. tnclude ductile-iron
housing with keys matching steel-pipe and fitting grooves, rubber gasket listed for
use with housing, and steel bolts and nuts.
Plain-En4 Hybrid Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795, lightwall, with wall thickness
less than Schedule l0 and greater than Schedule 5.
I
T
T
l
I
l
FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 13915 - 9
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
1. Steel WeldingFittings: ASTM A234/4234M, andASME 816.9 or ASME 816.11.
2. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5.
S. Grooved-End, Hybrid Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795, lightwall, with wall thicliness
less than Schedule 10 and greater than Schedule 5; with factory- or field-formed, roll-grooved
ends.
l. Grooved-Joint Piping Systems:
a. Manufacturers:
I) Anvil International, Inc,
2) Cenhal Sprinkler Corp.
3) Ductilic, Inc.
4) JDH Pacifrc, Inc.
5) National Fittings, Inc.
6) Shurjoint Piping Products, Irlc.
7) Southwestern Pipe, Inc.
8) Star Pipe Products; Star Fittings Div.
9) Victaulic Co. of America.
10) Ward Manufacturing.
b. Grooved-End Fittings: Ullisted, ASTM A 536, ductile-iron casting with OD
matching steel-pipe OD.
c. Grooved-End-Pipe Couplings: lJL213 and AWWAC606, rigid pattem, unless
otherwise indicated; gasketed fitting matching steel-pipe OD. Include ductile-iron
housing with keys matching steel-pipe and fitting grooves, rubber gasket listed for
use with housing and steel bolts and nuts.
T. Schedule 5 Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795, lightwall, with plain ends.
1. Steel Pressure-Seal Fittings: UL213, FMG-approved, 175-psig (1200-kPa) working-
pressure rating with steel housing, rubber O-rings, and pipe stop; for use with UL 45-
listed, fitting manufacturer's, pressure-sealing tools.
a. Manufacturers:
1) Victaulic Co. of America.
COPPER TIIBE AND FITTINGS
Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type K (ASTM B 88M, Type A) or ASTM B 88, Type L
(ASTM B 88M, Type B), water tube, armealed temper; with plain ends.
l. Copper fittings: ASME816.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME816.22, wrought-copper,
solder-joint pressure type. Furnish only wrought-copper fitrings if indicated.
2. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A'5.8, BCUP-3 or BCuP4.
Plain-End, Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type K (ASTM B 88M, Tlpe A) or ASTM B 88,
Type L (ASTM B 88M, Tpe B), water tube, drawn temper.
T
I
I
I
l
f,
I
t
T
I
I
I
A.
B.
2.4
F IRE-SUPPRESS ION PIPTNG 13915 - 10
I
t
t
I
WESTI{AVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: SEFTEMBER 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
2.5
I
t
l
I
I
I
t
t
T
I
t
I
I
l. Copper Fittings: ASMEB16.l8, cast-copper-alloy or ASME816.22, wrought-copper,
solder-joint pressure t)?e. Fumish only wrought-copper fittings if indicated'
2. Bronze Flanges: ASME 816.24, Class 150, with solder-joint end. Fumish Class 300
flanges if required to match tubing system.
3. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body with ball-and-
socket metal-to-metal seating surfaces, and solder-joint or threaded ends.
4. Copper, Mechanically Formed Tee Option: For forming T-branch on copper water tube.
a. Manufacfurers:
l) T-Drill Industries, Inc.
5. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCUP-3 or BCuP4.
C. Grooved-End, Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type K (ASTM B 88M, Type A) or
ASTM B 88, Type L (ASTM B 88M, Type B), water tube, drawn temper; with factory- or field-
formed, roll-grooved ends.
1. Copper, Mechanically Formed Tee Option: For forming T-branch on copper water tube.
a. Manufacfurers:
l) T-Drill Industries, Inc.
2. Grooved-IointSystems:
a. Manufacturers:
1) Anvil Intemational, Inc.
2) Victaulic Co. of America.
b. Grooved-End Copper Fittings: ASTM B 75 (ASTM B 75M)' copper tube or
ASTM B 584, bronze casting. Fittings may have ends factory or field expanded to
steel-pipe OD if required for copper tube systems using grooved-end-pipe
couplings.
c. Grooved-End-Tube Couplings: UL 213, rigid pattem, unless otherwjse indicated;
gasketed fitting equivalent to AWWA C606, but made to match copper-tube OD'
Include ductile-iron housing with keys matching steel-pipe and fitting grooves'
rubber gasket listed for use with housing, and steel bolts and nuts. Use grooved-
end-pipe couplings for tube and fitting that have expanded ends.
CPVC PIPE AND FITTINGS
CPVC Pipe: ASTMF 4421F 442M and UL 1821, SDR 13.5, for 175-psig (1200-kPa) rated
presswe at 150 deg F (62 deg C), with plain ends. Include "Listed" and "CPVC Sprinkler Pipe"
markings.
1. CPVC Fittings: Ul.listed, for 175-psig (1200-kPa) rated pressure at 150 degF
(62 deg C), socket tJpe. Include "Listed" and "CPVC Sprinkler Fitting" markings.
I FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 13915 - ll
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
a. NPS3/4 to NPSl-1/2 (DN20 to DN40): ASTMF438 and UL1821,
Schedule 40.
b. NPS 2 to NPS 3 (DN 50 to DN 80): ASTM F 439 and UL I 821 , Schedule 80.
2. Adhesive: ASTM F 493, solvent cement recommended by pipe and fitting manufacturer
and made for joining CPVC sprinkler pipe and fittings. Include cleano or primer
recommended by manufacturer of pipe and fiuings.
2.6 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS
A. Assembly shall be copper alloy, ferrous, and insulating materials with ends matching piping
system.
B. Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated assembly, designed for 250-psig (1725-Wa) minimum
working presswe at 180 deg F (82 deg C). hclude insulating material that isolates dissimilar
materials and ends with inside threads according to ASME 81.20.1.
1. Manufacfurers:
a. Capitol Manufacturing Co.
b. Central Plastics Company.
c. Epco Sales, Inc.
d. Hart Industries International, Inc.
e. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
f. Znm Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div.
C. Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated companion-flange assembly, for 175-psig (1200-lcPa)
minimum working-pressure rating as required for piping system.
l Manufacfurers:
a. Capitol Manufacturing Co.
b. Cenhal Plastics ComPanY.
c. Epco Sales, Inc.
d. Watts Industries, Inc.: Water Products Div.
D. Dielectric Flange Insulation Kits: Components for field assembly shall include CR or phenolic
gasket, PE or phenolic bcilt sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel backing washers.
I . Manufacturers:
a. Advance Products and Systems, Inc.
b. Calpico, Inc.
c. Central Plastics Company.
d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.
E. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized steel with inert and noncorrosive thermoplastic lining and
threaded ends and 300-psig (2070-kPa) working-pressure rating at 225 deg F (107 deg C).
1. Manufacturers:
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
IFIRE-S{IPPRESSION PIPING 13915 - 12
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINITII\4S
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
a. Calpico, Inc.b. Lochinvar Corp.
F. Dielectric Nipples: Elechoplated steel with inert and noncorosive thermoplastic lining, with
combination of plain, tlneaded, or grooved ends and 300-psig (2070-1Aa) working-pressure
rating at 225 degF (107 deg C).
1. Manufacturers:
C.
a. PerfectionCorporation.
b. Precision Plumbing Products, Inc.
c. Victaulic Co. of America.
FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS
Flexible connectors shall have materials suitable for system fluid. Include 250-psig (1725-kPa)
minimum working-pressure rating and ends according to the following:
1. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller; Tbreaded.
2. NPS 2-ll2 (DN 65) and Larger: Flanged.
3. Option for NPS 2-ll2 (DN 65) and Larger: Grooved for use with grooved-end-pipe
couplings.
Manufacturers:
1. Anamet Inc.
2. Flex-Hose Co., Inc.
3. Flexicraftlndustries.
4. Flex-Pression, Ltd.
5. Flex-Weld, Inc.
6. Hyspan Precision Products, Inc.
7. Mercer Rubber Co.
8. Metraflex. lnc.
9. Proco hoducts, Inc.
10. Unaflex Inc.
Bronze-Hose, Flexible Connectors: Comrgated, bronze, inner fubing covered with bronze wire
braid. Include copper-tube ends or bronze flanged ends, braze welded to hose.
Stainless-Steel-Hose/Steel Pipe, Flexible Connectors: Com-rgated, stainless-steel, inner tubing
covered with stainless-steel wire braid. Include steel nipples or flanges, welded to hose.
Stainless-Steel-Hose/Stainless-Steel Pipe, Flexible Connectors: Comrgated, stainless-steel,
inner tubing covered with stainless-steel wire braid. tnclude stainless-steel nipples or flanges,
welded to hose.
B.
D.
t
I
I
t
I
I FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 13915 - 13
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
2.8 SPRINKLERSPECIALryFITTINGS
A. Sprinkler speciahy fittings shall be UL listed or FMG approved, with 1751sig (1200-kPa)
minimum working-pressure rating, and made of materials compatible with piping. Sprinkler
specialty fittings shall have 250-psig (1725-kPa) minimum working-pressure rating if fittings
are components of high-pressure piping system-
B. Outlet Specialfy Fittings:
1. Manufacfurers:
^. Arwil Intemational, Inc.
b. CentralSprinklerCorP.
c. Ductilic, Inc.
d. JDH Pacific, Inc.
e. National Fittings, Inc.
f. Shurjoint Piping Products, Inc.
g. Southwestem PiPe, Inc'
h. Star Pipe Products; Star Fittings Div.
i. Victaulic Co. of America.j. Ward Manufacturing'
2. Mechanical-T and -Cross Fittings: UL2l3, ductile-iron housing with gaskets, bolts and
nuts, and threaded, locking-lug, or grooved outlets.
3. Snap-On and Strapless Outlet Fittings: UL 213, ductile-iron housing or casting with
gasket and threaded outlet.
C. Sprinkler Drain and Alarm Tesl Fittings: Cast- or ductile-iron body; with threaded or locking-
lug inlet and outlet, test valve, and orifice and sight glass.
l. Manufacfurers:
a. Central Sprinkler Corp.
b. Fire-End and Croker Corp.
c. Viking Corp.
d. Victaulic Co. of America.
D. SprinHer Branch-Line Test Fiftings: Brass body with threaded inlet, capped drain outlet, and
threaded outlet for sprinkler.
1. Manufacfurers:
a. Elkhart Brass Mfg. Co., lnc.
b. Fire-End and CrokerCorP.
c. Potter-Roemer;Fire-ProtectionDiv.
E. Sprinkler lnspector's Test Fitting: Cast- or ductile-iron housing with threaded inlet and drain
outlet and sight glass.
I . Manufacturers:
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IFIRE-SUPPRE SSION PIPING 13915 - t4
I
rt WESTHAVEN coNDoMINIL 4s 100% cD: SEPTEMBER 2005
Vail. Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTIONl
f a. AGF Manufacturing Co.
. b. Central Sprinkler Corp.
I c. G/Jlnnovations, Inc.
f d. Triple R Specialty of Ajax, Inc.
t F. Drop-Nipple Fittings: UL 1474, adjustable with threaded inlet and outlet, and seals.
l,1. Manufacturers:
I i. cECA'LLC'
I G. Dry-Pipe-System Fittings: UL listed for dry-pipe service.t
I 2.9 LISTED FIRE.PROTECTIONVALVESrA. Valves shall be UL listed or FMG approved, with 175-psig (l200kPa) minimum pressure
i rating. Valves shall have 250-psig (1725-kPa) minimum pressure rating if valves are
t components of high-pressure piping system.
B. Gate Valves with Wall Indicator Posts:Ir 1. Gate Valves: VL 262, cast-iron body, bronze mounted, with solid disc, nonrising stem,
fl z. tr;igil:;:hlltli?tr"f,?i:zonrar-wan type, cast-iron body, with operating wrench,
I extension rod, locking device, and cast-iron barrel.
3. Manufachrers:
f| a. Grirmell Fire Protection.
b. McWane, Inc.; Kermedy Valve Div.
I c. NIBCO.
I d. Stockham.
c Rall Valves: Comply withUL 1091, except with ball instead of disc.Ir l. NPS l-l/2 (DN 40) and Smaller: Bronze body with threaded ends.
2. NPS 2 and NPS 2-ll2 (DN 50 and DN 65): Bronze body with threaded ends or ductile-
I ironbodywith grooved ends.
fl 3. NPS 3 (DN 80): Ductile-iron body with grooved ends.
4. Manufacturers:If| a. NIBCO.
b. Victaulic Co. of America.
.:
U D. ButterflyValves: UL 1091.
l. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Bronze body with threaded ends.
f a. Manufacturers:
I
I
FIRE-SUPPRESSIONPIPING 13915 - 15
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: SEPTEMBER2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
1) Global Safety Products, Inc.
2) Milwaukee Valve ComPanY.
2. NPS 2-1i2 (DN 65) and Larger: Bronze, cast-iron, or ductile-iron body; wafer type or
with flanged or grooved ends.
a. Manufacfurers:
r)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
Cenhal Sprinkler Corp.
Clobal Safety Products, Inc.
McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div.
Mueller Company.
NIBCO.
Pratt, Henry Company.
Victaulic Co. of America.
Check Valves NPS 2 (DN 50) and Larger: W 312, swing type, cast-iron body with flanged or
gtooved ends.
1 . Manufacfurers:
a. AFAC ktc.
b. American Cast kon Pipe Co.; Waterous Co.
c. Central SPrinkler CorP.
d. Clow Valve Co.
e. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
f. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves.
C. Firematic Sprinkler Devices, Inc.
h. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation.
i. Grinnell Fire Protection.
j. Hammond Valve.
k. Matco-Norca, Inc.
l. McWane, Inc.; KennedY Valve Div.
m. Mueller Company.
n. NIBCO.
o. Potter-Roemer; Fire hotection Div.
p. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.
q. Star Sprinkler lnc.
r. Stockham.
s. United Brass Works, Inc.
t. Venus Fire Protection, Ltd.
u- Victaulic Co. of America.
v. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
Gate Valves: UL262, OS&Y type.
1. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Bronze body with threaded ends.
a. Manufacturers:
1) Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
F.
FIRE-SUPPRES SION PIPING 13915 - 16 I
I
,' WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
Vail. Colorado FORCONSTRUCTIONI
|l D HammondValve.
3) NTBCO.
I 4) United Brass Works, Inc.
t 5) <Insert manufacfurer's name.>
11 2. NPS2-1/2(DN65)andLarger: Cast-ironbodywithflangedends.
-a. Manufacturers:
I ;i El:[:T]'.:;'evarveGroup; cranevarves.
r 3) Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves.
r i] fi1ffi:li.V*:company
6) Mueller Company.1) NIBCO.
I 8) Red-White Valve Corp.
9) United Brass Works, Inc.
t
l. 3. Coordinate first subparagraph and list below with Part 2 "Manufacturers" Article. Retain
"Available" for nonproprietary and delete for semiproprietary specifications.
., a. Manufacturers:
I L) #$%H"'varve
comPanY'
I 3) Victaulic Co. of America.
I 4. NPSZ-L/2 (DN65) and Larger: Butterfly valve with cast- or ductile-iron body; wafer
t fpe or with flanged or grooved ends.
;1 a. Manufacturers:
ll 1) Cenhal Sprinkler Corp.
2) Grinnell Fire Protection.
f 3) McWane, lnc.; Kennedy Valve Div.
4> Milwaukee Valve Company.
I s) NrBco.
_ 6) Victaulic Co. of America.
I 2]0 UNLTSTEDGENERAL-DUTYVALVES
I A. Ball Valves NPS2 (DN50) and Smaller: MSSSP-110, 2-piece copper-alloy body with
chrome-plated brass ball, 600-psig (4140-kPa) minimum CWP rating, blowout-proof stem, and
threaded ends.
- B. Check Valves NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: MSS SP-80, Tlpe 4, Class 125 minimum, swing
I type with bronze body, nonmetallic disc, and threaded ends.
l
I
FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 139rs - 17
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
C. Gate Valves NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: MSS SP-80,
bronze body, solid wedge, and threaded ends.
D. Globe Valves NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: MSS SP-80,
bronze body, nonmetallic disc, and threaded ends'
100% CD: SEPTEMBER2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
Type2, Class 125 minimum, with
Type2, Class 125 minimum, with
I
t
I
T
I
t
2.11 SPECIALTY VALVES
Sprinkler System Control Valves: UL listed or FMG approved, cast- or ductile-iron body with
flanged or grooved ends, and 175-psig (1200-kPa) minimum pressure rating. Control valves
shall have 250-psig (1725-kPa) minimum rating if valves are components of high-pressure
piping system.
1. Manufacfurers:
AFAC Inc.
Central Sprinkler Corp.
Firematic Sprinkler Devices, lnc.
Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation.
Grinnell Fire Protection.
Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., lnc.
g. Star Sprinkler Inc.
h. Venus Fire kotection, Ltd.
i. Victaulic Co. of America.j. Viking Corp.
2, Alarm Check Valves: UL 193, designed for horizontal or vertical installation, with
bronze grooved seat with O-ring seals, single-hinge pin, and latch design. Include trim
sets for bypass, drain, electrical sprinkler alarm switch, pressure gages and fillJine
attachment with strainer.
a. Drip Cup Assembly: Pipe drain without valves and separate from main drain
piping.
b. Drip Cup Assembly: Pipe drain with check valve to main drain piping.
3. Dry-Pipe Valves: UL 260, differential type; with bronze seat with O-ring seals, single-
hinge pin, and latch desigrr. Include UL 1486, quick-opening devices, trim sets for air
supply, drain, priming level, alarm connections, ball drip valves, pressure gages, priming
chamber attachment, and fiIl-line attachment.
a. Air-Pressure Maintenance Device: UL 260, automatic device to maintain correct
air pressure in piping. Include shutoff valves to permit servicing without shutting
down sprinkler piping, bypass valve for quick frlling, pressrrre regulator or switch
to maintain pressure, strainer, pressure ratings with 14- to 60-psig (95- to 410-kPa)
adjustable range, and 175-psig (1200-kPa) maximum inlet pressure.
I ) Manufacturers :
AFAC Inc.
Central Sprinkler Corp.
a.
b.
d.
f.
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t)
I
I
I
a)
b)
FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 13915 - l8
I
I
I
l
I
I
t
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
General Air Products, Inc.
Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation.
Grinnell Fire Protection.
Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.
Star Sprinkler Inc.
Viking Corp.
b. Air Compressor: UL 753, fractional horsepower, 120-Y ac,60 Hz, single phase.
I ) Manufacturers:
a) AIAC Irc.
b) Gast Manufacturing, lnc.
c) Grinnell Fire Protection.
d) Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co.. Inc.
e) Viking Corp.
4. Deluge Valves: UL260, cast-iron body, hydraulically operated, differential-pressure
type. Include bronze seal with O-ring seals, trim sets for bypass, drain, electrical
sprinkler alarm switch, pressrre gages, drip cup assembly piped without valves and
separate from main drain line, fill-line attachment with strainer, and push-rod chamber
supply connection.
a. Wet, Pilot-Line Trim Set: Include gage to read push-rod chamber pressure, globe
valve for manual operation ofdeluge valve, and connection for actuation device.
b. Dry, Pilot-Line Trim Set: Include dry, pilot-line actuator; air- and water-pressure
gages; low-air-pressure waming switch; air relief valve; and actuation device.
Dry, pilot-line actuator includes cast-iron, operated, diaphragm-fype valve with
resilient facing plate, resilient diaphragm, and replaceable bronz€ seat. Valve
includes threaded water and air inlets and water outlet. Loss of air pressure on dry,
pilot-line side allows pilotJine actuator to open and causes deluge valve to open
immediately.
B. Pressure-Regulating Valves: UL 1468, brass or b,ronze, NPS 2-112 (DN 65), 400-psig (2760-
kPa) minimum rating. Include female NPS inlet and outlet, adjustable setting feature, and
shaight or 9O-degree-angle pattern design as indicated,
l. Finish: Rough metal.
2. Manufacfurers:
AFAC Inc.
Elkhart Brass Mfg. Co., hrc.
Fire-End and Croker Corp.
GMR International Equipment Corporation.
Grinnell Fire Protection.
Potter-Roemer; Fire Protection Div.
Zum Industries. Inc.l Wilkins Div.
C. Automatic Drain Valves: lJL 1726. NPS 3/4 (DN 20). ball-check device with threaded ends.
1. Manufacfurers:
c)
d)
e)
0
c)
h)
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
a.
b.
d.
o
t
t FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 13915 - l9
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINITIMS
Vail, Colorado
2.12
A.
2.13
A.
2.t4
A.
I
I
I
I
;
I
t
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
a.
b.
d.
100% CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
a. AFAC ktc.
b. Grinnell Fire Protection.
c. <lnsert manufacfurer's name.>
MANUAL CONTROL STATIONS
Manual Control Stations: UL listed or FMG approved, hydraulic operation, with union,
NPS 1/2 (DN 15) pipe nipple, and bronze ball valve. Include metal enclosure labeled
"MANUAL CONTROL STATION" with operating instructions and cover held closed by
breakable strut to prevent accidental opening.
CONTROL PANELS
Description: Single-area, two-area, or single-area cross-zoned type control panel as indicated,
including NEMA ICS 6, Tlpe I enclosure, detector, alarm, and solenoid-valve circuitry for
operation of deluge valves. Panels contain power supply; battery charger; standby batteries;
field-wiring terminal strip; electrically supervised solenoid valves and polarized fire alarm bell;
lamp test facility; single-pole, double-throw auxiliary alarm contacts; and rectifier '
1. Panels: UL listed and FMG approved when used with thermal detectors and Class A
detector circuit wiring. Eleckical characteristics are 120-V ac, 60 Hz, with 24-V dc
rechargeable batteries.
2. Manual Control Stations: Electric operation, metal enclosure, labeled "MANUAI
CONTROL STATION" with operating instructions and a cover held closed by breakable
SffUt,
3. Manual Control Stations: Hydraulic operation, with union, NPS l/2 (DN 15) pipe nipple,
and bronze ball valve. lnclude metal enclosure labeled "MANUAL CONTROL
STATION" with operating instructions and cover held closed by breakable strut.
EXCESS-PRESSURE PUMPS
Description: Ul-listed, factory-fabricated, positive-displacernent, gear-type pump assembly.
Include controls, wet-pipe kit, switches, fittings, valves, mounting brackets, and oonnections for
power, hydraulic piping, and wiring from alarm devices.
1. Pump and Motor: Directly connected.
2. Motors: Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Motors."
3. Motor Control: By differential-pressure switch.
4. Lights: To indicate sprinkler system operating condition.
White Light: Presswe is normal.
Red Light: Pressure is low
Pump Capacity: Approximately 1 gpm (63 ml/s).
Pump Discharge Head: Approximately 45 psig (310kPa) above supply pr€ssure,
and limited to 175 psig (1200 kPa).
e. Motor: 1/4hp, 115-V ac.,ffi}Jz.
5. Manufacfurers:
FIRE-S U PPRESSION PIP ING 1391s -20
I *ESTHAVENC'ND'MINTMS
I
tutt'tototuuo
u. Gamewelr company (The).
100% CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
f 2,15 SPRINKLERS
I A. Sprinklers shall be UL listed or FMG approved, with 175-psig (1200-kPa) minimum pressur€
I rating. Sprinklers shall have 250-psig (1725-Wa) minimum pressure rating if sprinklers are
components of high-pressure piping system.
t B. Manufactwers:
l. AFAC Inc.
t 2. Central Sprinkler Corp.ll 3. Firematic Sprinkler Devices, Inc.
4. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation.
I 5. Grinnell Fire Protection.
lr 6. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.
'1 . Star Sprinkler Inc.
I 8. Venus Fire Protection, Ltd.
I 9. Victaulic Co. of America.
10. Viking Corp.
I C. Automafic Sprinklers: With heat-responsive element complying with the following:
l. UL 199, for nomesidential applicafions.
| 2. W l6zl,forresidential uppiirutionr.r 3. W 1767, for early-suppression, fast-response applications.
I D. Sprinkler T1.pes and Categories: Nominal l/2-inch (12.7-mm) orifice for "Ordinary"
!, temperature classification rating unless otherrvise indicated or required by application.
t 1. Open Sprinklers: UL 199, without heat-responsive element.
!a. Orifice: 1/2 irch (12.7 mm), with discharge coefficient K between 5.3 and 5.8'
b. Orifice: 77/32 inch (13.5 mm), with discharge coefficient K between 7.4 and 8.2.
t E. Sprinkler t1pes, feahres, and options as follows:
l. Concealed ceiling sprinklers, including cover plate.
2. Extended-coveragesprinklers.
3. Flow-control sprinklers, with automatic open and shutoff feature.
4. Flush ceiling sprinklers, including escutcheon.
5. High-pressuresprinklers.
6. Institution sprinklers, made with a small, breakaway projection.
7. Open sprinklers.
8. Pendent sprinklers.
9. Pendent, dry-type sprinklers.
10. Quick-response sprinklers.
11. Recessed sprinklers, includingescutcheon.
12. Sidewallsprinklers.
13. Sidewall, dry-type sprinklers.
I
t
t
I
T
FIRE-SUPPRESSIONPIPING 13915 -2r
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
2.r6
A.
2.17
A.
l.
)
3.
A
5.
AFAC Inc.
Elkhart Brass Mfg. Co., Inc.
Fire-End and Croker Corp.
Guardian Fire Equipment Incorporated.
Potter-Roemer; Fire-Protection Div.
100% CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
14. Uprightsprinklers.
F. Sprinkler Finishes: Chrome plated, bronze, and painted'
G. Special Coatings: Wax, lead, and corrosion+esistant paint.
H. Sprinkler Escutcheons: Materials, types, and finishes for the following sprinkler mounting
applications. Escutcheons for concealed, flush, and recessed-type sprinklers are specified with
sprinklers.
l. Ceiling Mounting: Chrome-plated steel, one piece, flat..
2. Sidewall Mounting: Chrome-plated steel, one piece, flat'
I. Sprinkler Guards: Wire-cage t1pe, including fastening device for attaching to sprinkler.
HOSE CONNECTIONS
Manufacturers:
1. AFAC hc.
2. Central Sprinkler Corp.
3. Elkhart Brass Mfg, Co., trc.
4. Fire-End and Croker Corp.
5. Fire Protection hoducts, Inc.
6. GMR Intemational Equipment Corporation'
7 . Grinnell Fire Protection.
8. Guardian Fire Equipment Incorporated.
9. McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div.
10. Mueller Company.
11. Potter-Roemer; Fire-ProtectionDiv.
12. United Brass Works, Inc.
Description: UL 668, brass or bronze, 300-psig QO70-Wa) minimum pressure rating, hose
valve for connecting fire hose. Include angle or gate pattem design; female NPS inlet and male
hose outlet; and lugged cap, gasket, and chain. laclude NPS 1-1/? or NPS 2-112 (DN 40 or
DN65) as indicated, and hose valve threads according to NFPA 1963 and matching local fire
department threads.
MONITORS
Manufacturers:
I
t
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
B.
FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 1391s -22
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
2.18
A.
2.19
A.
WESTHAVEN CON]DOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
lO}Yo CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
B. Description: Stationary, single-waterway-type monitor for 750-gpm (47.3-L/s) water stream.
Include the following featrnes:
l. Waterway: NPS 2-ll2 (DN 65) minimum, brass or stainless-steel tube.
2. Operation: Lever handle.
3. Horizontal Rotation: 360 degrees with locking device.
4. Vertical Rotation: 80-degree elevation and 60-degree depression with locking device.
5. Nozzle: UL 401, NPS 2-ll2 (DN 65), brass, adjustable from fog spray to straight stream
to shutoff.
FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS
Wall-Type, Fire Department Connection: UL405, 175-psig (1200-kPa) minimum pressure
rating; with corrosion-resistant-metal body with brass inlets, brass wall escutcheon plate, brass
lugged caps with gaskets and brass chains, and brass lugged swivel connections. Include inlets
with threads according to NFPA 1963 and matching local fire department sizes and threads,
outlet with pipe threads, extension pipe nipples, check devices or clappers for inlets, and
escutcheon plate with marking similar to "AUTO SPKR & STANDPIPE.'
Exposed, Freestanding-Type, Fire Departrnent Connection: UL405, 175-psig (1200-kPa)
minimum pressure rating; with corrosion-resistant-metal body, brass inlets with threads
according to NFPA 1963 and matching local fire department sizes and threads, and bottom
outlet with pipe threads. lnclude brass lugged caps, gaskets, and brass chains; b'rass lugged
swivel connection and drop clapper for each hose+onnection inlet; l8-inch- (460-mm-) high,
brass sleeve; and round, floor, brass escutcheon plate with marking 'AUTO SPKR &
STANDPIPE.''
PRESST'RE GAGES
Description: UL 393, 3-ll2- to 4-112-inch- (90- to 115-mm-) diameter, dial pressure gage with
range ofO to 250 psig.
1. Water System Piping: Include caption "WATER', 61 "ATR/WATER' on dial face.
2. Air Systern Piping: Include caption "AIR" or "AIR./WATER" on dial face'
PART3 -EXECUTION
PREPARATION
Performfire-hydrantflowtestaccordingtoNFPAl3,NFPA14andNFPA29l. Useresultsfor
system design calculations required in Part I "Quality Assurance" Article.
Report test results promptly and in writing.
B.
B,
3.1
I
I
I
t
I
T
I FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 13915 - 23
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIIIMS
Vail, Colorado
3.2 EARTHWORK
100% CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
A. Refer to Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavating, henching, and backfrlling.
3.3 EXAMINATION
A. Examine roughing-in for hose cormections and stations to veriff actual locations of piping
connections before instal lation.
B. Examine walls and partitions for suitable thicknesses, fire- and smoke-rated construction,
framing for hose-station cabinets, and other conditions where hose connections and stations are
to be installed.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.4 PIPING APPLICATIONS, GENERAL
A. Shop weld pipe joints where welded piping is indicated.
B. Do not use welded joints for galvanized-steel pipe.
C. Flanges, flanged fittings, unions, nipples, and transition and special frttings with finish and
pressure ratings same as or higher than system's pressure rafing may be used in aboveground
applications, tmless otherwise indicated.
D. Piping between Fire Department Connections and Check Valves: Galvanized, standard-weight
steel pipe.
E. Underground Service-Entrance Piping: Ductile-iron, pipe and fittings and restrained joints.
3.5 VALVE APPLICATIONS
A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Wlrere specific valve types are not indicated, the
following requirements apply:
1. Listed Fire-Protection Valves: UL listed and FMG approved for applications where
requiredbyNFPA 13 andNFPA 14.
a. Shutoff Duty: Use ball, butterfly, or gate valves.
2. Unlisted General-Duty Valves: For applications where Ul-listed and FMG-approved
valves are not required by NFPA 13 and NFPA 14.
a. Shutoff Duty: Use ball, butterfly, or gate valves.
b. Throttling Duty: Use ball or globe valves.
FIRE -SUPPRESSION PIPING 13915 - 24
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: SEPfEMBER 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.6 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic piping joint
construction.
B. Threaded Joints: Comply with NFPA 13 for pipe thickness and threads. Do not thread pipe
smaller than NPS 8 (DN 200) with wall thickness less than Schedule 40 unless approved by
authorities having jurisdiction and threads are checked by a ring gage and comply with
ASME 81.20.1.
C. Twist-Locked Joints: lnsert plain-end piping into lockingJug fitting and rotate retainer lug one-
quarter tum.
D. Pressure-Sealed Joints: Use Ullisted tool and procedure. Include use of specific equipment,
pressure-sealing tool, and accessones.
E. Mechanically Formed, Copper-Tube-Outlet Joints: Use Ul-listed tool and procedure. Drill
pilot hole in copper tube, form branch for collar, dimple tube to form seating stop, and braze
branch tube into formed-collar outlet.
F. Grooved Joints: Assemble joints with listed coupling and gasket, lubricant, and bolts.
1. Ductile-kon Pipe: Radius-cut-groove ends of piping. Use grooved+nd fittings and
grooved-end-pipe couplings.
2. Steel Pipe: Square-cut or roll-groove piping as indicated. Use grooved-end fittings and
rigid, grooved-end-pipe couplings, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Copper Tube: Roll-groove tubing. Use grooved-end fittings and grooved-end-tube
couplings.
4. Dry-Pipe Systems: Use fittings and gaskets listed for dry-pipe service.
G. Dissimilar-Metal Piping Joints: Construct joints using dielectric fittings compatible with both
piping materials.
1. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Use dielectric unions, couplings, or nipples.
2. NPS 2-112 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Use dielectric flanges.
3. NPS 5 (DN 125) and Larger: Use dielectric flange insulation kits.
SERVICE-ENTRANCE PIPING
Connect fire-suppression piping to water-service piping of size and in location indicated for
service entrance to buildins. Refer to Division 2 Section "Water Distribution" for exterior
piping.
Install shutoff valve, backflow preventer, pressure gage, drain, and other accessorjes indicated
at connection to water-service piping. Refer to Division 2 Section "Water Distribution" for
backflow preventers.
I
I
t
l
I
3.7
B.
I
t FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 139t5 - 25
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
3.8 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic piping
installation.
B. Locations and Arrangernents: Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general
location and arrangement ofpiping. krstall piping as indicated, as far as practical.
1. Deviations from approved working plans for piping require written approval from
authorities having jurisdiction. File written approval with Architect before deviating
from approved working plans.
C. Install underground ductile-iron service-entrance piping according to NFPA 24 and with
restrained joints.
D. Install underground copper service-entrance piping according to NFPA 24.
E. Use approved fittings to make changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains, and reductions
in pipe sizes.
F. Install unions adjacent to each valve in pipes NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller. Unions are not
required on flanged devices or in piping installations using grooved joints.
G. Install flanges or flange adapters on valves, apparatus, and equipment having NPS 2-ll2
(DN 65) and larger connections.
H. Install "Inspector's Test Connections" in sprinkler system piping, complete with shutoff valve,
sized and located accordins to NFPA 13.
Install sprinkler piping with drains for complete system drainage.
Install sprinkler zone control valves, test assemblies, and drain risers adjacent to standpipes
when sprinkler piping is connected to standpipes.
K. krstall drain valves on standpipes.
L. Install ball drip valves to drain piping between fire department connections and check valves.
Drain to floor drain or outside building.
M. Install alarm devices in piping systems.
N. Hangers and Supports: Comply with NFPA 13 for hanger malerials.
l. Install standpipe system piping according to NFPA 14.
2. Install sprinkler system piping according to NFPA 13.
O. Earthquake Protection: Install piping according to NFPA 13 to protect from earthquake
damage.
P. Install pressure gages on riser or feed main, at each sprinkler test connection, and at top ofeach
standpipe. lnclude pressure gages with connection not less than NPS 1/4 (DN 8) and with soft
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I.
J.
FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 13915 -26
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINITIMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD SEPIEMBER 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
metal seated globe valve, arranged for draining pipe between gage and valve. Install gages to
permit rernoval, and install where they will not be subject to freezing.
a Drain dry-type standpipe piping.
R. Drain dry-pipe sprinkler piping.
S. Pressurize and check dry-pipe sprinkler system piping.
T. Fill wet-standpipe system piping with water.
U. Fill wet-pipe sprinkler system piping with water.
V. Install flexible connectors on fire-pump and pressure-maintenance-pump supply and discharge
connections and in fire-suppression piping where indicated.
3.9 VALVEINSTAILATION
A. Install listed fire-protection valves, unlisted general-duty valves, specialty valves and trim,
controls, and specialties according to NFPA 13 and NFPA 14 and authorities having
jurisdiction.
B. Install listed fire-protection shutoff valves supervised-open, located to control sources of water
supply except from fire department connections. Install permanent identification sigrrs
indicating portion of system conholled by each valve.
C. Valves for Wall-Type Fire Hydrants: Install nonrising-stem gate valve in water-supply pipe.
D. Install check valve in each water-supply connection. Install backflow preventers instead of
check valves in potable-water supply sources.
E. Specialty Valves:
I . Alarm Check Valves: Install in vertical position for proper direction of flow, including
bypass check valve and retmding chamber drain-line connection.
2. Deluge Valves: Install in vertical position, in proper direction of flow, in main supply to
deluge system.
3.10 SPRINKLERAPPLICATIONS
A. Drawings indicate sprinkler types to be used. Where specific types are not indicated, use the
following sprinkler types:
l. Rooms without Ceilings: Upright sprinklers.
2. Rooms with Suspended Ceilings: Pendent, recessed, flush, and concealed sprinklers, as
directed by architect..
3. Wall Mounting: Sidewall sprinklers.
4. Sprinkler Finishes:I
t FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 13915 - 2'l
WESTHAVENCONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
3.11
A.
J.tz
A.
3.13
A.
B.
E.
3.r4
A.
3.15
A.
3.16
A.
B.
100% CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
a. Uprighl Pendent, and Sidewall Sprinklers: Chrome plated in finished spaces
exposed to view; rough bronze in unfinished spaces not exposed to vlew.
b. Concealed Sprinklers: Rough brass, with factory-painted white cover plate.
c. Flush Sprinklers: Bright ckome, with painted escutcheon. Coordinate color with
Architect.
d. Recessed Sprinklers: Bright chrome, with bright chrome escutcheon'
EXCESS-PRESSI]RE PUMP INSTALLATION
Install excess-pressure pumps, controls, devices, and supports for wet-pipe sprinkler system
application.
SPRINKLER INSTALLATION
Install sprinklers in suspended ceilings in center ofacoustical ceiling panels and tiles.
HOSE.STATION INSTALLATION
lnstall freestanding hose stations for access and minimum passage restricfion.
Install NPS 2-ll2 (DN 65) hose connections with quick-disconnect NPS 2-112 by NPS l-1l2
(DN 65 by DN a0) reducer adapter and flow- restricting device, unless otherwise indicated.
Install freestanding hose stations with support or bracket attached to standpipe or substrate.
Install wall-mowting, rack-type hose stations in cabinets. Include pipe escutbheons, with fmish
matching valves, inside cabinet where water-supply piping peneffates cabinet. Install valves at
angle required for connection offire hose. Cabinets are specified in Division l0 Section "Fire-
Protection Specialties. "
Install hose-reel hose stations on wall with bracket attached to substrate.
ROOF HOSE CABINET INSTALLATION
Install cabinets, and install shutoff valve inside building in heated space.
MOMTORINSTAILATION
Install monitor bases securely attached to building substrate.
FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION INSTALLATION
Install wall-type, fire departrnent connections in vertical 'rvall.
Install freestanding-type, fire department connections in level surface.
C.
D.
I
I
I
I
I
t
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
IFIRE-ST]PPRESSION PIPING 13915 -28
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
l. Install protective pipe bollards as required for protection of each fire department
connection. Refer to Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for pipe bollards.
C. Install ball drip valve at each check valve for fire department connection.
3.17 CONNECTIONS
A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B. Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance.
C. Connect water-supply piping to fire-suppression piping. krclude backllow preventer between
potable-water piping and fire-suppression piping. Refer to Division 15 Section "Plumbing
Specialties" for back{low preventers.
D. Install ball drip valves at each check valve for fire department connection. Drain to floor drain
or outside building.
E. Connect piping to specialty valves, hose valves, specialties, fire department connections, and
accessories.
F. Connect excess-pressure pumps to the following piping and wiring:
l. Sprinklersystem,hydraulically.
2. Pressure gages and contols, hydraulically.
3. Electrical power system.
4. Alarm device accessories for pump.
5. Fire alarm.
G. Connect compressed-air supply to dry-pipe sprinkler piping.
H. Cormect air compressor to the following piping and wiring:
1. Pressure gages and controls.
2. Electrical power system.
3. Fire alarm devices, including low-pressure alarm.
I. Electrical Connections: Power wiring is specified in Division 16.
J. Connect alarm devices to fire alarm.
K. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."
L. Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."
M. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufachrer's published torque-
tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in
UL 486A and UL 486B.
I
I
T
I
I
I FIRE-S UPPRESSION PIPING 13915 - 29
WE STHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
3.t9
A.
B.
3.20
A.
B.
C.
3.21
A.
100% CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
3.18 LABELINGANDIDENTIFICATION
A. Install labeling and pipe markers on equipment and piping according to requirements in
NFPA l3 and NFPA 14 and in Division 15 Section "Mechanical ldentification."
FIELD QUALITYCONTROL
Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:
l. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest
until no leaks exist.
2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
equipment.
3. Energize circuits to electrical equipment and devices.
4. Start and run excess-pressure pumps.
5. Start and nur air compressors.
6. Flush, test, and inspect sprinkler systems according to NFPA 13, "Systems Acceptance"
Chapter.
7. Flush, test, and inspect standpipe systems according to NFPA 14, "System Acceptance"
Chapter.
8. Coordinate with fire alarm tests. Operate as required.
9. Coordinate with fire-pump tests. Operate as required.
10. Verifo that equipment hose tlreads are same as local fire department equipment.
Report test results promptly and in writing to Architect and authorities having jurisdiction.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION
Clean dirt and debris from sprinklers.
Remove and replace sprinklers with paint other than factory finish.
Protect sprinklers from damage until Substantial Completion.
DEMONSTRATION
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to hain Owner's maintenance personnel to
adjust, operate, and maintain specialty valves. Refer to Division l.
END OF SECTION 15300
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
T
I
IFIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 1391s - 30
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
T
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
SECTION 14240 - TryDRAULIC ELEVATORS
PART I - GENERAL
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes hydraulic passenger elevators.
B. See Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for Wall Panels in elevator cars.
C. See Division 9 Section "Dimension Stone Tile" for finish flooring in elevator cars.
1,2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include capacities, sizes, performances, operations, safety features, finishes, and
similar infomration for each elevator required.
B. Shop Drawings: Show plans, elevations, sections, and large-scale details indicating sewice at
each landing, machine room layout, relationships with other construction, and locations of
equipment and signals. lndicate maximum and average power demands.
C. Samples: For each exposed finish.
D. Manufacturer Certificates: Sigrred by elevator manufacturer certifoing that hoistway, pit, and
machine room layout and dimensions, as shown on Drawings, and electrical service, as shown
and specified, are adequate for elevator system being provided.
Maintenance manuals.
hspection and Acceptance Certificates and Operating Permits: As required by authorities
having jurisdiction for normal, unrestricted elevator use.
1.3 QUALITYASSURA]\CE
A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with local goveming regulations and with applicable
provisions in ASME Al7.l, "Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators."
1. Project's Seismic Design Category: C
B. Accessibility Requirements: In addition to local goveming regulations, comply with Section
407 inICC A1l7.l.
E.
F.
I{YDRAULIC ELEVATORS 14240 - |
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
1.4 MAINTENANCESERVICE
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
2.1
2.2
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
A. Initial Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, provide 12 months' full
maintenance service. Include monthly preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of wom
or defective components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide hydraulic elevators
by one of the following:
l. Dover Elevator Systems.
2. Fujitec Arnerica, Inc.
3. MontgomeryKONE ktc.
4. Otis Elevator Co.
5. Schindler Elevator Corp.
6. Schumacher Elevator Co.
7. ThyssenKruppElevatorCorporation.
MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS
General: Provide manufacturer's standard elevator systems, published by manufacturer as
included in standard preengineered elevator systems and as required for a complete system.
Pump Units: Positive-displacement type with a maximum of l0 percent variation between no
load and full load and with minimum pulsations.
L Pump: Mounted on top of oil tank with vibration isolation mounts and enclosed in
prime-painted steel enclosure lined with l-inch- (25-mm-) thicl glass-fiber insulation
board or submersible, suspended inside tank from vibration isolation mounts.
2. Motor Starting: Wye delta or solid state.
Hydraulic Silencers: Containing pulsation-absorbing material in a blowout-proof housing at
pump unit.
Protective Cylinder Casings: PVC pipe casings compllng with ASME A17.1, of sufficient size
to provide not less than 1-inch (25-mm) clearance from cylinder, and extending above pit floor.
Car Frame and Platform: Welded steel units.
Finish Materials:
l. Satin Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, with No. 6, nondirectional satin finish.
2. Architectural Mesh Panels: as per drawings.
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 14240 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
WESTI{AVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
2.3 OPERATION SYSTEMS
fiA%'CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
2.4
A. Provide manufacfurer's standard microprocessor operation system of the type indicated.
1. Single Elevator, Four Stops: Provide "automatic operation" as defined in ASME A17.1.
2. Single Elevator, Five Stops: Provide "automatic operation" as defined in ASME A17.1.
B. AuxiliaryOperations:
1. Standby Powered Lowering: On activation of standby power, cars are lowered to the
lowest floor, open their doors, and shut down.
C.
SIGNALEQUIPMENT
General: Satin stainless-steel signal equipment with hall-call and car-call buttons that light
when activated and remain lit until call has beeii fulfrlled. Fabricate lighted elements of acrylic
or other permanent, nonyellowing translucent plastic.
Car Conhol Stations: Manufacturer's standard car control stations mounted in return panel
adjacent to car door, unless otherwise indicated.
Emergency Communication System: Complying with ASME ,4'17.1 and the U.S. Architectural
& Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA),
Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG)." On activation, system dials preprogrammed number of
monitoring station and identifies elevator location to monitoring station. System provides two-
way voice communication without using a handset and provides visible sigrals that indicate
when system has been activated and when monitoring station has responded. System is
contained in flush-mounted cabinet, with identification, instructions for use, and battery backup
power supply.
Fire Departrnent Communication System: Flush-mounted cabinet, and Telephone jack in each
car and required conductors in haveling cable for fire department communication system
specified in Division 16 Sections.
Car Position Indicator: Locate above car door or above car control station and include audible
signal to indicate to passengers that car is either stopping at or passing each of the floors served.
l. Include travel direction arrows ifnot included in car control station.
Hall Push-Button Stations: Locate at each landing for each elevator or group of elevators as
indicated.
Hall Lantems: Units with illuminated arrows.
l. With each lantern, include audible signals. Signals sorurd once for up and twice for
down.
Hall Position Indicators: Locate above each hoistway entrance at ground floor.
B.
D.
E.
F.
G.
I
T
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 14240 -3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
L Corridor Call Station Pictograph Signs: Matching hall
graphics according to ASME Al7.l, Appendix H'
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
push-button stations with text and
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.6
2.8
2.5 DOOR REOPENING DEVICES
Infrared Array: Uniform array of 36 or more microprocessor-controlled, infrared light beams
projecting across car entrance. Intemrption of one or more of the light beams causes doors to
stop and reopen.
ELEVATOR CAR ENCLOSURES
General: Provide manufacturet's standard enameled-steel car enclosures with removable wall
panels, suspended ceiling, trim, accessories, access doors, doors, power door operators, sills
(thresholds), liglrting, and ventilation.
Floor Finish: As specified in another Section.
Metal Wall Panels: Flush hollow-metal construction, w/ steel mesh panels as indicated
on drawings.
Fabricate car with recesses and cutouts for sigral equipment.
Fabricate car door frame integrally with front wall of car.
Stainless-Steel Doors: Flush, hollow-metal construction, fabricated from stainless steel.
Sills: Extruded aluminum, with grooved surface, 7/4 inch (6.4 mm) thick.
Luminous Ceiling: Fluorescent light fixtures and ceiling panels of translucent acrylic or
other permanent rigid plastic complying with flammability requirements.
Handrails: Manufacturer's standard metal handrails.
HOISTWAY ENTRANCES
General: Manufacturer's standard horizontal-sliding, door-and-frame hoistway entrances
complete with track systems, hardware, sills, and accessories.
L Stainless-Steel Frames: Formed stainless-steel sheet.
2. Stainless-Steel Doors: Flush, hollow-metal construction, fabricated from stainless steel.
3. Sills: Extruded aluminum, with grooved surface, l/4 inch(6.4 mm) thick.
4. Nonshrinlq Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive,
nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107.
ELEVATORS
Elevator No. I - Building A
l.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Type: Holeless, telescoping, comer-post, single cylinder.
Rated Load: 3000Ib (1362 kg).
Rated Speed: 150 fpm (0.76 m/s).
Operation System: Selective collecfive automatic operation.
Auxiliary Operations:
a. Standby powered lowering.
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 14240 - 4
r WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail. Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
I b. Nuisance call cancel.
ll 6. Car Enclosures:
I a. Inside Clear Width: 68 inches.
b. Inside Clear Depth: 68 inchesI I H:lli#;1ff'rff::",lif,',T.Rr,in.*ur cardoorrrames
e. Side and Rear Wall Panels: Satin stainless-steel.
I f. Door Faces (lnterior): Satin stainless steel.
'7 . Hoistwav Entrances:
|| a. Width: 42 inches (1067 mm).b. Heighl 84 inches (213a mm).
;1 c. Type: Two-high-speed side sliding.
I d. Frames: Satin stainless steel.
l) Doors: Satin stainless steel.
I 8. Additional Requirements:
" ilTi3::l:t":"#fr":*ificate
in each car, mounted under acrylic cover with satin
r
I PART3-EXECUTION
I
- 3.1 INSTALLATION
I A. Excavation for Jack Drill excavation in each elevator pit to accommodate installation of
- cylinders; comply with applicable requirements in Division 2 Section "Barthwork. ''
I I . Provide well casings as necessary to retain walls of well hole.
I B. hstall cylinders in protective casings within well holes or casings after removing water and
J debris.
I t. Align cylinders and fill space between well casing and protective casing with fine sand.
I C. lnstall cylinders plumb and accurately centered for elevator car position and travel. Anchor
I securely in place, supported at pit floor. Seal between well casing, protective casing, or
t cylinder and pit floor with 4 inches (100 mm) of nonshrink, nonmetallic grout.
I D. Leveling Tolerance: l/4 inch (6 mm), up or down, regardless of load and direction of havel.
I E. Set sills flush with finished floor surface at landing. Fill space under sill solidly with nonsbrinlg
nonmetallic grout.
I
I
I
I{YDRAULICELEVATORS 1424Q - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
3.2 FrELD QUALITY CONTROL
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.3
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
3.4
A. Acceptance Testing: On completion of elevator installation and before permitting use (either
temporary or permanent) of elevators, perform acceptance tests as required and recommended
by ASME 417.1 and by governing regulations and agencies.
DEMONSTRATION
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to
adjust, operate, and maintain elevators. Review emergency provisions and hain Owner's
personnel in procedures to follow in identifying sourc€s of operational failures or malfunctions.
Refer to Division I Section "Closeout Procedures."
PROTECTION
Temporary Use: Do not use elevators for construction purpose$ unless cars are provided with
temporary enclosures, either within finished cars or in place of finished cars, to protect finishes
from damage.
l. Provide full maintenance service by skilled, competent employees of elevator lnstaller for
elevators used for construction purposes.
END OF SECTION 14240
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
tFIYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 14240 - 6
I. WESTHAVENCoNDoMINITIMS IOO%CD: SEPTEMBER2OOs
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTIONII DIVISION Is-MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
I SECTION I5OIO-MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONSr
PART I -GENERAL
r 1.1 RELATEDDOCUMENTS
- A. The General Conditions, Special Conditions and Conhact Documents are paft of these
I specifications. Consult them further instructions and be governed by the requirementsr- thereunder.
t r.2 DESCRTPTToNI
A. Work Included
I l. Fumish all labor and materials and perform all operations necessary for the
t installation of complete and operating mechanical systems subject to the conditions
of the contract. The work also includes the completion of such mechanical and
I electrical details not mentioned or shown which are necessary for the successful
I operation of all systems; this includes the furnishing of all materials for filling
systems to make them operable, including water, refrigerant, oil, grease, antifreeze
I and brine. Prove satisfactory operation of all equipment and controls to the
I MECHANICAL ENGINEER on request.
I B. Work Not Included
t L Certain labor and materials may be furnished andlor installed under other divisions
of these specifications. Coordinate with other hades and arrange the work to make
l:l;3*:ST:";t'Httrhefollowingitemsaretobeaccomplishedunderotherfl a. Ternporary Heat: See Paragraph 1.07, this Section and Division 1.
b. Roof Curbs: See Pmagraph 3.08, this Section.
I c. Concrete: See paragraph 3.09, this Section.
t d. Electrical Equipment and Wiring: See paragraph 3.10, this section.
e. Temporary Water and Toilet: See Division l.
I C. Equipment Fumishedby Owner
I I . The Owner will award contracts which will commence concurrently with this contract.
t Specifically this work will include:
a. Equipment Installation: Refer to appropriate drawings for equipment fumished by
I 2. *"r*nlli r?Hilpipes to locations as required by architectural and mechanical drawingsI and iquipment shof drawings. Provide sirvice valves on all pipes except waste and verrt
pipes, plug or cap these. Final connections to equipment will be made by the Contractor.
I 1.3 PROVISIONS
I A. Work performed under this division of the specifications shall conform to the requirements of
t Division 1, and the mechanical drawings and all items hereinafter specified.
l. Prior to any work being performed under this division, examine architectural, strucfural,
t civil, electrical, specialty systems, and interior design drawings and specifications. If any
r
I
GENERAL PROVISIONS 15010 - I
WESTHAVENCONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: SEPTEMBER2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
discrepancies occur between them and the mechanical drawings and specifications, report
discrepancies to the Architect in writing and obtain wdtten instructions for the work.
2. Mechanical drawings are diagrammatic, but shall be followed as closely as actual
construction of the building will permit. All changes liom drawings necessary to make
the mechanical work conform to the building as constructed shall be made without
additional cost to the Owner.
3. Coordinate the mechanical work with the General Conhactor and be responsible to him
for satisfactory progress of the work. Coordinate mechanical work with all other trades
on the project without additional cost to the Owner.
4. All work and materials covered by drawings and specifltcations shall be subject to review
at any time by representatives of the Architect and Owner. If the Architect or Owner's
agent finds any materials or installation that does not conform to these drawings and
specifications, Contractor shall remove the material from the premises and correct the
installation to the satisfaction of the agent.
5. In acceptance or rejection of installed mechanical systems, no allowance will be made for
lack of skill on the part of the installers.
1.4 EXAMINATIONOFPREMISESiSITE
A. Visit the premises site before submitting bid as no extras will be allowed for lack of knowledge
of existing conditions.
I.5 CODESAND STANDARDS
A. Conform to applicable sections of NFPA 14, and 24.
B. Conform to the Nafional Electrical Code, current Edition.
C. Conform to all applicable State and Local Codes.
D. In case of difference between these specifications, codes, laws, industry standmds, and/or utility
company regulations the most stringent shall govem.
E. Americans with Disabilities Acts (ADA) and American National Standards lnstitute (ANSI)
117.
1.6 PERMITS, FEES ANDNOTICES
A. Apply for and pay for all permits, fees, licenses and inspections for this Division of work.
1. Do not include the cost of any "Plant Investment Fee" or " System Development Charge"
for sewer andlor water charged by the City. This will be arranged for and paid for by the
Owner.
2. Do not include the cost of any "Gas Application Fee" charged by the Utility Company.
This will be arranged and paid for by the Owner.
B. Notif! proper authorities when work is ready for inspections required by applicable codes, rules
and regulations, allowing sufficient time for inspections to be made without hindering progress
of the work. Furnish to the Owner copies of inspection certificates of acceptance.
1.7 TEMPORARY HEAT
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
IGENERAL PROVISIONS 15010 - 2
B.
A,
B.
B.
1.9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
A. Temporary heat will be fumished by the General Contractor. Use of the p€rmanent heating
system will not be allowed without written authori zation from the MECHANICAL
ENGINEER. In case the permanent heating system is used for temporary heat, the General
Contractor shall pay all costs until acceptance by the Owner.
I.8 EXISTINGUTILITIES
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail- Colorado
c.
C.
1.10
A.
100% CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
The plans indicate the location, type and sizes of various utilities within the site where known.
These utilities are indicated as accurately as possible. If utilities are encountered during
construction which are not shown on the drawings, ask for instructions from the Architect. Any
relocation or remodeling required will then be directed by change order. Assume all
responsibility for protection of all utilities, shown or not, and repair any damage caused by this
construction at no extra charge to the Owner.
lnvestigate with proper authorities for all existing water taps, etc. and make arrangements to pay
for all removal charges in original bid.
Owners of all underground utilities shall bo notified at least 2 business days prior to excavation
so that they can locate and mark underground facilities.
DRAWINGS
Mechanical drawings are diagrammatic and axe not to be scaled for dimensions. Take all
dimensions from Architectural drawings, certifred equipment drawings, and from the structure
itself before fabricating any work. Veri$ alt space requirements, coordinating with other
trades, and install the systems in the space provided without exfa charges to the Owner.
Conceal all piping in finished areas of the building except where otherwise noted on the
drawings.
Install all equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, unless approval is
given in writingby the MECHANICAL ENGINEER for deviation.
EXAMINATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
Each bidder shall examine the bidding documents carefully, and not later than seven days prior
to the date of receipt of bids, shall make written request to the Architect for interpretation or
cortection of any discrepancies, ambiguity, inconsistency, or eror therein which he may
discover. Any interpretation or correction will be issued as an addendum by the Architect.
Only a written interpretation or correction by addendum shall be binding. No bidder shall rely
upon interpretations or corrections given by any other method. If discrepancies, ambiguity,
inconsistency, or error are not covered by addendum or written directive, Contractor shall
include in his bid, labor materials and methods of construction resulting in higher cost. After
award of contract, no allowance or extra compensation will be made on behalf of the Conffactor
due to his failure to make the written requests as described above.
The person submitting the request will be responsible for its prompt delivery. Failure to so
request clarification of any inadequacy, omission, or conflict will not relieve the Contractor of
responsibility. The signing of the Contract will be considered as implicitly denoting that the
Contractor has a thorough comprehension of full intent and scope of the working drawings and
specifications.
GENERAL PROVISIONS 15010 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
1.11
A.
B.
1.12
A.
B.
I .13
A.
B,
C.
D.
E.
100% CD: SEPTEMBER2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
ROUGH-IN
Verifu final locations for rough-ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the
actual equipment.
Refer to equipment specifications in Divisions 1 through 14 and 16 for additional rough-in
requirements.
COORDINATION DRAWINGS
Prepare and submit a set of coordination drawings showing major elernents, components, and
systems of mechanical equipment and materials in relationship with other building components.
Prepare drawings to an accwate scale of %"=1" -0" or larger. Indicate the locations of all
equipment and materials, including clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment.
Indicate movement and positioning of large equipment into the building during construction.
Prepare floor plans, reflected ceiling plans, elevations, sections, and details to conclusively
coordinate where space is limited, and where sequencing and coordination of installations are of
importance to the efficient flow of the Work, including (but not necessary limited) to the
following:
I . Ductwork
2. Hydronic Piping
3. Plurnbing Piping
4. Fire sprinkler piping
5. Electrical conduit mains
6. Fan coil units
MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS
Coordinate mechanical equipment and materials installation with other building components.
Verify al1 dimensions by field measurements.
Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components to allow for mechanical
installations.
Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured in
place concrete and other strucfural components, as they are constructed.
Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment for
efficient flow of the Work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring positioning
prior to closing-in the building.
Coordinate the cutting and patching of building components to accommodate the installation of
mechanical equipment and materials.
Where mounfing heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install mechanical services and
overhead equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible, and in accordance with
minimum required clearances as specified in codes and regulations.
I
I
I
I
t
F.
I
I
I
I
I
IGENERAL PROVISIONS 15010 - 4
r wESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100o/oCD; SEPTEMBER2005
VAi1, COIOTAdO FOR CONSTRUCTION
I H. The word "concealed" as used in this specification refers to such spaces as pipe and duct chases,
pipe and duct trenches, above plastered ceilings, in walls and buried where pipe and/or duct is
I inaccessible when building is cornplete. "Exposed" is intended to be within equipment rooms,
t unfinished areas, above "push up" ceilings, accessible pipe and duct tunnels.
I I. The term "fumish" means supply and deliver to Project, unless otherwise defined in greater
I detail. The term "install" is used to describe opeftrtions at hoject, from inspecting and
unloading, to completion in place, ready for intended use. The term "provide" means fumish
and install, complete and ready for intended use, rmless otherwise defined in greater detail.
I
' t.A sUBMITTALS
I A. Submit under provisions of Division l.I
B. Proposed Product List: Include Products specified in Division l5 specifications.
I C. Submit shop drawings and product data grouped to include complete submittals of related
systems, Products, and accessories in a single submittal.
I
I D. Mark dimensions and values in units to match those specified.
I E. Submit miscellaneous items specified on the drawings, but not covered in the specifications.
I Make no substitutions without prior approval from the Architect.
- 1 15 SHOP DRAWINGSII A. Submit shop drawings on all equipment, Temperature Controls and Fire Protection. Provide
shop drawings to the Architect and Engineer showing locations of all access panels.
a B. Shop drawings required for this project are as follows:
l. Plumbing fixtures
ll 2. Insulation
I 3. Boilers4. Chillers
I 5. PumPs
t 6. Fans
7. Fan coil units
r 8. Make-up Air Units
I 9. Fire ProtectionI 10. Piping
ll. Motor Starters
I LZ. Vv ater Treaunent
- 13. Temperafure controls
14. Sand/oilinterceptor
I 1 5. unit heaters
I 16. Heat exchangers
17 . Water treatment
I 18. Flex duct and acoustic flex duct
I 19. Grilles, registers, diffusers, louvers
20. Snowmelt tubing and manifolds
r 21. Manifold boxes
I
T
GENERALPROVISIONS 15010 - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINITIN4S
Vail. Colorado
G.
H,
1.16
A.
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
C,
D.
E.
F.
1.17
100o/o CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
Present shop drawing submittal data at one time, bound in three-ring binders, indexed in a neat
and orderly marmer. Partial submittals will not be accepted. Provide five sets of submittal data,
unless noted otherwise in Division l. Do not begin work until one (1) copy is retumed.
Provide, with shop drawing submittal, 1/4" scale layout drawings of rooms with boilers,
chillers, and HVAC equipment. Layouts shall show locations of, and shall be coordinated with
electrical equipment, and equipment shall be drawn to scale.
Place orders for all equipment in time to prevent any delay in construction schedule or
oompletion ofproject. If any materials or equipment are not ordered in time, additional charges
made by equipment manufacturers to complete their equipment in time to meet construction
schedule, together with any special handling charges, shall be borne by the Contractor.
Conhactor agrees that shop drawing submittals processed by the engineer are not change orders.
The purpose of shop drawing submittals by the Contractor is to demonstrate to the engineer that
the Contractor understands the design concept, that he demonstrates his understanding by
indicating which equipment and materjal he intends to fumish and install and by detailing rhe
fabrication and installation methods he intends to use. Contractor further agrees that if
deviations, discrepancies, or conflicts between shop drawing submittals and contract documents
in the form of design drawings and specifications me discovered either prior to or after shop
drawings and specifications shall control and shall be followed.
Contractor to provide manufacturers' recommended installation manuals for equipment.
Review of shop drawings does not relieve this Contractor from the responsibility of furnishing
equipment and materials of proper dimension, size, quantity, quality and all performance
characteristics to efficiently perform the requirements and intent of tle contract documents.
Review does not relieve this Contractor from responsibility for errors on the shop &awings. If
the shop drawings deviate from the contract documents, advise the MECHANICAL
ENGINEER of the deviations in writing accompanying the shop drawings, including the
reasons for the deviations. Coordinate all required changes with the other trades affected. If the
changes are occasioned by the Contractor, he shall pay any costs involved.
PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
Install Work in locations shown on Drawings, unless prevented by Project conditions.
Prepare drawings showing proposed rearrangement of Work to meet Project conditions,
including changes to Work specified in other sections. Obtain permission of Architect before
proceeding.
PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS
During the process of the work, maintain an accurate record of the installation of the mechanical
systems. Upon completion of the mechanical systems installation, transfer all record data to
blueline prints of the original drawings. Drawings shall include all addendum items, charge
orders, alternations, reroutings, etc. As a condition of acceptance of the project, deliver to the
Architect one copy of the record drawings.
GENERAL PROVISIONS 15010 - 6
r WESTHAVEN CONDoMINTMS 100% cD: SEPTEMBER 2005
Vail. Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I I.18 WARRANTY
I A. All materials and equipment shall be new unless otherwise specified.r B. Guarantee a1l workmanship, materials and equipment and replace any found defective without
I cost to the Owner, for one year affer final acceptanc€, as defined in General Conditions.
I C. Each warranty for longer than the one year described above (that comes with equipment used on
r the job) shall be passed on to the owner with dates of start and end of the warranty.
I- 1.I9 ENGINEERING BY coNTRACToR
I A. The construction ofthis building requires the contractor to design several systems or subsystems.I All such desigr shall be the completed responsibility of the contractor.
I B. Systems or subsystems which require engineering responsibilify by the contractor include, but are
I not limited to:
l Fire sprinkler.
f| 2. Equipment supports, not fully detailed in the drawings.
I 3. Pipe hangers and anchors not specified in these documents, or catalogued by the
manufacturer.
;; 4. Temperature controls.I 6. Refrigerationsystems.
7 . Seismic restraints.
r PART2-PRoDUcrs
I 2.1 EQUPMENTMANUFACTURERt
A. Equipment in the following categories shall be of one manufacturer or available through one
I manufacturer for each category to facilitate ease of maintenance for the Owner.
I l Motors (open drip-proof squirrel cage)
2. Starters
f| 3. Pumps
t 4. Temperature Controls
5. Thermometers
11 6. Pressure Gauges
ll 7. Gate Valvesr 8. Butterfly Valves
- 9. Plug Valves
I 10. Globe Valvesr I l. Check Valves
12. Balancins Valves
I 13. Control ialvest 14. Traps
15. Dielectric Unions
I 16. Strainers
I 17 . Air Filters
I 2.2 SUBSTITUTIONS (CONTRACTORAND/OROWNERINITIATED)
I
r GENERAL PROVISIONS 15010 - 7
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
C.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
D.
B,
A.
B.
2.3
2.4
100% CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
Materials or equipment listed by several manufacturers' names are intended to be bidder's
choice, and any of the listed manufactwers may be used in the base bid. Materials or equipment
not listed are considered substitutions.
Performance Specification: When any item is specified by requirement to meet a performance,
industry or regulating body standard or is specified by a generic spec, (no manufacturer's name
listed) no prior approval by the Consulting Mechanical Engineer is needed unless specifically
called for in these specifications.
Contractor to be responsible for any changes and costs to accommodate any equipment except
the first named in the specification.
Substitutions for Material
1. Equipment and materials not listed as equivalents may be proposed as deductive
altemates to specified items by submitting it as a separate line item to the base bid on the
Bidder's letterhead.
2. Such alternate proposals shall not be substituted for the base bid and must be
accompanied by full descriptive data on the proposed equipmento together with a
statement of tire cost to be deducted for each item and all deviations from specified items.
Highlight all difference from specified equipment. If any such alternates are considered,
the Contractor shall submit a list of the proposed altemate substitution items within 14
days of award of contract. Late requests for proposed substitutions shall not be accepted
by the Engineer due to scheduling or delivery concems.
BIDALTERNATE(S)
Refer to Djf'rsiqn I and all contract documents for additional information.
Alternate(s) for Material and Equipment
L Equipment and material bid altemate(s) shall be proposed as additive or deductive
altemate(s) to specified items by submitting it as a separate line item from the base bid on
the Bidder's letterhead-
2. Such bid altemate proposals shall not be substituted or included in the base bid. Bid
altemate proposal(s) must be accompanied by full descriptive data on the proposed
equipment, together with a statement of the cost to be added or deducted for each item.
The bid altemate shall include all materials, equipment, labor, electrical connections,
coordination with all other hades, etc. for a complete and operational system.
3. The Contractor shall submit the bid altemates at the time the base bids are due.
SAFETY PROVISIONS
Any refrigeration system containing CFC-1 I, CFC-12, HCFC-123, HCFC-zz, or any of the
other refrigerants listed in the Clean Air Act as a Class I or Class II Ozone Depleting
Compound shall comply with the Clean Air Acts and the Colorado Air Quality Control
Commission Regulation #15 .
As a minimum all systems shall be equipped with refrigerant recovery service valves, relief
valves capable of resetting after activation, and for system with more than 50 pounds of charge,
and isolateable receiver andlor condenser capable of holding the complete charge.
GENERAL PROVISIONS 15010 - 8
B.
C.
D.
E.
J- 1
).2
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
t
I
t
I
t
t
t
I
t
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINII'MS
Vail. Colorado
PART 3 - EXECUTION
100% CD: SEYIEMBER2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
STORAGE
Provide for proper storage of all materials and equipment and assume responsibility for losses
due to any cause. A1l storage shall be within the contact limit lines of the building site. Cover
and store all equipment and materials out of elements; any rusted or weather damaged item shall
not be used.
PRODUCT INSTALLATION
Manufacfu rer's Instructions
1. Except where more stringent requirements are indicated, comply with the product
manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.
2. Consult with manufacturer's technical representatives, who are recognized as technical
6xperts, for specific instructions on special project conditions.
3. If a conflict exists, notify the Architect/Engineer in writing and obtain his instruction
before proceeding with the work in question.
Movement of Equipment
1. Wherever possible, Iurange for the movement and positioning of equipment so that
enclosing partitions, walls and roofs will not be delayed or need to be removed.
2. Otherwise, advise Conhactor of opening requirernents to be maintained for the
subsequent entry of equipment.
Heavy Equipment
1. Coordinate the movement of hearry items with shoring and bracing so that the building
structure will not be overloaded during the movement and installation.
2. Where mechanical products to be installed on the existing roof are too heavy to be hand-
caried, do not transport across the existing roof deck; position by crane or other device
so as to avoid overloading the roof deck.
Retum Air Path: Coordinate mechanical work in retum air plenum to avoid obsfucting retum
air path.
l. Do not make changes in layout which will reduce return air path cross-sectional meas.
Minimum cross-sectional area will provide a maximum of 500 fpm velocity through
retum air plenum at specified supply air quantity unless otherwise noted.
2. Report any obstructions by work of other Divisions to Architect/Engineer.
Clearances
1. tnstall piping and ductwork:
a. Straight and true.
b. Aligned with other work.
c. Close to walls and overhead structure (allowing for insulation).
d. Concealed, where possible, in occupied spaces.
e. Out-of-the-way with maximum passageway and headroom remaining in each
space.
2. Except as otherwise indicated, arrange mechanical services and overhead equipment to
maximize ceiling height. See Architectural documents for desired ceiling heights' :
3. Do not obstruct windows. doors or other openinss.
GENERAL PROVISIONS 15010 - 9
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
B.
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
F.
C.
100% CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
4. Give the right-of way to piping systems required to slope for drainage (over other service
lines and ductwork).
5. Offsets, transitions and changes in direction in pipes and ducts shall be made as required
to maintain proper head room and pitch of sloping pipes whether or not indicated on the
drawings. Fumish and install all traps, air vents, sanitary vents, etc., as required to effect
these offsets, transitions and changes in direction.
Access
L Insall all work to permit removal (without damage to other parts) of coils, heat
exchanger bundles, boiler tubes, fan shafts and wheels, filters, belt guards, sheaves and
drives, and all other parts which might require periodic replacement or maintenance.
Arrange pipes, ducts, and equipment to permit ready access to valves, traps, starters,
motors, control components and to clear the openings ofdoors and ofaccess panels.
PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY
Where there are existing facilities, be responsible for the protection thereof, whether or not such
facility is to be removed or relocated. Moving or removing any facility must be done so as not
to cause intemrption of the work of Owner's operation.
Close all pipe and duct openings with caps or plugs during installation. Cover all fixtures and
equipment and protect against injury. At the final cornpletion, clean all work and deliver in an
unblemished condition, or refinish and repaint at the discretion of the Architect.
Do not allow any fans in the HVAC system to operate before the area served by the fan has
been cleaned and vacuumed of all debris and dust which might enter the system.
Any equipment, duct or piping systems found to have been damaged or contaminated above
"MILL" or "SHOP" conditions shall be replaced or cleaned to the Engineer's satisfaction.
hitial fill ofhaps
l. Provide initial water seal fill for all waste p-traps, condensate traps, or similar traps.
PROTECTION OF POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS
All temporary water connections shall be made with an approved back flow preventer.
All hose bibbs shall have, as a minimum, a vacuum breaker to prevent back flow.
Direct connections to hydronic systems shall only be made through a reduced pressure back
flow preventer.
PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS SERVING OCCUPIED SPACES
Where work is being performed in occupied spaces, or occupancy is to be phased in with
ongoing construction contractor shall prevent contamination of all systems serving the
occupants including but not limited to:
1. Supply or return air
a. Systems shall be capped or provided with adequate particulate and gas phase
filhation to prevent dust, chemical, or biological contamination. Particulate filters
shall be as a minimum equivalent to those specified for the completed system.
.) -+
D,
E.
B.
C.
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
3.5
GENER,A.L PROVISIONS 15010 - l0
IT
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINITII\4S
Vail^ Colorado
B.
3.10
A.
l00o/o CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
2. Domestic Water
a. Isolate sterilized portions from non-sterilized portions.
REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS
All technicians involved in the installation ofrefrigeration systems shall be certified and trained
in accordance with the Colorado Air Quality Commission Regulation #15, and the applicable
sections of the Clean Air Act.
No refrigerant shall be intottionally vented to the atmosphere, all refrigerant shall be recovered
before opening a closed system for charging, evacuation, service, or installation'
DEMONSTRATION
Re fer to Division 1 sections of the specifications regarding requirements of Record Drawings
and Operation and maintenance Manual submittal and systems demonstration.
1. Demonstrate that each system operates properly.
2. Explain the operation of each system to the Owner's Representative. Explain use of
0&M manual in operating and maintaining systems.
Date and time of demonstration wilt be determined by the Owner.
ROOF CT]RBS
Roof curbs and roof flashings for all equipment located on the roof shall be fumished under the
Architectural Division (except for any sound curbs or rcof top units' integral curbs specified
herein). Fumish and install all counter flashing of the same material as the flashing.
CONCRETE
All poured in place concrete shall be furnished under the Architectural Divisions of these
Specifications.
This Contractor shall coordinate all requirements for concrete surrounding buried duct. Ducts
shall be tied down to concrete deadman and completely surrounded with 3" of concrete.
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND WIRING FOR MECIIANICAL DTVISION
Unless otherwise indicated, all motors and controls shall be fumished, set in place and wired in
accordance with the following schedule. (MD is Mechanical Division - ED is Electrical
Diyision).
ITEM FURNISHED
t]NDER
SET IN
PLACE OR
MOTINTED
LTNDER
WIRED AND
CONNECTED
LINDER
1. Equipment Motors and Thermal
overloads, resistance heaters (3).MD MD ED
2. Motor Controllers; magnetic
B.
A.
B.
A.
I
I GENERAL PROVISIONS 15010 - I I
starters, reduced voltage starters
and overload relays.
ED ED(1)ED
3. Disconnect switches, fused or
unfused, H.P. rated switches,
thermal overload switches and
fuses, manual operating
switches.
ED(r)ED(1)ED
4. Push-button stations, pilot lights,
multi-speed switches, float
switches, thermostats, control
relays, time clocks, control
transformers, control panels,
motor valves, damper motors,
solenoid valves, EP and PE
switches and interlocks.
MD MD(2)MD(2)
5. Contactors, 120V control circuit
outlets for control panels and for
boiler conhols and for fire
protection controls and smoke
detectors.
ED ED ED
6. Firelsmoke dampers, elevator
vent dampers.MD MD ED(3)
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINITIMS
Vail, Colorado
B.
3.1I
A.
100% CD: SEFTEMBER 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
If furnished as part of factory wired equipment, wiring and
connections only by ED.
If float switches, line tlermostats, P.E. switches. time switches,
etc., carry the FULL LOAD CURR-ENT to any motor, they shall
be furnished by the Mechanical Division, but shall be set in place
and connected under the Electrical Division, except that where
such items are no integral part of the mechanical equipment, or
directly attached to ducts, piping, etc., they shall be set in place
under the Mechanical Division and connected by the Electrical
DMsion. If they do not carry the FULL LOAD CIIRRENT to
any motor they shall be furnished, set in place and wired under
ihe Mechanical Division. Control devices carrying full load
ctrrent fumished by Mechanical and wired by Electrical shall be
located at the device being controlled, unless shown on drawings
or mutual agreement is made between the contractors with no
change in the contract price.
(a) Wiring from alarm contacts to alarm systern by ED; all
control function wiring by MD.
The above list does not attempt to include all components. All
items necessary for a complete system shall be included in the
base contract.
Connections to all controls directly attached to ducts, piping and mechanical equipment shall be
made with flexible comectors.
IDENTIFICATION
Piping
l)
2)
3)
GENERAL PROVISIONS 15010 - l2
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
1. All exposed piping, except piping in finished spaces, shall be identified in conformance
with "Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems", ANSI Al3. All markers must be
in compliance with respect to (1) proper letter color, (2) proper letter size, (3) correct
background color, and (4) proper marker length.
2. Directional flow arrows shall be applied adjacent to each pipe mark'
3. For pipes under 3/4" O.D. color coded (as described above) identification tags shall be
securely fastened at all required locations. Tags sha1l be 1-112 inches in diameter.
4. All piping shall be marked at the following locations: (l) next to each valve and fitting,
(2) at each branch and riser take-off, (3) at each wall, ceiling or floor penehation, (4) on
pipes that lead to and from underground areas, and (5) every 30 feet on horizontal and
vertical pipe runs. Identification ofall piping systems shall conform to the designations
in the mechanical legend on the drawings.
B. Valves
I. All valves shall be identified by color coded (to match piping system identification) tags
which indicate both service and number. Tags shall be l-l/2 inch in diametsr and have
ll4 inch high letters to indicate serwice and 7/16 inch high numbers. Tags shall be
securely fastened to a1l valves. Service designations shall match abbreviations for piping
systems given in mechanical legeird on the drawings. Valve charts shall be provided and
shall include (l) valve identification number, (2) semice, (3) location, and (a) purpose.
Valve charts shall be mounted in metal frame with glass enclosure. One valve chart shall
be secured on a wall in the boiler room. A second valve chart shall be delivered to the
Owner's authorized representative. Also a copy of the valve chart shall be included in the
Operations and Maintenance Instructions.
C. All fire dampers and their access doors shall be identified by printed stencil secured to the
access door or a location approved by the Architect.
D. All controls, starters, air bandling units, pumps, and all other equipment and controls shall be
idurtified by stencil or permanent labeling.
E. Care shall be taken not to paint over nameplates.
3.12 FLUSHING, CLEANING & STERILIZING
A. Intent: It is the intent of this specification to require that all work, including the inside of
equipment, be left in a clean condition with all dust, grease, and construction debds removed.
1. Piping and connection equipment to be left free of sediments, core sand, gtease, etc.
2. Clean all exposed surfaces ofpiping, ducts and hangers, etc., sufficiently to receive paint.
Vacuum ducts as required for debris removal.
3. Air systerns shall not be operated without filters. Replace the filters or clean permanent
type filters just prior to substantial completion. All air systems shall be fumished with
one additional set of filters for owner replacement.
4. Remove and clean all screens, interceptors, strainers, etc., in piping systems just prior to
substantial completion.
5. Clean and wipe dry all plumbing fixtures, exposed valves, faucets, and piping, etc., that
are exposed just prior to substantial completion. Clean all equipment and fixtures per
manufactwer's specifications to avoid scratching frnished surfaces. Leave all plumbing
fixtures ready to use.
6. Clean interior and exterior of all air handling equipment of all construction debris. Clean
exterior ofall exposed ductwork j ust prior to substantial completion.
t
GENERALPROVISIoNS 15010 - 13
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUM S
Vail, Colorado
3.13
A.
B.
C.
F.
G.
3.14
A.
B.
C.
3.15
I
I
I
t
B.
100% CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
7. Thoroughly clean all equipment room floors after completion of equipment, pipe and
duct cleaning. A condition of final acceptance will be the cleanliness of all exposed
systems, equipment, and equipment rooms.
Before final connections are made in the piping systems, blow out all piping with air and then
wash out with cleaning compounds. Then flush the system to remove of all foreign materials.
Furnish all temporary connections, valves, etc, required for this purpose. Clean the boiler and
chiller by the same procedure.
Clean the boiler by the same procedure.
After flushing, sterilize the domestic water system.
TESTING
Test all drain and waste lines with standing water test of twelve feet of head, held long enough
io visually inspect each joint.
Test all condensate, heating water, snowmelt, domestic water piping, and chilled water piping at
150 psig hydrostatic pressure before connecting to unit.
Test all domestic water service lines to PRV, fire lines, radiant panel (embedded in concrete)
and anti-freeze piping at 200 psig hydro static pressure.
Test all gas piping under 60 psig air pressure.
All tests must be done to the satisfaction of the local authorities having jurisdiction, before
covering.
Al1 hydrostatic tests to be held for a minimum of six hours without loss of pressure. Air tests to
be held for a minimum of two hours without loss of presstre.
Fumish all instruments required for testing.
PLACING IN OPERATION
Clean all ducts, pipes, equipment, controls etc., ofplaster and other foreign debris.
Before final acceptance, clean or replace all skainers, oil or grease all bearings and clean out all
drains. Clean and recoat all permanent filters, replace throwaway type filters with new filters.
The systems shall be put into operation.
l. The Contractor shall verifr that all controls are set to meet operating conditions specified.
a. Example: Boiler operating and limit controls set where specified.
2. The contractor shall verify that all pieces of equipment are operable and that all
sequ€nces of conhol are being met.
3. The conhactor to adjust settings through lst year as required by MECHANICAL
ENGINEER.
BALANCING
C.
D.
D.
E.
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
t
I
T
T
IGENERAL PROVISIONS 15010 - 14
C.
D.
E.
F.
B,
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
The balancing of the system shall be part of this contract. Include in bid the cost of balancing
and adjusting.
At the completion of the installation, the mechanical systems shall be adjusted and balanced by
an independent balancing firm specializing in this work. The firm must have a Registered
Professional Engineer in charge of the work, must have a local office with resident personnel in
the greater Vail area or within 100 miles of the project. The firm must have experience and
qualifications satisfactory to the MECHANICAL ENGINEER and must be accepted by him
prior to bidding. All work must be done under the direct supervision of the Registered
Professional Engineer. The hrm shall submit a booklet showing procedure and data forms to be
used in balancing when asking for acceptance.
Before commencing work, verify that systems are complete and operable. Ensure the
following:
l. Equipment is operable and in a safe and normal condition.
2. Temperature control systems are installed complete and operable.
3. Proper thermal overload protection is in place for electrical equipment-
4. Final filters are clean and in place. If required, install temporary media in
addition to final filters.
5. Duct systems are clean of debris.
6. Correct fan rotatton.
7. Fire and volume dampers are inpTace and open.
8. Coil fins have been cleaned and combed.
9. Access doors are closed and duct end caps are in place.
10. Air outlets are installed and connected.
1 l. Duct system leakage has been minimized.
12. Hydronic systems have been flushed, filled, and vented.
13. Correct pump rotation.
14. Proper strainer baskets are clean and in place.
15. Service and balance valves are open.
16. Report any defects or deficiencies noted during performance of services to
Architect/Engineer.
l'7. Promptly report abnormal conditions in mechanical systems or conditions which
prevent system balance.
18. If, for design reasons, system cannot be properly balanced, report as soon as
observed.
19. Beginning of work means acceptance of existing conditions.
The Mechanical Contractor is to fumish and install such items as thermometer wells,
pressure test cocks, access doors, etc, as required to allow tests and adjustments to be
made as described in this sectron.
The balancing firm shall make any changes of fan belts and sheaves to obtain the
required cfm and make othet corrections to the systems for proper performance as may be
within the scope of the contract as requested by the MECHANICAL ENGINEER.
Adjust and balance all air and water systems. Check, adjust and balance all systerns to
meet the design conditions and tabulate all information on acceptable forms. All systems
shall be checked for proper performance dwing design conditions, both heating and
cooling. Balancing and adjusting shall include but not be limited to the following:
GENERAL PROVISIONS 15010 - 15
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: SEPTEMBER 2005 I
FOR CONSTRUCTION
1. Adjust all fan systems to deliver design air quantities within a tolerance of -5% to
+5olo. Measure air volumes at all grilles, registers, diffusers, intake and exhaust
louvers, filters and coils. Adjust and balance to meet design conditions at site
altitude.
a. All air handling units shall be adjusted with a 0.3" static pressure drop
developed across the filters.
b. Make air quantity measurements in ducts by Pitot tube traverse of entire
cross sectional area of duct.
c. Measure air quantities at air inlets and outlets.
d. Adjust distribution system to obtain uniform space temperatures free
from objectionable drafts and noise.
e. Use volume control devices to regulate air quantities only to the extent
that adjustments do not create objectionable air rnotion or sound levels.
Effect volume control by duct intemal devices such as dampers and
splitters.
f. Vary total systern air quantities by adjustment of fan speeds. Provide
drive changes required. Vary branch air quantities by damper regulation.
g. Provide system schematic with required and actual air quantities
recorded at each outlet or inlet.
h. Measure static air pressure conditions on air supply units, including filter
and coil pressure drops, and total pressure across the fan. Make
allowances for 50 percent loading of filters.
i. Adjust outside air automatic dampers, outside air, return air, and exhaust
dampers for design conditions.
j. Measure temperafure conditions across outside air, return air, and
exhaust dampers to check leakage.
k. Where modulating dampers are provided, take measurements and
balance at extreme conditions. Balance variable volume systems at
maximum air flow rate, full cooling, and at minimum air flow rate, full
heating.
l. Measure building static pressure and adjust supply, retum, and exhaust
air systems to provide required relationship between each to maintain
approximately 0.05 inches (12.5 Pa) positive static pressure near the
building entries.
2. Adjust all valves and/or fittings on each piece of radiation or water coil to
provide specified air temperature rise or drop, heating or cooling capacity and
gpm flow, all with conhol valves open.
a. Adjust water systems to provide required or design quantities.
b. Where flow metering devices are not installed, base flow balance on
temperature difference across various heat transfer elements in the
system.
c. Adjust systems to proride specified pressure drops and flows ttrough
heat transfer elements prior to thermal testing. Perform balancing by
measurement of temperature dilTerential in conjunction with air
balancing.
d. Effect adjustment of water distribution systems by means of balancing
cocks, valves, and fittings. Do not use service or shut-off vatves for
balancing unless indexed for balance point.
e. Where available pump capacity is less than total flow requirements or
individual system parts, full flow in one part may be simulated by
temporary restriction of flow to other parts.
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IGENERAL PROVISIONS 15010 - 16
G.
H.
J.
K.
L.
A.
B.
I
T
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
t
t
I
I
WESTTIAVEN CONDOMNruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: SEPTEMBER 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
3. After all balancing is done, tabulate the following and include in a written report
to the MECHANICAL ENGINEER.
RPM, amperage and voltage input to each motor (include all motors).
Nameplate data and overload heater capacity installed for motor.
Entrance and exit air pressure at each fan, filter, coil and louver.
CFM capacity of each fan system, and at each grille, register, diffuser,
retum intake and exhaust louver.
Total static pressure across each fan system.
Air temperature of each heated or air conditioned space and at the
entrance and exit of each automatic damper and coil.
Entrance and discharge pressure at each pump.
Water temperature and pressure at entrance and exit of each chiller,
boiler, heat exchanger, heating coil and cooling coil.
i. GPM flow of eachpump.j. Gas flow and pressure to each appliance and gas pressure at meter under
flow.
Make special note of any discrepancy between tabulated conditions and specified
conditions and call to the MECHANICAL ENGINEER'S attention' Rebalance and
retabulate information as required by the MECHANICAL ENGINEER to meet design
conditions.
lncorporate in the report, reduced size copies of the mechanical drawings. Where the
point of measurement carmot be described adequately, provide a cross reference number
in the report tabulations and at the point of measurement on the &awings.
Permanently mark settings of I'alves, dampers, and other adjustment devices allowing
settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops.
After adjustment, take measurements to verif balance has not been disrupted or that such
disruption has been rectified.
At frnal inspection, recheck random selections of data recorded in report. Recheck points
or areas as selected and witnessed by the Owner.
Check and adjust systems approximately six months after final acceptance and submit
report.
3.I8 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
Books of Operating and Maintenance Instructions shall be personally delivered to the
O'fi.rier's authorized representative and the Owner instructed as to their use and the
equipment involved. (Provide two books for each building). Also, instruct the Owner's
personnel on each valve and the valve chart previously specifi'ed.
The book shall contain, but not be limited to, the following general items:
I . Spare parts lists for each piece of equipment.
2. Operating manuals for each piece of equipment and control.
3. Lubrication charts showing type of lubricant and application methods and
frequencies.4. Filter cleaning or replacement schedule. (On Contractor's letterhead stationary).
a.
b.
d.
cl-
o
h.
GENERAL PROVISIONS 15010 - 17
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINII.MS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: SEPTEMBER2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
set forth under
that rrm longer
I
I
t
I
t
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
5. Preventive maintenance schedule for checking all items such as belt drive, safety
controls and oil and refrigerant charges. Cleaning schedule of all strainers, traps,
coils, tubes, etc. (On Contractor's letterhead stationary)-
6. Water treatment recommendations for boiler, tower, etc.'7. Normal operating instructions including a sequence of operation for each system.
(On Contractor's letterhead stationary).
8. Instnrctions as to procedure to be followed for any emergency situation, such as
alarms or safety items being tripped. (On Contractor's letterhead stationary).
9. Instructions on who to call for service dwing guarantee period. (On Conhactor's
letterhead stati onary).
10. Record of equipment installed (copy of each shop drawing as
" Shop Drawing" Pmagraph).
11. A1l warranties provided by Manufacturers on their equipment
than the one year guarantee by the Conhactor.
C. Books shall be arranged in sequence to match the equipment schedules included in the
specifications.
D. Approval will not be given for final paynent until the tests, balancing and operating
instruction portions have been completed.
3.19 EQUIPMENTSTART-I'P
All refrigeration, boilers, and packaged equipment shall be started by the manufacturer or under
the manufacturer's supervision. Start-up data shall be recorded in logs. Copies of start-up logs
shall be forwarded to Mechanical Engineer and included in Operation and Maintenance manuals.
END OF SECTION
GENERAL PROVISIONS 15010 - l8
-r WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS loj%ocD: september 2005
I Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
.l
SECTION 15060 -HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
f
PART 1 . GENERAL
I 1.1 RELATEDDOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary!r Conditions and Division 1 Specihcation Sections, apply to this Section.
I
J/ 1.2 SUMMARY
t' A. This Section includes the following hangers and supports for mechanical system piping and
I equipment:
I 1. Steel pipe hangers and supports.I i ffiff?x#:l:l3ffi,
/) 4. Thermal-hanger shield inserts.
I i. Fastener syslems.q! 6. Pipe stands.
7. Pipe positioning systems.
I 8. Equipment supports.
B. Related Sections include the following:
I 1. Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural-steel shapes and plates for trapeze
hangers for pipe and equipment supports.
I 2. Division 13 Section "Fire-Suppression Piping" for pipe hangers for fire-protection piping-
lt 3.
3#::::
15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls" for vibration isolation
r 4. Division 15 Section "Pipe Expansion Fittings and Loops" forpipe guides and anchors.
I 5. Division 15 Section(s) "Metal Ducts" forducthangers and supports.
I r.3 DEFINITIoNSI
A. MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society for The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.
il
I B. Terminology: As defined in MSS SP-90, "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and
Supports."
f,
1.4 PERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS
I A. Desigrr supports for multiple pipes, including pipe stands, capable of supporting combined
I weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water.
I
I
HANGERSANDSUPPORTS 15060 - I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINITIMS
Vail, Colorado
B. Design equipment supports capable of supporting
equipment and connected systems and components.
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
combined operating weight of supported
l
I
I
I
I
t
C. Design seismic-restraint hangers and supports for piping and equipment and obtain approval
from authorities having jurisdiction.
1.5
A.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For the following:
1. Steel pipe hangers and supports.
2. Thermal-hanger shield inserts.
3. Pipe positioning systems.
Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the
following:
1 . Trapeze pipe hangers. Include Product Data for components.
2. Metal framing systems. Include Product Data for components.
3. Pipe stands. Include Product Data for components.
4. Equipment supports.
Welding certificates.c.
1.6
A.
QUATITY ASSTIRANCE
Welding: Qualifo procedures and persormel according to AWS D1.1, 'Structural Welding
Code--Steel."'AWSD1.3, "Shuctural Welding Code--Sheet Steel."'AWSDl.4, "Structural
Welding Code-Reinforcing Steel.""ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section D(.
Welding: Qualifu procedures and personnel according to tbe following:
l. AWS Dl.l, "Structural Welding Code--Steel."
2. AWS Dl.2, "Strucfural Welding Code--Aluminum."
3. AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel."
4. AWS DI.4, "Structural Welding Code--Reinforcing Steel."
5. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section D(.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
MANUFACTTJRERS
In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:
1. Available Manufacfurers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
manufacturers specifi ed.
B.I
I
I
t
I
l
t
I
B.
t
T
I
I
IHANGERS AND SUPPORTS 15060 - 2
- WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% cD: September 2005
- Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
fl 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
manufacfurers specifi ed.
t 2.2 STEEL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
t A. Description: MSS SP-58, Tlpes 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components. Refer to Part 3
"Hanger and Support Applications" Article for where to use specific hanger and support types.
I B. Manufacturers:t
1. AAA Technology & Specialties Co., Inc.
I 2. Bergen-Power iipe Supports.a' 3. B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industrtes.
4. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc.
I 5. Empire Indushies, lnc.
A 6. ERlCO/Ir,lichigan Hanger Co.v 7. Globe Pipe Hanger Products, Inc.
- 8. Grinnell Corp.
fJ 9. GS Metals Corp.
10. National Pipe Hanger Corporation.
a I l. PHD Manufacturing, krc.
I 12. PHS lndustries, Inc.'a 13. Piping Technology & hoducts, Inc.- 14. Tolco lnc.
! C. Galvanized, Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped.
I D. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner.
I E. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion for support of
11 bearing surface ofpiping.
I
It
2.3 TRAPEZEPIPEHANGERSI
J A. Description: MSS SP-69, Type 59, shop- or freld-fabricated pipe-support assembly made from
structural-steel shapes with MSS SP-58 hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U-bolts.
I
2.4 METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS
I A. Description: MFMA-3, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made of steel channels
and other components.
ar
I B. Manufacturers:
l. B-Line Systems, lnc.; a division of Cooper lndustries.
I 2. ERlCo/Michigan Hanger Co.; EmSTRut oiv.lP 3. GS Metals Corp.
4. Power-Strut Div.; Tyco International, Ltd.
t
I
HANGERSANDSUPPORTS 15060 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIIIMS
Vail, Colorado
5. Thomas & Betts Corporation.
6. Tolco Inc.
'7 . Unistrut Corp.; Tyco International, Ltc.
2.5
A.
B.
D.
E.
F.
G.
2.6
A.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
C. Coatings: Manufacturer's standard finish, unless bare metal surfaces are indicated.
D. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner'
THERMAL-HANGER SHIELD INSERTS
Description: 100-psig minimum, compressive-strength insulation insert encased in sheet metal
shield.
Manufacturers:
1. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc.
2. ERlCO,tlvlichigan Hanger Co.
3. PHS Industries, Inc.
4. Pipe Shields, Inc.
5, Rilco Manufacturing Company, Inc.
6. Value Engineered Products, Inc.
Insulation-Insert Material for Cold Piping: Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type I
calcium silicate with vapor barrier.
Insulation-Insert Material for Hot Piping: Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type I
calcium silicate.
For Trapeze or Clamped Systerns: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference ofpipe.
For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees ofpipe.
Insert Length: Extend 2 inches beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient
air temperature.
FASTENER SYSTEMS
Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel sfud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete
with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building
materials where used.
1 . Manufacfurers:
a. Hilti, Inc.
b. ITW Ramset/Red Head.
c. Masterset Fastening Systems, Inc.
d. MKT Fastening, LLC.
e. Powers Fasteners.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
l
T
I
I
l
t
I
t
IHANGERS AND SUPPORTS 15060 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
t
I
I
t
;
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
B. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-t1pe zinc-coated steel, for use in hardened
portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported
loads and building materials where used.
I . Manufacturers:
a. B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries.
b. Empire Indushies, Inc.
c. Hilti, krc.
d. ITW Ramset/Red Head.
e. MKTFastening, LLC.
f. Powers Fasteners.
2.7 PIPE STAND FABRICATION
A. Pipe Stands, General: Shop or field-fabricated assemblies made of manufactured corrosion-
resistant components to support roof-mounted piping.
B. Compact Pipe Stand: One-piece plastic unit with integral-rod-roller, pipe clamps, or V-shaped
cradle to support pipe, for roof installation without membrane penetration.
l. Manufacturers:
a. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co.
b. MIRO Industries.
C. Low-Type, Single-Pipe Stand: One-piece stainless-steel base unit with plastic roller, for roof
installation without memb'rane penetration.
1. Manufacfurers:
a. MIRO Industries.
D. High-Type, Single-Pipe Stand: Assembly of baseo vertical and horizontal members, and pipe
support, for roof installation without membrane penetration.
I . Manufacturers:
a. ERlCO/Ivlichigan Hanger Co.
b. MIRO lndustries.
c. Portable Pipe Hangers.
d.
2. Base: Stainless steel.
3. Vertical Members: Two or more cadmium-plated-steel or stainless-steel, continuous-
thread rods.
4. Horizontal Member: Cadmium-plated-steel or stainless-steel rod with plastic or stainless-
steel, roller-t1pe pipe support.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 15060 - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
2.10
A.
B.
3.1
A.
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
t'
I
t
E. High-T1pe, Multiple-Pipe Stand: Assembly of bases, vertical and horizontal members, and pipe
supports, for roof installation without membrane penetration.
l. Manufacturers:
a. Portable PiPe Hangers'
2. Bases: One or more Plastic'3. Vertical Members: Two or more protective-coated-steel channels'
4- HorizontalMember: Protective-coated-steelchannel.
5. Pipe Supports: Galvanized-steel, clevis-type pipe hangers.
F. Curb-Mounting-Type Pipe Stands: Shop- or field-fabricated pipe support made from structural-
steel shape, continuous-thread rods, and rollers for mounting on permanent stationary roofcurb.
2.8 PIPE POSITIONING SYSTEMS
A. Description: IAPMO PS 42, systern of metal brackets, clips, and straps for positioning piping in
pipe spaces for plumbing fixtures for commercial applications.
B. Manufacturers:
1. C&SMfg.Corp.
2. HOLDRITE Corp.; Hubbard Enterprises.
3. Samco StamPing, Inc.
2.9 EQUIPMENT SIIPPORTS
A. Description: Welded, shop- or freld-fabricated equipment support made from structural-steel
shapes.
I
t
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
Structural Steel: ASTM A36lA 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized.
Grout: ASTMC 1107, factory-mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic-cement, nonshrink and
nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications.
l. Properties: Nonstaining,noncorrosive,andnongaseous.
2. Design Mix: 5000-psi 28-day compressive skength.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS
Specific hanger and support requirements are specified in Sections specifying piping systems
and equipment.
HANGERS AND STIPPORTS 15060 - 6
I
l
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
l
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUM S
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in
piping system Sections.
Use hangers and supports with galvanized, metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will
not have field-applied finish.
Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for elecholyic protecfion where attachments are in
direct contact with copper tubing.
Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching.
Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in
piping system Sections, install the following tlpes:
Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (lvISS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or
insulated stationarypipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30.
Yoke-Type Pipe Clamps (MSS Type2): For suspansion of 120 to 450 degF pipes,
NPS 4 to NPS 16, requiring up to 4 inches of insulation.
Carbon- or Alloy-Steel, Double-Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of
pipes, NPS 3/4 to NPS 24, requiing clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches of insulafion.
Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes, NPS l/2 to
NPS 24, if little or no insulation is required.
Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes, NPS l/2 to NPS 4, to allow off-
center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection.
Adjustable Swivel Split- or Solid-Ring Hangers (MSS Type 6): For suspension of
noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/4 to NPS 8.
Adjustable, Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated
stationary pipes, NPS l/2 to NPS 8.
Adjustable Band Hangers (MSS Type 9): For suspension of noninsulated stationary
pipes, NPS l/2 to NPS 8.
Adjustable Swivel-Ring Band Hangers (MSS Type l0); For suspension of noninsulated
stationary pipes, NPS 1i2 to NPS 2.
Split Pipe-Ring with or without Tumbuckle-Adjustment Hangers (MSS Type 1l): For
suspension ofnoninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/8 to NPS 8-
Extension Hinged or 2-Bolt Split Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 12): For suspension of
noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/8 to NPS 3.
U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For suppod of heary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30.
Clips (MSS Type 26): For support of insulated pipes not subject to expansion or
contractlon.
Pipe Saddle Supports (A4SS Type 36): For support of pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel
pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange.
Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 36, with
steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange and with U-bolt to retain pipe.
Adjustable Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38)l For stanchion-type support for pipes,
NPS 2-112 to NPS 36, if verlical adjustment is required with steel pipe base stanchion
support and cast-iron floor flange.
Single Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1 to NPS 30, from 2
rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur.
Adjustable Roller Hangers (MSS Type 43): For suspension of pipes, NPS 2-112 to
NPS 20, fiom single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction
mi sht occur.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
l.
2.
J.
A
I
17.
18.
HANGERS AND SIIPPORTS 15060 - 7
100% CD: September 2005 |
FOR CONSTRUCTTON
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINITA4S
Vail, Colorado
19. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS T1pe44): For support of pipes, NPS2 to NPS42' if
longifudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but vertical
adjustment is not necessary.
20. Pipe Roll and Plate Units (MSS Tlpe 45): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 24, if
small horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur and vertical
adjustment is not necessary.
21. Adjustable Pipe Roll and Base Units (MSS Type 46): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to
1{pS 30, if vertical and lateral adjustment during installation might be required in addition
to expansion and contraction.
G. Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping systern
Sections, install the following [pes:
L Extension Pipe or Riser clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to
NPS 20.
2. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type42): For support of pipe risers,
NPS 3/4 to NPS 20, if longer ends are required for riser clamps.
H. Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless othenvise indicated and except as specified in piping system
Sections, install the following types:
1. Steel Tumbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads.
2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations.
3. Swivel Tumbuckles (MSS Type l5): For use with MSS Type I l, split pipe rings.
4. Malleable-Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various fypes of
building attachments.
5. Sreel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations.
I. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system
Sections, install the following types:
1. Steel or Malleable Conffete Inserts (MSS Type l8): For upper attachment to suspend
pipe hangers from concrete ceiling.
2. Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use rmder roof installations with bar-joist
construction to aftach to top flange of structural shape.
3. Side-Beam or Charmel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams,
channels, or angles.
4. Center-Beam Clamps (IvISS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams.
5. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type2?): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads
are considerable and rod sizes are large.
6. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes.
7. Top-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 25): For top of beams if hanger rod is required tangent to
flange edge.
8. Side-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 27): For bottom of steel I-beams'
9. Steel-Beam Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 28): For attaching to bottom of steel I-
beams for heavy loads.
10. Linked-Steel Clamps with Eye Nuts (I{SS Tlpe 29): For attaching to bottom of steel I-
beams for heary loads, with link extensions.
11. Malleable Beam Clamps with Extension Pieces (N{SS Type30): For attaching to
structural steel.
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
IHANGERS AND SUPPORTS 15060 - 8
t
t
t
t
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINITMS
Vail, Colorado
l0\o/o CD:. September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
12. Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below, or for suspending from above
by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads:
a. Light (MSS Ty2e 31): 750Ib.
b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb.
c. Heary (MSS Type 33): 3000lb.
13. Side-Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams.
14. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required.
15. Horizontal Travelers (MSS Type 58): For supporting piping systems subject to linear
horizontal movement where headroom is limited.
J. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system
Sections, install the following types:
l. Steel Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with
insulation that matches adjoining insulation.
2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer
to prevent crushing insulation.
3. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe.
K. Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping
system Sections, install the following types:
1. Restaint-Conhol Devices (MSS Tlpe 47): Where indicated to control piping movement'
2. Spring Cushions (MSS Type 48): For light loads if vertical movement does not exceed
1-1/4 inches.
3. Spring-cushion Roll Hangers (r,ISS Type 49): For equipping Type 41 roll hanger with
spnngs.
4. Spring Sway Braces (MSS Type 50): To retard sway, shock, vibration, or thermal
expansion in piping systems.
5. Variable-Spring Hangers (MSS Type 51): Preset to indicated load and limit variability
factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from hanger.
6. Variable-Spring Base Supports (MSS Type 52): Preset to indicated load and limit
variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from
base support.
7. Variable-SpringTrapeze Hangers (MSS T1pe53): Preset to indicated load and limit
variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction ofpiping system from
trapeze support.
8. Constant Supports: For critical piping stress and if necessary to avoid tansfer of shess
from one support to another support, critical terminal, or connected equipment' Include
auxiliary stops for erection, hydrostalic test, and load-adjustment capability. These
. supports include the following types:
a. Horizontal (MSS Type 54): Mounted horizontally.
b. Vertical (MSS Type 55): Mounted vertically.
c. Trapeze (MSS Type 56): Two vertical-type supports and one trapeze member'
L. Comply with MSS SP-69 for trapeze pipe hanger selections and applications that are not
specified in piping system Sections.
I
I
l
I
t
I
l
t
I
I
t
t
I
I HANGERSAND SUPPORTS 15060 - 9
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
M. Comply with MFMA-102 for metal {iaming
specified in piping system Sections.
J-Z
A.
F.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
system selections and applications that are not
N. Use mechanical-expansion anchors instead of building attachments where required in conffete
construction.
O. Use pipe positioning systems in pipe spaces behind plumbing fixtures to support supply and
waste piping for plumbing fixtures.
I
J
I
1
I
t
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
,l
I
I
HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
Steel Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers,
supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building
strucfure.
Trapeze Pipe Hanger lrstallation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Arrange for
grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping and support together on freld-fabricated trapeze
pipe hangers.
l. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space hapezes for srnallest pipe size or
install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified above for individual
pipe hangers.
2. Field fabricate from ASTM A 361A36M, steel shapes selected for loads being supported.
Weld steel according to AWS D1.1.
Metal Framing System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs ofpiping and support
together on field-assembled metal framing systems.
Thermal-Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping.
Fastener System Installation:
l. lnstall mechanical-expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely
cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions.
Pipe Stand Installation:
1. Pipe Stand Types except Curb-Mounting Type: Assemble components and mount on
smooth roof surface. Do not penetrate roof membrane.
2. Curb-Mounting-Type Pipe Stands: Assemble components or fabricate pipe stand and
mount on permanent, stationary roof cwb. Refer to Division 7 Section "Roof
Accessories" for curbs.
Pipe Positioning System Installation: Install support devices to make rigid supply and waste
piping connections to each plumbing fixture. Refer to Division l5 Section "Plumbing Fixtures"
for plumbing fixtures.
Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and
other accessories.
D.
E.
G.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 15060 - r 0
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
I. EquipmentSupportlnstallation: Fabricatefromwelded-structural-steel shapes.
J. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping
systems, to permit fi'eedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of
expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bards, and similar units.
K. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying.
L. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional
attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 2-112 and larger
and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten
inserts to fotms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts-
M. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so piping live and dead loads and stresses from
movement will not be fansmitted to comected equipment.
N. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so maximum
pipe deflections allowed by ASMEB3l.1 (for power piping) and ASMEB3l.9 (for building
services piping) are not exceeded.
O. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following:
l. Attach clamps and spacers to piping.
a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through
insulation.
b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shield
insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert.
c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits according to ASME 831.1 for power piping and
ASME 831.9 for building services piping.
2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is
indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation.
a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight-
distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger ifpipe is installed on rollers.
3. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields
shall span an arc of 180 degrees.
a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight-
distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers.
4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following:
a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-112: 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick.
b. NPS 4: 12 inches long and 0.06 inch thick.
c. NPS 5 and NPS 6: 18 inches lonq and 0.06 inch thick.
5. Insert Material: Length at Ieast as long as protective shield.
6. Thermal-Hanser Shields: tnstall with insulation same thickness as piping insulation.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 15060 - I 1
100% CD: September 2005 I
FORCONSTRUCTION
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
-l.J
A.
J.+
A.
B.
c.
3.5
A.
B.
3.6
A.
C.
EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS
Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from strucfure overhead or to support
equipment above floor.
Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make smooth bearing surface.
Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports.
METAL FABRICATIONS
Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment
supports.
Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be
shop welded because of shipping size limitations.
Field Welding: Comply with AWS Dl.1 procedures for shielded metal arc welding appearance
and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and with the following:
l. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion
resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after frnishing and contotrs
of welded surfaces match adiacent contours.
ADruSTING
Hanger Adjustrnents: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve
indicated slope of pipe.
Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to l'll2 inches.
PAINTING
Touch Up: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately
after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply
with SSPC-PA I requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces.
L Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils.
Touch Up: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted cormections, and abraded areas
of shop paint on miscellaneous metal are specified in Division 9 .
Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply
galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.
B.
C.
j
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
B.
t
IHANGERS AND SIIPPORTS 15060 - 12
!
t
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
END OF SECTION 15060
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 15060 - 13
T WESTHAVEN C.ND.MINIUMS
Vail. ColoradoI
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
I SECTION 15071 - MECHANICAI VIBRATION AND CONTROLS
I PART I-GENERAT
I r.1 RELATEDDocLMENTS
I
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
I Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I
B. Reference the Noise, Vibration and Motion Control specification (Section 15242) for the Park
;; Tower Condominiums project in Denver, Colorado. This specification is a supplement and
I contains additional requirements for vibration control. Any differences in this specification and
this Section 15071 shall be priced separately as a bid altemate. Call R. A. Nelson for copy of
- this specification
t
1.2 SUMMARY
-I A. This Section includes the following:
1! 1. Elastomeric isolation pads and mounts
f| 2. Restrained elastomeric isolation mounts.
3. Freestanding and restrained spring isolators.
l| 4. Housed spring mounts.
| 5. Elastomeric hangers.' 6. Spring hangers.
11 7. Spring hangers with verficallimit stops.
I 8. Thrust limits.
9. Pipe riser resilient supports.
r 10. Resilient pipe guides.
I I l. Freestanding and restrained air spring isolators.t 12. Restraining cables.
13. Steel and inertia, vibration isolation equipment bases.
I
1.3 SUBMITIALS
t A. Product Data: Include load deflection curves for each vibration isolation device.
I B. Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Include the following:t ' "T::iH,J::':H:"i""::u?"':lH"*"?:?$,*T:"*'"h.:T*iili, trj*:'3,fi:. ili
rails, base weights, equipment static loads, power transmission, component misalignment,
a and cantilever loads.
C. Weldinscertificates-l
I
MECHANICAL VIBRATION AND CONTROLS 15071- 1
IWESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
D. Air-Mounting System Performance Certification: lnclude natwal fiequency, 1oad, and damping
tests performed by an independent laboratory or acoustician.
1.4 QUALITYASSURANCE
A. Welding: Quali$, procedures and persormel according to AWSDl.l, "Structural Welding
Code--Stee1."
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into base. Concrete,
reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3.
B. Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. These items
are specified in Division 7 Section "Roof Accessories."
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
2.1 MANI.IFACTI.IRERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
l. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
manufacturers specifi ed.
2.2 VIBRATION ISOLATORS
A. AvailableManufacturers:
B. Manufacturers:
l. Mason Industries, Inc.
2. Ace Mounting Co, Inc.
3. B-Line Systems, Inc.
4. Califomia Dynamics Corp.
5. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc.
6. Vibration Eliminator Co', Inc.
7. Vibration Isolation Co.. Inc.
8. Vibration Mountings & Controls/Korfund
C. Elastomeric Isolator Pads, Oil- and water-resistant elastomer or natural rubber, arranged in
single or multiple layers, molded with a nonslip pattern and galvanized steel baseplates of
sufficient stiffiress for uniform loading over pad area, and factory cut to sizes that match
requirements of supported equipment.
1. Material: Standard neoprene.
I
t
T
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
IMECHANICAL VIBRATION AND CONTROLS 15071- 2
t
t
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
t
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
D. Elastomeric Mounts, Double-deflection type, with molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene
isolator elements with factory-drilled, encapsulated top plate for bolting to equipment and witb
baseplate for bolting to structure. Color-code or otherwise identify to indicate capacity range.
E. Restrained Elastomeric Mounts. All-directional elastomeric mountings with seismic restraint.
l. Materials: Cast-ductile-iron housing containing two separate and opposing, molded,
bridge-bearing neoprene elements that prevent central threaded sleeve and attachment
bolt from contacting the casting during normal operation.
F. Spring Isolators, Freestanding, laterally stable, open-spring isolators.
l. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the
spring at rated load.
2. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
3. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of the rated vertical stiffiress.
4. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without
deformation or failure.
5. Baseplates: Factory drilled for bolting to struchre and bonded to ll4-inch- (6-mm-)
thic\ rubber isolator pad attached to baseplate underside. Baseplates shall limit floor
load to 100 psig (690 kPa).
6. Top Plate and Adjustment Bolt: Ttueaded top plate with adjustment bolt and cap screw
to fasten and level equipment.
G. Restrained Spring Isolators, Freestanding, steel, open-spring isolators.
I . Housing: Steel with resilient vertical-limit stops to prevent spring extension due to wind
loads or if weight is removed; factory-drilled baseplate bonded to l/4-inch- (6-mm-)
thiclg elastomeric isolator pad attached to baseplate underside; and adjustable equipment
mounting and leveling bolt that acts as blocking during installation.
2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the
spring at rated load.
3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
4. Lateral Stiffriess: More than 80 percent of the rated vertical stiffness.
5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without
deformation or failure.
H. Housed Spring Mounts, Housed spring isolators.
1. Housing: Ductile-iron or steel housing to provide all-directional seismic restraint.
2. Base: Factory drilled for bolting to structure.
L Elastomeric Hangers, Double-deflection Ope, with molded, oil-resistant rubber or neopr€ne
isolator elernents bonded to steel housings with threaded connections for hanger rods. Color-
code or otherwise identift to indicate capacity range.
J. Spring Hangers, Combination coil-spring and elastomeric-insert hanger with spring and insert in
compresslon.
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
MECHANICAL VIBRATION AND CONTROLS 15071- 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
I
100% CD: September 2005 I
TORCONSTRUCTION
1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a
maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger-rod misalignment without binding or reducing
isolation effrciency.
2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the
spring at rated load.
3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent ofthe rated vertical stiffness.
5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without
deformation or failure.
6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. Steel-washer-reinforced
cup to support spring and bushing projecting through bottom of fiame.
K. Spring llangers with Vertical-Limit Stop, Combination coil-spring and elastomeric-insert
hanger with spring and insert in compression and with a vertical-limit stop.
1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a
maximum of 30.degrees of angular hanger-rod misalignment without binding or reducing
isolation efficiency.
2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the
spring at rated load.
Minimurn Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of the rated vertical stifliress.
Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without
deformation or failure.
Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene.
Adjustable Vertical Stop: Steel washer with neoprene washer "up-stop" on lower
threaded rod.
L. Pipe Riser Resilient Support, All-directional, acoustical pipe anchor consisting of 2 steel tubes
separated by a minimum of l/2-inch- (13-mm-) thick, 60-durometer neoprene. Include steel
and neoprene vertical-limit stops arranged to prevent vertical travel in both directions. Design
support for a maximum load on the isolation material of 500 psig (3.45 MPa) and for equal
resistance in all directions.
M. Thrust Limits: Combination coil spring and elastomeric insert with spring and insert in
compression and with a load stop. Include rod and angle-iron brackets for attaching to
equipment.
Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to tlreaded rods and to allow for a maximum of
30 degrees of angular rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation e{ficiency.
Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the
spring at rated load.
Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of the rated vertical stiffrress.
Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without
deformation or failure.
6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene.
7. Coil Spring: Factory set and field adjustable for a maximum of ll4-inch (6-mm)
movement at start and stoP.
J.
4.
5.
6.
'7.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
1.
J.
4.
5.
MECHANICAL VIBRATION AND CONTROLS 15071- 4
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
2.3 VIBRATION ISOLATION EQUIPMENT BASES
A. AvailableManufacturers:
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
T
I
t
t
l
I
l
B. Manufacturers:
1. Amber/Booth Company, Inc.
2. Califomia Dynamics Corp.
3. Isolation Technology, Inc.
4. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc.
5. Mason Industries, Inc.
6. Vibrration Eliminator Co., Inc.
7. Vibration Isolation Co., Inc.
8. Vibration Mountings & ControlslKorfund.
C. Steel Base , Factory-fabricated, welded, structural-steel bases and rails.
l. Design Requirements: Lowest possible mounting height witl not less than l-inch (25-
mm) clearance above the floor. Include equipment anchor bolts and auxiliary motor slide
bases or rails. Include supports for suction and discharge elbows for pumps.
2. Struchnal Steel: Steel shapes, plates, and bars complying with ASTM A 36/,{ 36M.
Bases shall have shape to accommodate supported equipment.
3. Support Brackets: Factory-welded steel angles on frame for outrigger isolation
mountings and to provide for anchor bolts and equipment support.
D. Inertia Base, Factory-fabricated, welded, struchral-steel bases and rails ready for freld-applied
cast-in-place concrete.
l. Design Requirements: Lowest possible mounting height with not less than l-inch (25-
mm) clearance above the floor. Include equipment anchor bolts and auxiliary motor slide
bases or rails. Include supports for suction and discharge elbows for pumps.
2. Structtral Steel: Steel shapes, plates, and bars complying with ASTM A 36l.{ 36M.
Bases shall have shape to accommodate supported equipment.
3. Support Brackets: Factory-welded steel angles on frame for outrigger isolation
mountings and to provide for anchor bolts and equipment support.
4. Fabrication: Fabricate steel templates to hold equipment anchor-bolt sleeves and anchors
in place during placement of concrete. Obtain anchor-bolt templates from supported
equipment manufacturer.
FACTORYFIMSHES
Manufacturer's standard prime-coat finish ready for field painting.
Finish: Manufacturer's standard paint applied to factory-assembled
before shipping.
1. Powder coating on springs and housings.
2. All hardware shall be electrogalvanized. Hot-dip galvanize
exterior use"
3. Baked enamel for metal components on isolators for interior use.
and -tested equipment
metal components for
2.4
A.
B.
I
I
I
MECHANICAL VIBRATION AND CONTROLS 15071- 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIIIM S
Vail, Colorado
100%CD: September200, I
FORCONSTRUCTION
4- Color-code or otherwise mark vibration isolation and conhol devices to indicate capacity
range.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
c.
EXAMINATION
Examine areas and equipment to receive vibration isolation and control devices for compliance
with requirements, installation toletances, and other conditions affecting performance.
Examine roughing-in of reinforcement and cast-in-place anchors to verifu acfual locations
before installation.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
INSTALLATION
Install thrust limits at centerline of thrust, symmetrical on either side of equipment.
Install restraining cables at each kapeze and individual prp€ hanger. At trapeze anchor
locations, shackle piping to trapeze. Install cables so they do not bend across sharp edges of
adjacent equipment or building structure.
Install steel angles or channel, sized to prevent buckling, clamped with ductile-iron clamps to
hanger rods for trapeze and individual pipe hangers. At trapeze anchor locations, shackle piping
to f:apze. Requirements apply equally to hanging equipment. Do not weld angles to rods.
Install resilient bolt isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts.
c.
3.3 EQUIPMENT BASES
A. Fill concrete inertia bases, after installing base frame, with 3000-psi (20.7-MPa) concrete;
trowel to a smooth finish.
1. Cast-in-place concrete materials and placement requirements are specified in Division 3.
B. Concrete Bases: Anchor equipment to concrete base according to supported equipment
manufacturer's written instructions for seismic codes at Project site.
l. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless oiherwise indicated,
install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of the base.
Z. Install epoxy-coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend througb concrete
base and anchor into strucfural concrete floor.
3. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use Setting Drawings, templates, diagrams,
inskuctions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.
4. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment.
5. Install anchor bolts according to anchor$olt manufacturer's written instructions.
6. Cast-in-place concrete materials and placement requirements are specified in Division 3.
t
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
1
I
A.
B.
B.
3.1
3.2
t
I
I
I
I
I
D.
I
I
MECHANICAI VIBRATION AND CONTROLS 15071- 6
I
I' WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS IOO% CD: SCPICMbCT 2OO5
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
r 3.4 FrELD QUALITY CONTROL
I A. Testingl Engage a qualified testing agency to perform the following field quality-control
I testing:
I B. Testing: Perform the following field quality-conhol testing:
f l. Isolator restraint clearance.
2. Isolator deflection.
I
3.5 ADruSTINGt
I A. Adjusl isolators after piping systems have been filled and equipment is at operating weight.
I B. Adjust limit stops on restrained spring isolators to mount equipment at normal operating height.
I After equipment installation is complete, adjust limit stops so they are out of contact during
normal operation.
I C. Attach thrust limits at centerline of thrust and adjust to a maximum of l/4-inch (6-mm)
movement during start and stop.
I D. Adjust air spring leveling mechanism.
-I
E. Adjust active height of spring isolators.
J F. Torque anchor bolts according to equipment manufacfurer's written recommendations to restst
sersmic forces.
-
3.6 CLEANING
I A. After completing equipment installation, inspect vibration isolation and seismic-control devices.t Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris.
I
t END OF SECTTON
I
t
I
I
MECHANICAL VIBRATION AND CONTROLS 15071.']
r
-.I WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% cD: september 2005
Vail- Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTIONI
t
SECTION 15082 - PLUMBING INSULATION
-
I
PART 1-GENERALt
' 1.r RELATEDDOcUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemantary
I Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I
I 1,2 STJMMARY
l A. Section Includes:
- 1. Insulation Material:
I 2. Insulating cements.t 3. Adhesives.4. Mastics.
| 5. Laggrng adhesives.I 6. Sealants.
7 . Factory-applied jackets.
I 8. Field-applied fabric-reinforcing mesh.
t 9. Field-applied cloths.
10. Field-appliedjackets.
I 11. Tapes.
I 12. Securements.
13. Comer angles.
I B. Related Sections include the following:
l. Division 15 Section'IfVAC Insulation."
I
I 1.3 SUBMTTTALS
I A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, thickness, and
t jackets (both factory and freld applied, ifany).
I B. ShopDrawings:
--' l. Detail application of protecfive shields, saddles, and inserts at bangers for each fipe of
I 2. il:*iti::'ilt1#liii,..o"" at pipe expansionloints ror each type orinsulation.r 3. Detail insulation application at elbows, fittings, flanges, valves, and specialties for each
| 4. ffi';l*iffi:'insulation at piping specialties, equipment conn€ctions, and access
I panels.
5. Detailapplicafionoffield-appliedjackets.l
I
PLUI\4BING INSULATION 15082 - 1
100%CD:September2005 |
FOR CONSTRUCTION
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
L..
c.
6. Detail application at linkages ofconhol devices,
7 . Detail field application for each equipment type.
Qualification Data: For qualified Installer.
Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction indicating interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation
materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets, with requirements indicated. Include
dates of tests and test methods employed.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Insulation and related materials shall have fire-test-
response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84,
by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jwisdiction. Factory label
insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with
appropriate markings ofapplicable testing and inspecting agency.
1. Insulation krstalled lndoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed
index of 50 or less.
COORDINATION
Coordinate size and location of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in
Division l5 Section "Hangets and Supports."
Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Install'er for piping insulation application and
equipment Instailer for equipment insulation application. Before preparing piping Shop
Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field-
appliedjackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance.
Coordinate installation and testing of heat hacing.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
INSULATIONMATERIALS
Comply with requirements in Part 3 schedule
applied.
articles for where insulatinc materials shall be
Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds.
Calcium Silicate:
l. Preformed Pipe Sections: Flat-, curved-, and grooved-block sections of noncombustible,
inorganic, hydrous calcium silicate with a non-asbestos fibrous reinforcement. Comply
with ASTM C 533, Type I.
I
I
I
T
I
T
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
D.
A.
B.
L-
t.4
l-5
2.1
PLTIMBING INSULATION 15082 - 2
!
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
3.1I
2. Flat-, curved-, and grooved-block sections of noncombustible, inorganic, hydrous
calcium silicate with a non-asbestos fibrous reinforcement. Comply with ASTM C 533,
Type I.
3. Prefabricated Fitting Covers: Comply with ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585 for
dimensions used in preforming insulation to cover valves, elbows, tees, and flanges.
D. Cellular Glass: Inorganic, incombustible, foamed or cellulated glass with annealed, rigid,
hermetically sealed cells. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-
Applied Jackets" Article.
1. Block Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type I.2. Special-Shaped Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type III.
3. Board lnsulation: ASTM C 552, Type IV.
4. Preformed Pipe Insulation without Jacket: Comply with ASTM C 552, Type tr, Class l.
5. Preformed Pipe Iasulation with Factory-Applied [ASJ] [ASJ-SSL]: Comply with
ASTM C 552, Type II, Class 2.
6. Factory fabricate shapes according to ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585.
E. Mineral-Fiber Blanket lnsulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin.
Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II and ASTM C 1290, Tlpe I. Factory-applied jacket
requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article.
F. Mineral-Fiber Board Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin.
Comply with ASTMC612, TypeIA or TlpeIB. For equipment applications, provide
insulation with factory-applied ASJ. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in
"Factory-Applied Jackets" Article.
G. Mineral-Fiber, Pipe and Tank Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting
resin. Semirigd board material with.factory-applied ASJ compllng with ASTMC 1393,
Type II or Type IIIA Category 2, or with properties similar to ASTM C 6l2,Type IB. Nominal
density is 2.5 lb/cu. ft. (40 kg/cu. m) or more. Thermal conductivity (k-value) at 100 deg F (55
deg C) is 0.29 Btu x in-/h x sq. ft. x deg F (0.042 Wm x K) or less. Factory-applied jacket
requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation and other
conditions affecting performance of insulation application.
L Verify that systems and equipment to be insulated have been tested and are free of
defects.
2. Veriff that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry.
3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.I
I
I
I PLIIMBING INSULATION 15082 - 3
J.J
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will
adversely affect insulation application.
B. Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with
requirements for heat hacing that apply to insulation.
c.
GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces;
free of voids throughout the length of equipment and piping including fittings, valves, and
specialties.
Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required
for each item of equipment and pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules.
Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install
accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or
dry state.
Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs.
Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.
Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties.
Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.
Install insulation with tight longirudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with
adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
Install insulation with least number ofjoints practical'
Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers,
supports, anchors, and othel projebtions with vapor-barrier mastic.
1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.
2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor
legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to strucfure. Taper
and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic.
3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to
insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation
material manufacturer.
4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. lnstall shields over
jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield.
Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufactwer's recommended coverage rate and wet
and dry film thicknesses.
I
t
I
I
I
A.
B,
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
D,
E.
F.
G,
H.
J.
I
I
I
IPLTII\4BING INSULATION 15082 - 4
A.
B.
C.
J.1
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
L. Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows:
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
l. Draw jacket tight and smooth.
2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- (75-mm-) wide strips, of same material as
insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both
edges of strip, spaced 4 inches (100 mm) o.c.
3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1i2 inches (38 mm). Install insulation with
longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap.
Staple laps with oufward clinching staples along edge at4 inches (100 mm) o.c.
a. For below ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples.
4. Cover joints and seams with tape as recommended by insulation material manufacturer to
maintain vapor seal.
5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on searns and joints and at
ends adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings.
M. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 gcent of its nominal
thickness.
N. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking
due to thermal movement.
O. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas.
Extend patches at least 4 inches (100 mm) beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal
patches similar to butt joints.
P. For above ambient services, do not install insulation to the following:
I . Vibration-control devices.
2. Testing agency labels and stamps.
3. Nameplates and data plates.
4. Handholes.
5. Cleanouts.
PENETRATIONS
Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated):
Install insulation continuously through walls and partitrons.
Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation
continuously through penetrations of fire-rated walls and partitions.
l. Comply with requirements in Division 7 for firestopping and fire-resistive joint sealers.
Insulalion Installation at Floor Penetrations:
1. Pipe: Insfall insulafion continuously through floor penetrations-
2. Seal penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in Dvision 7
Section "Th,rough-Penetration Firestop Systems."
PLUMBINGINSULATION 15082 - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
3.5 GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION
T
I
t
l
t
I
l
I
il
I
T
l
I
T
I
I
t
t
I
B.
C.
D.
3.6
100% CD: September2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
A. Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more
specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles.
B. Insulation lnstallation on Fittings, Valves, Shainers, Flanges, and Unions:
l. Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with
continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from
same matedal and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly
against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular
surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is
uniform with adjoining pipe insulation.
3. Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same
material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt
each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with
adhesive.
FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION
Where glass-cloth jackets are indicated, install directly over bare insulation or insulation with
factory-applied j ackets.
1. Draw jacket smooth and tight to surface with 2-inch (50-mm) overlap at seams and j oints.
2. Embed glass cloth between two 0.062-inch- ( I .6-mm-) thick coats of lagging adhesive.
3. Completely encapsulate insulation with coating, leaving no exposed insulation.
Where FSK jackets are indicated, install as follows:
1 . Draw jacket material smooth and tight.
2. Install lap orjoint strips with same material as jacket.
3. Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.
4. Install jacket with 1-li2-inch (38-mm) laps at longitudinal seams and 3-inch- (75-mm-)
wide joint strips at end joints.
5. Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor-retarder j ackets and exposed insulation
with vapor-barri er mastic.
Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with l-inch (25-mm) overlap at longitudinal seams and
end joints; for hoizontal applications, install with longitudinal seams along top and bottom of
tanks and vessels. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.
1. Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the
finish bead along seam and joint edge.
Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2-inch (50-mm) overlap at longitudinal seams
and end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams ananged to shed water. Seal end joints with
weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacfurer. Secure jacket with stainless-
steel bands 12 inches (300 mm) o.c. and at end joints,
PLUMBING INSULATION 15082 - 6
It WESTHAVENCONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
f
I 3.7 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE. GENERAL
I A. Accepable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for
I each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system,
selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.
t B. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following:
r l. Undergroundpiping.
I 2. Chrome-plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for persormel tnjwy.
t 3.8 INDooRpIpING TNSULATIoN scHEDULE
I
_ A. Domestic Cold Water:
I 1. 1" and Smaller: krsulation shall be the following:
a. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe hsulation, Type I: I inch thick'
I 1 1 t/., ^-r r ^----. r--,,r-+i^* -r^^t L- +L- f^ll^.,,i-o.r .. | %" and Larger: Insulation shall be the following.
- a. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: I %" thick.
I
I B. Dornestic Hot and Recirculated Hot Water:
l. Insulation shall be the following:
a. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch hick.
I C. Stormwater and Overflow:
I
I 1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following:
l, a. Flexible Elastomeric: [1 inch (25 mm)] <lnsert thicknesP thick.
- b. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch (25 mm) thick.
c. Phenolic: [1 inch (25 mm)] <lnsert thickness> thick.
l. d. Polyisocyanurate: [1 inch (25 mm)] <Insert thicknes9 thick.
f e. Polyolefin: [1 inch (25 mm)] <Insert thicknes9 thick.
D. Roof Drain and Overflow Drain Bodies:
I 1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be one of the following:
a. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe lnsulation, Tlpe I: 1 inch (25 mm) thick.
I,
I E. Exposed Sanitary Drains, Domestic Water, Domestic Hot Water, and Stops for Plumbing
Fixtures for People with Disabilities:
I l. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following:I
a. Flexible Elastomeric: [112 inch (13 mm)] [3/4 inch (19 mm)] [1 inch (25 mm)]
t <Insertthicknes*thick.
a b. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Tlpe I: 1 inch thick.
t
I
PLUMBINGINSULATION 15082 - 7
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
F. Sanitary Waste Piping Where Heat Tracing Is Installed:
104'n CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
il
I
I
l
I
T
I
I
t
t
I
3.9
L All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be[ one oll the following:
a. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1-1i2 inches thick.
INDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE
Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the
field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket.
If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.
Equipment, Concealed:
Piping, Concealed:
I. PVC
Piping, Exposed:
1. PVC
3.IO LINDERGROUND,FIELD-INSTALLEDINSULATIONJACKET
A. For underground direct-buried piping applications, install underground direct-buried jacket over
insulation material.
END OF SECTION I5082
A.
B.
C.
D.
PLIIMBING INSULATION 15082 - 8
I.r WESTI{AVEN CONDOMINruMS l00o/o CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTIONf
I
SECTION 15083 - HVAC INSULATIONIT
PART 1-GENERAL
I!' 1.1 RELATEDDOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementaryr Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
r,I 1.2 SUMMARY
t A. Section Includes:
- L lnsulation Materials:
f 2. Fire-rated insulation systems.
t t^: Insulating cements.
- 5. Mastics.
I 6. Lagging ad,hesives.r 7. Sealants.
8. Factory-appliedjackets.
I 9. Field-applied fabric-reinforcing mesh.I 10. Field-applied cloths.
11. Field-appliedjackets.
I 12. Tapes.
I 13. Securements.
14. Comer angles.
t,
t B. Related Sections:
- L Division 2 Section "Hydronic Disfiibution" for loose-fill pipe insulation in underground
I piping outside the building.t 2. Division 2 Section "Steam Distibution" for loose-fill pipe insulation in undergound
| 3. il'i"'i:t#;tt",:tf#[ilT;rgrnsulation,,t 4. Division 15 Section "Metal Ducts" for duct liners.
|l
a r.3 SUBMITTALS
I A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, thickness, and
t jackets (both factory and field applied, ifany).
I B. Shop Drawings:
t l. Detail application ofprotective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of
insulation and hanger.
I
I
ITACINSULATION 15083 - r
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 200, I
FOR CONSTRUCTION I
I
I
I
I
l
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
B.
C.
1A
2. Detail insulation application at pipe expansion joints for each tlpe ofinsulation,
3. Detail insulation application at elbows, fittings, flanges, valves, and specialties for each
type of insulation.
4. Detail removable insulation at piping specialties, equipment connections, and access
panels.
5. Detailapplicationoffield-appliedjackets.
6. Detail application at linkages of control devices.
7 . Detail field application for each equipment type.
C. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer.
D. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation
materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets, with requirements indicated. Include
dates of tests and test methods employed.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualiflrcations: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship
program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bweau of
Apprenticeship and Training.
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: lnsulation and related materials shall have fire-test-
response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84,
by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities havingjurisdiction. Factory label
insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with
appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency.
1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed
index of 50 or less.
2. lnsulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed
index of 150 or less.
COORDINATION
Coordinate size and location of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in
Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports."
Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application, duct
Installer for duct insulation application, and equipment Installer for equipment insulation
application. Before preparing piping and ductwork Shop Drawings, establish and maintain
clearance requirements for installation of insulation and freld-applied jackets and finishes and
for space required for maintenance.
Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing.
rryAC INSULATION 15083 - 2
B.
D.
F.
2.1
2.2
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
100%CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
INSULATION MATERIALS
Comply with requirements in Part 3 schedule articles for where insulating materials shall be
applied.
Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds.
1. Preformed Pipe Sections: Flat-, curved-, and grooved-block sections of noncombustible,
inorganic, hydrous calcium silicate with a non-asbestos librous reinforcement. Comply
with ASTM C 533, Type L
2. Flat-, curved-, and grooved-block sections of noncombustible, inorganic, hydrous
calcium silicate with a non-asbestos fibrous reinforcement. Comply with ASTM C 533,
Type I.
3. Prefabricated Fitting Covers: Comply with ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585 for
dimensions used in preforming insulation to cover valves, elbows, tees, and flanges'
Cellular Glass: Inorganic, incombustible, foamed or cellulated glass with annealed, rigid,
hermetically sealed cells. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-
Applied Jackets" Article.
l. Blocklnsulation: ASTMC 552,TypeI.
2. Special-Shaped Insulation: ASTM C 552,'fypeIlL
3. Board Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type IV.
4. Preformed Pipe Insulation without Jacket: Cornply with ASTM C 552, Type Il, Class l.
5. Preformed Pipe lnsulation with Factory-Applied ASJ: Comply with ASTM C 552,
Type II, Class 2.
6. Factory fabricate shapes according to ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585.
Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetfing resin.
Comply with ASTMC553, TypeII and ASTMC1290, Typel Factory-applied jacket
requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article.
Mineral-Fiber Board Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin.
Comply with ASTM C 612, Type IA or Type IB. For duct and plenum applications, provide
insulation with factory-applied ASJ
Mineral-Fiber, Pipe and Tank lnsulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting
resin. Semirigid board material with factory-applied ASJ complying with ASTM C 1393,
Type II or Type IIIA Category 2, or with properties similar to ASTM C 612,Type IB. Nominal
density is 2.5lblctt. ft. (40 kg/cu. m) or more. Thermal conductivity (k-value) at 100 deg F (55
deg C) is 0.29 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F (0.042 Wm x K) or less. Factory-applied jacket
requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article.
FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS
tnsulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When
factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following:
HVACINSULATION 15083 - 3
WESTHAVENCONDOMINruMS
Vaii. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005 'l
FORCONSTRUCTION I
1. ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with aluminum-foil backing;
complying with ASTM C I I36, Type I.
2. ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive covered by a
removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I.
3. FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing;
complying with ASTM C 1 136, Type II.
4. FSP Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with polyethylene backing;
complying with ASTM C I136, Type II.
5. PVDC Jacket for Indoor Applications: 4-mil- (0.10-mrn-) thick, white PVDC biaxially
oriented barrier film with a permeance at 0.02 perms (0.013 metric perms) when tested
according to ASTM E 96 and with a flame-spread index of 5 and a smoke-developed
index of 20 when tested according to ASTM E 84.
6. PVDC Jacket for Outdoor Applications: 6-mil- (0.15-mm) thiclq white PVDC biaxially
oriented barrier film with a permeance at 0.01 perms (0.007 metric perms) when tested
according to ASTM E 96 and with a flame-spread index of 5 and a smokedeveloped
index of 25 when tested according to ASTM E 84.
FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS
Field-applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated.
FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil-face, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing.
PVC Jacket: High-impact-resistant, UV-resistant PVC complying with ASTM D 1784,
Class 16354-C; thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming.
Thickness is indicated in field-appliedjacket schedules.
Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer.
Color: White.
Factory-fabricated fitting covers to match jacket if available; otherwise, field fabricate.
a. Shapes: 45- and 9O-degree, short- and long-radius elbows, tees, valves, flanges,
unions, reducers, end caps, soil-pipe hubs, traps, mechanical joints, and P-trap and
supply covers for lavatories.
Factory-fabricated tank heads and tank side panels.
Metal Jacket:
1. Aluminum Jacket: Comply with ASTMB209 (ASTMB209NI), Alloy3003, 3005,
3105 or 5005, Temper H-14.
a. Finish and thickness are indicated in field-appliedjacket schedules.
b. Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: 3-mil- (0.075-mm-) thick, heat-
bonded polyethylene and kraft paper.
c. Factory-FabricatedFittingCovers:
Same material, finish, and thickness as jacket.
Preformed Z-piece or gore, 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius
elbows.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
tl
I
t
I
I
I
I
l)
2)
A.
B.
C.
l.
2.
3.
D.
HVACINSULATION 15083 - 4
t WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% cD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTIONfr 3) Tee covers'
4) Flange and union covers.
I 5) End caps.
I 6) Beveled collars.
7) Valve covers.
8) Field fabricate fitting covers only if factory-fabricated fitting covers are not
II available.
I PART3-EXECUTTONr
t 3.r EXAMINATIoNI
A. Examine subshates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation and other
I conditions affecting performance of insulation application.r l. Veriff that systems and equipment to be insulated have been tested and are free of
I defects.
f| 2. Verifythat surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry.
3. Proceed with installation onlv after unsatisfactorv conditions have been conected.
-lI 3.2 PREPARATION
I A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will
t adversely affect insulation application.
I B. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be insulated. Before insulating, apply a
I corrosion coating to insulated surfaces as follows:
I l. Stainless Steel: Coat 300 series stainless steel with an epoxy primer 5 mils (0.127 mm)
I thick and an epoxy finish 5 mils (0.127 mm) thick if operating in a temperature range
between 140 and 300 deg F (60 and 149 deg C). Consult coating manufacturer for
I . appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range.
J\ z. Carbon Steel: Coat carbon steel operating at a service temperature between 32 and 300I deg F (0 and 149 deg C) with * "po*y
coating. Consult coating manufacturer for
appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperahre range.
I C. Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with
requirements for heat hacing that apply to insulation.It D. Mix insulating cem€nts with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with
stainless-steel surfaces. use demineralized water.
.lI] 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
I A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces;f fiee of voids throughout the length of equipment, ducts and fittings, and piping including
fittings, valves, and specialties.I
I
HVAC INSULATION 15083 - 5
100% CD: September 200, I
FORCONSTRUCTION
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, j ackets, and thicknesses required
for each item of equipment, duct system, and pipe system as specified in insulation system
schedules.
C. lnstall accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install
accessories that do not corrode. soften. or otherwise attack insulation or iacket in either wet or
dry state.
D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs.
E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.
F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties.
G. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.
H. lnstall insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with
adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
I. Install insulation with least number ofjoints practical.
J. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers,
supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic.
l. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.
2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor
legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper
and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic.
3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to
insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation
material manufacturer.
4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over
jacket, arranged to protectjacket fiom tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield.
K. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet
and dry film thicknesses.
L. Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows:
|. Draw jacket tight and smooth.
2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- (75-mn-) wide strips, of same material as
insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both
edges of strip, spaced 4 inches (100 mm) o.c.
3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 7-l/2 inches (38 mm). Install insulation with
longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap.
Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 4 inches (100 mm) o.c.
a. For below ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples,
4. Cover joints and seams with tape as recommended by insulation material manufacturer to
maintain vapor seal.
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IHVAC INSULATION 15083 - 6
B.
3.4
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
!
I
I
T
I
T
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
Install insulafion
5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and at
ends adjacent to duct and pipe flanges and fittings.
M. Cut insulation in a manner.to avoid cc,mpressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal
thickness.
N. Finish installation with systems at operating condifions. Repair joint separations and cracking
due to thermal movement.
O. Repair damaged insulation facings by appllng same facing material over damaged areas.
Extend patches at least 4 inches (100 mm) beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal
patches similar to butt joints.
P. For above ambient services, do not install insulation to the following:
1 Vibration-conkoldevices.
2. Testing agency labels and stamps.
3. Nameplates and data plates.
4. Manholes.
5. Handholes.
6, Cleanouts.
PENETRATIONS
Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuouslv throueh roof
penetations.
L Seal penehations with flashing sealant.2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface
and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation,
install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal
joint with joint sealant.
3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches (50 mm) below
top ofroofflashing.
4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant.
lnsulation Installation at Underground Exterior Wall Penetrationq: Terminate insulation flush
with sleeve seal. Seal terminations with flashine sealant.
Insulation Installation at Above eround Exterior Wall Penetations:
continuously through wall penetrati ons.
L Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface
and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation,
install inzulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal
joint with joint sealant.
3. Extend jacket of outdoor irrsulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at
least 2 inches (50 mm).
4. Sealjacket to wall flashing rvith flashing sealant.
HVACINSULATION 15083 - 7
WESTTIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
l
I
I
A.
B.
I
I
I
I
I
t
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
D. Insulafion Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated):
lnstall insulation continuously through walls and partitions.
E. Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation
continuously through penehations of fire-rated walls and partitions. Terminate insulation at fire
damper sleeves for fire-rated wall and partition penetrations. Extemally insulate damper
sleeves to match adjacent insulation and overlap duct insulation atleast 2 inches (50 mm).
l. Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems"
for firestopping and fire-resistive joint sealers.
F. lnsulation Installation at Floor Penetrations:
l. Duct: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations that are not fire rated.
For penehations through fire-rated assemblies, terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves
and externally insulate damper sleeve beyond floor to match adjacent duct insulation.
Overlap dainper sleeve and duct insulation at least 2 inches (50 mm).
2. Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations.
3. Seal penehations through fire-rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in Division 7
Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems."
3.5 GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION
Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more
specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles.
Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Shainers, Flanges, and Unions.l
l. Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with
continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from
same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly
against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular
surfaces with inzulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is
uniform with adjoining pipe insulation.
3. Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same
material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit, Butt
each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with
adhesive.
4. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same
material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoiaing pipe
insulation by not less than two times the thiclness of pipe insulation, or one pipe
diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets,
valve stuffing-box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seamsn and irregular surfaces witl
insulating cement.
5. Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same
material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe
insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe
diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaoes with insulating
cement. lnsulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and
t
I
IIVAC INSULATION 15083 - 8
D.
A.
3.6
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
l
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINII.]MS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
replaced without damagiag the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable
insulation cover. For below ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor
barrier.
6. Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation.
Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe
insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker.
'1 . Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a
mastic. Install vapor-barrier mastic for below ambient services and a breather mastic for
above ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric-reinforcing mesh. Trowel the
mastic to a smooth and well-shaped contour.
8. For services not specified to receive a field-applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric
and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and
unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation
facing using PVC tape.
9. Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "IINION."
Match size and color of pipe labels.
C. Insulate instument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, presswe temperature taps,
test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes, vessels,
and equipment. Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the
connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing cemen! mastjc, and flashing
sealant.
Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to the
following:
1. Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same
thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe
insulation.
2. When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulafion, extend insulation
from flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe
insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainless-
steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket.
3. Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges except fivide
the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body.
4. When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of
mitered blocts wired to stainless-steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached
insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches (50 mm) over
adjacent pipe insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover
and pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating
cement applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel second coat to a
smooth finish.
5. Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules, finish exposed
surfaces with a metal jacket.
MINERAL.FIBER INSULATION INSTALLATION
lnsulation lnstallation on Straight Pipes and Tubes:
I{VAC INSULATION 15083 - 9
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
lo0%o CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
L Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten
bands without deforming insulation materials.
2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longifudinal searns, end joints, and protrusions
with vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant.
3. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above ambient surfaces, secure laps with
outward clinched staples at 6 inches (150 mm) o.c.
4. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below ambient surfaces, do not staple
longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation
material manufacfurer aad seal with vapor-barrier masfic and flashing sealant.
B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:
l. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the
thickness of pipe insulation.
3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of
adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral-fiber blanket insulation.
4. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least
I inch (25 mm), and seal joints with flashing sealant.
C. lnsulation lnstallation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
l. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when
available.
2. When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered sections
of pipe insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation
materials with wire or bands.
D. lnsulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:
1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when
available.
2. When preformed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation to
valve body.
3. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without
disturbing insulation.
4. Instalt insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
E. Blanket Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation
pins.
l. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area,
for 100 percent coverage ofduct and plenum surfaces.
2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and
hansitions.
3. lnstall either capacitor-discharge-weld pins and speed washers or cupped-head, capacitor-
discharge-weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as
follows:
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
l
T
t
t
T
I
T
I
I
I
IHVAC INSULATION 15083 - l0
b.
d.
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIT]MS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches (450 mm) and smaller, place pins along
longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 incbes (75 mm) maximum from insulation
end joints, and 16 inches (400 mm) o.c.
On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches (450 mm), place pins 16
inches (400 mm) o.c. each way, and 3 inches (75 mn) maximum from insulation
joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross
bracing.
Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums.
Do not overcompress insulation during installation.
Impale insulation over pins and attach speed washers.
Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with
insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation
facine.
4. For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous
unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with
insulation by removing 2 inches (50 mm) from 1 edge and I end of insulation segment.
Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with ll2-inch (13-mm) outward+linching
staples, I inch (25 mm) o.c. Install vapor barier consisting of factory- or field-applied
jacket, adhesive, vapor-barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions.
a. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor-
barrier seal.
b. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F (10 deg C)
at l8-foot (5.5-m) intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor-barrier mastic
applied in a Z-shaped pattem over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and
over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to
2 times the insulation thickness but not less than 3 inches (75 mm).
5. Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches (50 mm) on longitudinal seams and end
joints. At end joints, secure with steel bands spaced a maximum of 18 inches (450 mm)
o.c.
6. Install insulation on rectangulm duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section
for each surface. Install insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows with individually
mitered gores cut to fit the elbow.
7. lnsulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with
6-inch- (150-mm-) wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on
alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches (150 mm) o,c.
8. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per rmit area,
for 100 percent coverag€ ofduct and plenum surfaces.
9. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and
hansitions.
10. Install either capacitor-discharge-weld pins and speed washers or cupped-head, capacitor-
discharge-weld pins on sides and bottom ofhorizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as
follows:
a. On duct sides witb dimensions l8 inches (450 mm) and smaller, place pins along
longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches (75 mm) maximum from insulation
end joints, and 16 inches (400 mm) o.c.
HVACINSULATION 15083 - 1l
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
3.7
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches (450 mm), space pins 16
inches (400 mm) o.c. each way, and 3 inches (75 mm) maximum from insulation
joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross
bracing.
c. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums.
d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation.
e. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with
insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation
facing.
11. For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous
unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with
insulation by removing 2 inches (50 mm) from I edge and I end of insulation segment.
Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with ll2-inch (13-mm) outward-clinching
staples, I inch (25 mm) o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or field-applied
jacket, adhesive, vapor-barrier mastic, and sealant atjoints, seams, and protrusions.
a. Repair punctures, tears, and penehations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor-
barrier seal.
b. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F (10 deg C)
at l8-foot (5.5-m) intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor-barrier mastic
applied in a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and
over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to
2 times the insulation thickness but not less than 3 inches (75 mm).
12. Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a fulI insulation section
for each surface. Groove and score insulation to fit as closely as possible to outside and
inside radius of elbows. lnstall insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows with
individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow.
13. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with
6-inch- (150-mm-) wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on
alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches (150 mm) o.c.
FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION
Where glass-cloth jackpts are indicated, install directly over bare insulation or insulation with
factory-applied jackets.
l. Draw jacket smooth and tight to surface with 2-inch (50-mm) overlap at seams and joints.
2. Embed glass cloth between two 0.062-inch'(1.6-mm) thick coats of lagging adhesive.
3. Completely encapsulate insulation with coating, leaving no exposed inzulation.
Where FSK jackets are indicated, install as follows:
1. Draw jacket material smooth and tight.
2. Install lap or joint strips with same material as jacket.
3. Secure jacket to insulation with manufachrer's recommended adhesive.
4. lnstall jacket with l-l/2-inch (38-mm) laps at longitudinal seams and 3-inch- (75-mm-)
wide joint strips at endjoints.
I{VAC INSULATION 1s083 - l2
I WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINII-MS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTIONl
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
5. Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor-retarder jackets and exposed insulation
with vapor-barri er mastic.
C. Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with l-inch (25-mm) overlap at longitudinal seams and
end joints; for horizontal applications, install with longitudinal seams along top and bottom of
tanks and vessels. Seal with manufacfurer's recommended adhesive.
1. Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the
finish bead along seam andjoint edge.
D. Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2-inch (50-mm) overlap at longitudinal seams
and end joints. Overlap longitudinal searns arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with
weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacfurer. Secure jacket with stainless-
steel bands 12 inches (300 mm) o.c. and at end joints.
E. Where PVDC jackets are indicated, install as follows:
1. Apply three separate wraps of filament tape per insulation section to secure pipe
insulation to pipe prior to installation of PVDC jacket.
2. Wrap factory-presized j ackets around individual pipe insulation sections with one end
overlapping the previously installed sheet. Install presized jacket with an approximate
overlap at butt joint of 2 inches (50 mm) over the previous section. Adhere lap seal using
adhesive or SSL, and then apply 1-l/4 circumferences ofappropriate PVDC tape around
overlapped buttjoint.3. Continuous jacket can be spiral wrapped around a length of pipe insulation. Apply
adhesive or PVDC tape at overlapped spiral edge. When electing to use adhesives, refer
to manufacturer's written instructions for application of adhesives along this spiral edge
to maintain a permanent bond.
4. Jacket can be wrapped in cigarette fashion along length ofroll for insulation systems with
an outer circumference of 33-ll2 inches (850 mm) or less. The 33-l/2-inch- (850-mm)
circumference limit allows for 2-inch- (50-mm-) overlap seal. Using the length of roll
allows for longer sections ofjacket to be installed at one time. Use adhesive on the lap
seal. Visually inspect lap seal for "fishmouthing," and use PVDC tape along lap seal to
secure j oint.
5. Repair holes or tears in PVDC jacket by placing PVDC tape over the hole or tear and
wrapping a minimum of l-l/4 circumferences to avoid damage to tape edges.
FIRE-RATED INSULATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION
Where fltre-rated insulation system is indicated, secure system to ducts and duct hangers and
supports to maintain a continuous fire rating.
Insulate duct access panels and doors to achieve same fire rating as duct.
lnstall firestopping at penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. Fire-stop systems are
specified in Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems."
3.8
B.
c.
I
I
I HVAC INSI.JLATION 15083 - 13
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
3.9
3.10
A.
3.11
A.
3.r2
A.
100% CD: September2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
FINISHES
PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identilied for
each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system,
selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.
Items Not lnsulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following:
l. Underground piping.
2. Chrome-plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for personnel injury.
INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE
Chilled Water and Brine, above 40 Deg F (5 Deg C):
1. Insulation shall be the following:
a. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe, Type I or Pipe Insulation Wicking System: l-l/2
inches (38 mm) thiclc
Heating-Hot-Water Supply and Retum, 200 Deg F (93 Deg C) and below:
1 lnsulation shall be one of the following:
a. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe, Tlpe I: 1 %" thick.
OUTDOOR, ABOVE GROLIND PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE
Chilled Water:
1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following:
a. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: I % inches thick.
OUTDOOR, TINDERGROLIND PIPTNG INSULATION SCHEDULE
Chilled Water, All Sizes: Cellular glass, 1 l/2 inches thick.
INDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE
lnstall jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the
field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket.
If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.
Piping, Concealed:
1. PVC.
B.
B.
3.13
A.
3.14
A,
B.
C.
I{VAC INSULATION 15083 - 14
r WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September2005
Vail. Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTIONI
- D. Piping, Exposed:
1. PVCI3.I5 OUTDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE
I A. hstatl jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied j acket, install the
field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket.
I B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.
C. Ducts and Plenums, Concealed:
I 1. Aluminum, Smooth 0.020 inch (0.51 mm) thick.
I
3.16 UNDERGROUND, FrELD-INSTALLED TNSULATTON JACKET
A. For underground direct-buried piping applications, install underground direct-buried jacket over
I insulation material.r
END OF SECTION 15083I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
HVAC INSULATION 15083 - 15
B.
A.
2.1
2.2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
SECTION 1 5 IOO-BASIC MATERIAL AND METHOD
PART l.GENERAI
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
The General Conditions, Special Conditions and Conhact Documents are a part of tbese
specifications. Consult them for further instructions and be govemed by the requirements
thereunder.
1.2 STANDARDSFORMATERIALS
A. AII materials shall conform to current applicable industry standards. Worlcnanship and neat
appearance shall be as important as the electrical and mechanical operation. Defective or
damaged materials shall be replaced or repaired, prior to final acceptance, in a rnanner
acceptable to the Architect or Owner at no additional cost to the Owner.
B. A11 equipment shall have housings suitable for the location installed.
C. Provide products and materials that are new, clean, free of defects, and free of damage and
corrosion, unless specifically directed to reuse any existing materials.
PART2 -PRODUCTS
MOTORS
Furnish ball bearing,, squirrel cage, open dripproof, normal starting torque motor of the
horsepower and ctrrrent characteristics specified with thermal overload protection and dustproof
and leak proof bearing rings and constructed for use at the altitude where the work is to be
located. Motors guaranteed to operate continuously at full load with temperature rise in any
part not to exceed NEMA Standards. Motors shall be commercially, dynamically balanced and
tested at the factory before shipment and selected for quiet operation. Provide motors for V-belt
drives with a cast iron and steel base, with slide rail and adjustable screrv device and belt guard.
Line up motors and drives and place motors and equipment on foundations ready for operation.
Motors rated I horsepower or greater shall be Deparhnent ofEnergy (DOE) approved "energy
efficienf', meeting the requirements of EP Act 92, and shall meet NEMA l2-6C full load
efficiencies. Where not commercially available, power factors shall be capacitor corrected by
equipment manufacfurer to at least 90 percent under rated load conditions.
STARTERS
Provide starters of current and capacity ratings to serve the motor intended. All three phase
starters to have over current protection on all th,ree legs. On three phase starters furnish a Phase
Monitor Control Relay, Time Mark 82588, or A258B, three phase monitor control relay to
open on phase reversal, phase failure or phase under voltage. Phase monitor control relay shall
be mounted and wired in tle starter enclosure by this conkactor. Fumish switches and green
running pilot light in starter cover. If pitot lights are specified on control panel, individual
starter lights will not be required.
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15100 - 1
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINITIMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
T
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
z.J
B. Provide integral transformer and 120 volt control circuit on all starters which are furnished with
C.
control circuits.
Size thermal overload relays for approximately 115% of ful1 load motor current. Switch and
fuse units will not be acceptable unless specifically indicated.
BELT DRTVES
Provide belt drives with cast iron sheaves, either companion driven sheaves (except for two
groove) or fixed pitch sheaves. If fixed pitch sheaves are used, the MECH,{NICAL
ENGINEER reserves the right to direct speed changes be made, if in his opinion, these are
warranted after final balancing. Fixed pitch sheaves sha1l be bushed type. Provide two groove
adjustable drive sheaves with a key for holding pitch adjusfinent. Use standard FIIP, A, B, C
and D Sections. FHP belt drives may be used for motors less than three horsepower.
Provide matched belts sized for 150% of motor schedule horsepower.
ACCESS DOORS
Provide painted, steel access doors with key lock suitable for the surface in which they ale
installed and satisfactory to the Architect. Recessed style to accept plaster finish, recessed type
to accept acoustical tile, flush panel for drywall or flanged flushed panel for remodeling. In
installed in ftre rated surface, access door to carry proper rating.
ALTITUDERATINGS
Except as otherwise noted, all equipment capacities, air qualities, etc., are adjusted ratings for
the elevation of this project as noted on drawings. Manufacturer's ratings shall be adjusted to
provide net ratings shown.
FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTIONS
For steel piping, construct with stainless steel inner hose and braided exterior sleeve.
For copper piping, construct with bronze inner hose and braided exterior sleeve.
Use connectors suitable for minimum 125 psi WSP and 450" and 200 psi WOG and 250oF.
Constnrct spool pieces to exact size for insertion of flexible connection.
FIRE STOPPINGMATERIAL
General:
1. Products to be used shall have been tested in accordance with ASTM E 814-88 and be
listed in the UL Fire Resistance Directory.
Bare Piping:
1. Model FD 150 or CP-25.
Insulated Piping:
B.
a1L.'t
2.5
2.6
A.
B.
C.
D"
2.7
B.
C.
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 1s100 -2
T WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINIL\4S lOO% CD: SEPICMbCT 2OO5
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
t 1. Model: CP-25 or FS-195, Intumescent.
2. 'No-sag" or "selfleveling" as required.
I D. Plastic Piping:
1. Model: CP-25 or FS-195 Intumescent.
T; 2. "No-Sag" or "Selfleveling" asrequired.
I E. Accessories:
I 1. Provide Fasteners, Restricting collars, backing materials, and protective coatings as
I required to comply with the UL systern listing.
F. Manufacturers:
I l. 3M or G.E.
I
2.8 MATTRACEIf A. Manufacturers:
l. Raychem Model: XL-Trace for freeze protection applied between pipe and insulation.
f| 2. Raychem Model: Ice stop for freeze protection applied inside storm drain leaders and
I downspouts.
3. Other acceptable manufacturers:
1; a. Thermon.
I b. Hevi-Duty/Nelson.
B. Feahres:
I L Selfregulating at allpoints along its length.r' 2. 90olo power reduction from 40oF pipe temperature to 150oF pipe temperature.
3. No overheating if crossed.
I 4. Provide outer lacket and braided copper shield for use inside roof drain leaders or ont piping without a ground path.
I c. Accessories:
I l. Provide tee, splice, and end seal kits as required by the manufacturer.
2. Provide ambient sensing thermostat in a NEMA 4x encloswe with three (3) contacts
rated at 22 amps each.
I
PART3 -EXECUTION
I 3.1 FREEZE PROTECTTON
r A. Proximity of any equipment component or fluid piping to potential damage from freezing
I sources shall be avoided wherever possible. Drawings are diagrammatic. Make locafionr adjustnents, add insulation and./or conhol devices and/or heat sources as necessary to prevent or
mrnimize fteeze damage potential. The ArchitecVEngineer will neither guarantee nor be
I responsible forany consequences offreezing.I
, 3,2 VIBRATION ISOLATION
I A. EquiPment
I
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15100 - 3
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINII.IIUS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD:September 200, I
FORCONSTRUCTION
1. Erect all floor mounted equipment on 4" high concrete pads over the complete floor area
of the equipment.
2. Where inertia bases are indicated, pour these bases within structural channel ftames
having mountings attached to the inside perimeter and furnished with supplementary
spring units. Fumish bases with an 18 gauge sheet metal bottom welded in place to retain
the concrete. Anchor bolts and reinforcing bars are to be set in the field, #5 reinforcing
bars top and bottom, 12" o.c. both ways. Provide one #5 bar at comers, top and bottonr,
2'x 2'1ong. The mounting housing shall have concrete anchors and form enclosures for
the spring elements. No damping material shall be used between the inner and outer
housing on mountings and mountings shall have a combination lifting and leveling
adjustment and Tl4 thick neoprene acoustical friction pads bonded to the steel base.
3. Mount base mounted pumps and compressors on inertia base with a weight equal to not
less than l-ll2 times the combined weight of the pump and motor. Each inertia base for
horizontally split case pumps shall include supports for base elbows at the suction and
discharge connections. Where the concrete is "T" shaped, or other than rectangular,
mounting shall be self contained concrete inserts with flush openings on the side of the
foundation for spring adjustment or removal.
4, Support each air or (efrigeration compressor, (including temperature control compressor)
base mounted purnp, factory assembled air handing unit, unit heater, and fan by Mason
Industries or equivalent spring fype vibration isolators, as follows:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
EQUIPMENT GROUND
SUPPORTED SLAB
ORBASEMENT
MASON
20' FLOOR SPAN
POSSIBLE FLOOR DEFL
0.67',
MASON
Eng.
Spec
Min Static
Defl. (in.)
Engr.
Spec.
Min Static
Defl. (in.)
Refri geration Macbines
2. Centrifugal Chillers or Heat
Pumps
a. Cooler condenser
Mounted Hermetic-
Compressors
b. Cooler condenser
alongside Hermetic-
compressors
c. Open Type Compressors
3. Refrigeration Reciprocating
Compressors
a. 500 RPM to 750 RPM
b. 751 RMP and over
4. Reciprocating Chillers or
He at Pumps
1. 500 RPM to 750 RPM
b. 751 RMP and over
AK
A.K
A.K
A-G-K
B
B
C-K
C-K
0.35
0.35
0.35
0.35
4.75
o.'75
0.75
0.75
C-K
C-K
c-K
C-G-K
B
B
c-K
C.K
0.75
0.75
0.7s
0.75
1.5
o;ls
1.5
0.75
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15100-4
5.
6.
t
t
T
I
t
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
All mountings used out of doors shall be hot dipped galvanized.
Equipment with opaating weight differeni than the installed weight, such as chillers and
cooling towers and equipment exposed to wind, such as roof fans, etc., shall be mounted
on spring mountings as directed in Mason Engineering Spec. B, but a housing shall be
provided that includes vedical limit stops to prevent spring extension when weight is
removed. Limit stops shall be out of conftact during normal operation.
B. Piping
L Chillers
a. Isolate all chilled water piping, connected to evaporator on packaged chiller with
reciprocating compressor, from the structure tlroughout the equipment room by
double deflection spring and neoprene hangers with l" deflection. Hang piping so
b. Pumps
1. CloseCoupled
a. Thru 5 HP
b. 7t/zHP andlarger
2. Base mounted
a. Up to 60 HP
b. 75 HP and lareer
A-J-K
B-J-K
B-J.K
B-J-K
0.35
0.75
0.'75
0.7 5
B-J-K
B-J.K
B-J.K
BJK
0.75
0.75
0.75
1.5
c. FactoryAssembledH&VUnits
1 Curb Motrnted Rooftop Units
Y 1.0 Y 1.0
2. SuspurdedUnits
a. Thru 5 HP
b. 7-112 HP and larger -
275 RPM TO 4OO RPM
c. 7-112 HP and larger -
401 RPM and over
3.Floor Mounted Units
a. Thru 5 HP
b. 7-l/2 HP and larger -
275 to 401 RPM
c. 7-ll2 HP to 40 HP - 401
RPM and over
d. 50 HP and larger - 401
and over
D
D
D
A
A
A
A
1.0
1.5
1.0
0.35
0.35
0.35
0.35
D
D
D
B
B.H
B
B
1.0
1.5
1.0
0.7s
1.5
0.7s
0.7s
d. Blowers
l. Utiliries Sets
a, Floor Mounted
b. Roof Mounted
c. SuspendedUnit
2. Centrifugal Blowers
A
B-J
A-J
0.35
0.35
B
C
D
B-J
0.7s
0.75
2.5
e. Cooling Towers and Condensing
Units A 0.35 C
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15100 - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 200, I
FOR CONSTRUCTION
that it does not touch any part of the structure. Connect pipes to evaporator with
Tefl on fl exible equipment connectors.
2. Base Mounted Pumps. Hang piping so that it does not touch any part of the structure.
Connect piping to base mounted pumps with Teflon flexible equipment connectors.
3. Domestic Hot and Cold Water, Heating Water and Waste Piping
a. Domestic hot and cold water piping one inch diameter and smaller shall
be isolated with the Acousto-Plumb System of orange and blue pipe
isolators, holders, and guide, as manufactured by LSP/Specialty Products
Company, Tel (800) 854-3215.
a. Isolate waste piping and domestic hot and cold water piping larger than
one inch in diameter with Trisolator system of pipe isolators as
manufactured by Elmdor/Stoneman, Tel. (818) 968-8699.
b. Do not allow the piping, pipe connectors, pipe hangers or valve to
directly touch the skucture, studs, gypsum board, or other pipes.
c. Copper waste piping must be completely wrapped with Lowry's
acoustical pipe wrap. The wrap is manufactured by Harry A. Lowry,
Tel. (818) 768466r.
C. FlexibleConnections1. Where ductwork or piprng is cormected to fans, air handling units, pumps, or other
equipment that may transmit vibration along the piping or ductwork, connect by means of
a flexible cormection constructed of fire resistant canvas, flex piping, or other approved
method. Connections shall be suitable for pressures developed at the point of installation.
Flexible material shall be waterproof for weather exposed ductwork, shall show no
visible stain during operating conditions, and shall comply with code requirements. Flex
connections for range exhaust systems shall be fire rated.
3.3 PIPE HANGERS
General
1. Provide pipe supports for vertical lines at each floor. Provide pipe hangers to support the
systems without sagging, including hangers at each offset or change in direction, at ends
of branches over five feet in length and at the following maximum spacing:
Hanger Rod Diameter
Pipe Size Hanser Spacing (Minimum)
314" and smaller 6 ft.
lu 8 ft.
1-1/4" through 2" 10 ft.
2-112" ftrough3" 10 ft.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
4" through 5"
6" through 10"
12" and larger
Cast iron no hub
Individual Hangers
318*
3/8"
3/8"
r/2'
t/2
5/8"
7/8"
l. Individual hangers for non-insulated copper piping and insulated copper heating piping
and insulated domestic hot water and circulating water piping shall be copper plated,
adjustable swivel ring hangers similar to Auto Gfip 500, Kin-Line felt lined 440-F or
l0 ft.
2ft
12 ft.
5 ft. and atjoints
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15100 - 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINITIMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD'. September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
with polyvinyl coating, with insulation overMichigan Hanger Company Series 102
hansers.
2. lndividual hangers for insulated cold piping (steel or copper) shall be zinc plated,
adjustable swivel ring hangers similar to Auto Grip Figwe 800, Kin Line 400 Series,
Michigan Series 103. Hangers shall support pipe with hangers over the insulation. The
system shall be complete with Auto Grip or Michigan Zinc plated steel shield, Pipe
Shields or Kin-Line 460 zinc plated steel shield. Provide insulation insert of high density
polyethylane foam, calcium silicate, high density glass fiber or expanded perlite divid€d
in longitudinal half sections and covered with fire resistant vapor balrier jacket. High
density inserts are not required in plumbing walls behind plumbing fixtures.
3. Individual hangers for all insulated or non-insulated steel piping shall be zinc plated,
adjustable swivel ring hangers similar to Auto Grip Figure 400, Kin-Line 400 Series,
Michigan Series 100. Hangers shall support pipe with insutation over hangers.
4. krdividual hangers for steam and high temperature water piping (250iF and above) shall
be adjustable swivel pipe rolls, similar to Grinnel No. 171, l8l or 174 with pipe covering
protection saddle, similar to Grinnel No. 185-186 or 360o zinc plated steel shield for
insulation thickness specifi ed.
C. Trapeze Hangers
I . Parallel runs of piping may be supported on hapeze hangers. Trapeze shall be Unistrut P-
1000-3 or Kin Line 211,371 or 372 eqluivalent by Elcen or Kindorff. System shall be
selected to support five times the weight ofthrust applied without failure.
2. All non-insulated steel pipe and insulated steel heating water pipe shall have standard
pipe straps at each support.
3. All non-insulated copper pipe, insulated copper domestic hot and r€-circulating lvat€r
piping and insulated copper heating piping shall rest on neopren€ sleeves and have
standard pipe straps at each support.
4. All cold insulated pipe (steel or copper) shall rest on Fee and Mason Figure 8l or
equivalent by unistrut, or Kin-Line, galvanized steel insulation shield or 360o galvanized
steel shield. hovide insulation insert of high density polyethylene foam, calcium silicate,
high density fiber glass or expanded perlite divided in longitudinal half sections and
covered with fire resistant vapor barrier jacket. Provide pipe strap over insulation at each
support. High density inserts are not required in plumbing walls behind plumbing
fixtures.
5. See this Section, 3.02, Vibration Isolation for special hangers.
3.4 CONTROLVALVEPIPING
A. If the contol valve size is smaller than the pipe size marked on the drawing, the reduction in
size pertains to the valve only. Gate valves, globe valves, and strainers on either side of the
automatic valve shall be a minimum of the prpe size marked on the drawings.
3.5 PUMPCONNECTIONS
A. Where the suction or discharge of any pump unit is smaller than the pipe size noted on the
drawings, all strainers, valves, flexible connections, expansion joints, etc., shall be a minimum
of the pipe size noted on the drawings.
3.6 ACCESS DOORS
BASIC MATERLALS AND METHODS 15100 - 7
A. Furnish an access door for each pipe chase for each floor. This includes both toilet plumbing
chases and pipe riser chases. Access doors assembly to be minimum size of 16" x 16".
B. Also, fumish access doors in all non-removable ceilings and in partitions and walls where
necessary to maintain access to plumbing cleanouts, shock absorbers, fire dampers, manual
dampers, valves and other mechanical devices requiring access. Size these as required for
access.
C. Provide all access doors to the General Contractor for him to construct into the building.
D. Submit shop drawing indicating the locations of all access doors.
3.'] WELDING
A. Provide all welding in accordance with the welding procedures of the National Certified Pipe
Welding Bureau or other approved procedure conforming to the requirements of the ASME
Boiler and hessure Vessel Code, or the ASA Code for hessure Piping. Only welders who
have been fully qualified under the specified procedure shall be employed.
3.8 PIPE DEPTHS
A. Interior pipe below slabs shall be a minimum of 4 inches below slab and shall not be in contact
with con(rete at any point. Minimum exterior cover over water piping, unless otherwis€ shown
or required by code, shall be 8 feet above the top of the pipe. Area drains shall have maximum
cover possible consistent with finished landscape and acceptable flow lines. Gas piping shall
have minimum of 3 foot cover with waming tape 12" above pipe. Sanitary waste and storm
drain lines shall have 3 foot cover minimum.
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
3.10
A,
3.1I
100%CD: September200, I
FOR CONSTRUCTION I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.9 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS
Full length pipe in longest lengths possible shall be used. All threads shall be right hand, pipe
standard, clean cut, full depth and tapering. Install piping so as to permit complete draining.
Provide drains at all low points. All interior soil, waste and condensate lines shall have uniform
pitch in the direction of flow of not less than l/4 inch per foot unless otherwise noted. Ream
out all pipe ends, turn on ends and rattle before installing.
DUCTS
Construct straight and smooth with neatly finished joints, air-tight and free from vibration.
Internal ends of slip joints shall be made in the direction of flow. Changes in duct dimensions
and shape shall be gradual and uniform. Curved elbows, unless otherwise noted, to have
centerline radius of at.least l-112 times the duct widtb. Air tums shall be installed in all abrupt
elbows and shall be arranged to permit air to make turns without appreciable turbulence and to
remain quiet when the system is in operation. Construction of ducts shall be per the details and
recommendations of the latest edition of the ASHRAE handbook and U.M.C. The most
stringent requirement govern in conflicts. "Duct mate" joint method may be utilized provided
all portions of seam/joint materials are provided by "duct mate" and installed in strict
compliance with manufacturer's standards.
FIRE DAMPERS AND FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15100 - 8
B.
D.
F.
G.
H.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail. Colorado
3.12
A.
3.13
A,
l00o/o CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
Install as required by NFPA pamphlet No. 90A, the Uniform Building Code, Uniform
Mechanical Code and as required by local codes. Provide a duct access door to each fire
damper and service access when architecture is reshictive. Furnish UL 555S labeled ire and
fire/smoke dampers. Refer to architectural drawings for fire resistive ratings of walls, floors,
ceilings, etc.
FLEXIBLE CONMCTIONS
Where ductwork or piping is connected to fans, air handling units, pumps, or other equipment
that may transmit vibration along the piping or ductwork, connect by means of a flexible
connection constructed of fire resistant canvas, flex piping, or other approved method.
Corurections shall be suitable for pressures developed at the point of installation. Flexible
material shall be waterproof for weather exposed ductworlg shall show no visible strain during
operating conditions, and shall comply with code requirements. Flex connections for range
exhaust systems shall be fire rated.
CLEANING
Intent: It is the intent of this specification to require that all work, including the inside of
equipment, be left in a clean condition with all dust, grease, and construction debris removed.
Refer also to specification Section 01710.
Piping and connected equipment to be left free of sediments, core sand, grease, etc'
Clean all exposed surfaces of piping, ducts and hangers, etc., sufficiently to receive paint.
Vacuum ducts as required for debris removal.
Air systems shall not be operated without filters. Replace the filters or clean pemanent type
frlters just prior to substantial completion- All air systems with disposable filters shall be
furnished with one additional set of boxed filters for owner replacement.
Remove and clean all screens, interceptors,
substantial completion.
Clean and wipe d.y all plumbing fixhyes, exposed valves, faucets, and piping, etc' that are
exposed just prior to substantial completion. Clean all equipment and fixtures per
manufacturer's specifications to avoid scratching frnished swfaces. Leave all plumbing fixtures
ready to use.
Clean interior and exterior of all air handling equipment of all construction debris. Clean
exterior of all exposed ductworkjust prior to substantial cornpletion.
Thoroughly clean all equipment room floors after completion of equipment, pipe and duct
cleaning. A condition of final acceptance witl be the cleanliness of all exposed systems,
equipment, and equipment rooms.
EXPANSION COMPENSATION AND SEISMIC PROTECTION
c.
3.14
BASIC MATERTALS AND METHODS 15100 - 9
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail. Colorado
D.
3.16
A.
E.
3.16
A,
100% CD: Septernber 2005 'FOR CONSTRUCTION
Examine piping layout and provide anchors or expansion joints required to adequately protect
system.
Install flexible pipe connectors on pipes connected to equipment supported by vibration
isolation.
Accomplish struchral work and provide equipment required to conhol expansion and
contraction of piping, loops, pipe offsets, and swing joints, and provide comrgated bellows type
expansion joints where required.
Provide seismic bracing as required by code for all ducts, piping and equipment.
SLEEVES, CUTTING, PATCHING
Major openings in the structure for mechanical work may be shown on the structural drawings,
these will be done under the Architectural Division of these Specifications. It is the Contractor's
responsibility to set necessary sleeves and boxes for pipe and ducts (not shown on the structural
drawings) before erection of structure. This Contractor is responsible for the correct size and
location of all openings including coordination with the other trades. All sleeves shall be large
enough to allow for continuous insulatioil to pass through the sleeve.
In mechanical equipment room floors, all pipe sleeves to the Schedule 40 pipe and shall extend
1" above finished floor. In mechanical equipment room floors, all ducts shall have a 4" high
concrete curb aromd duct.
Caulk all pipes and ducts leaving equipment rooms between sleeve and duct or pipe, l" deep on
each side of wall, floor, or roof. Caulk bare pipes and ducts with lead wool. Caulk insulated
pipes with I or 2 part polysulphide caulking compound.
ln the same manner as described in Paragraph C above, caulk all other pipes and ducts
throughout the building which peneftate walls and floors and roofs this includes pipe and ducts
to rooftop units.
All pipes which may be in view shall be finished with chrome floor, wall and ceiling plates,
except in equipment rooms.
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
Excavation, trenching, bedding of pipe, placement and cover, backfrlling, etc., in conjunction
with work under this Division, shall be per requirements of Division 2 and the additional
requirements specifi ed herein.
Trenches: Slope bottoms uniformly to drain. Trench bottoms to be firm, free from large rocks
or boulders, or shall have concrete cradles placed to support piping. Cradles to bear on
undishrbed soil.
Cast iron: Place on firm hench bottom shaped to accept hubs. Both hubs and pipe shall have
uniform firm bearing. Place a minimum of 12 inches of loose rock-free material over pipe.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
C.
B.
D.
B.
C.
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15100 - t0
J.
K.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
loUo/o CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
D. Other piping, conduits, culverts: Place on firm trench bottom and backfill per Division 2 and 75
or ernbed per manufacturer's recommendations.
E. Expansion: Place pipe fittings and thrust blocks per manufacturet's recommendations andl/or
project specifi cations.
F. Excavation: Provide all excavating and backfilling required by the work in this division, all as
required by the rules of the State Depadment of Labor and Equipment. All pipe must be laid on
solid earth with bellholes provided for hubs. After pipe is laid in trench, it shall be tested
insulated if specified, and backfi lled.
G. Compaction
l. Backfrll by hand around the pipe and the first 12" over the top of the pipe. Moisten,
backfill and tarnp in 8" layers (maximum) with air motor or gasoline driven tamper to
consolidate to 90oh of the maximum density obtainable at optimum moisture content.
(Puddling will not be allowed).
2. Trenches under road surfacing shall have the upper 6" layer, forming the subgade for
pavement compacted to at least 95"/o of the maximum density obtainable at optimum
moisture content for ngid
pavements.
3. Density of backfill shall be determined by the requirements of the A.A.S.H.O. in
Parnphlet 57. Standard Method T-99-57.
4. Where requirements of the general conditions are more stringent than the above, the
general condition requirements shall be met.
H. Pavement
l. Accomplish cutting of flexible pavement so that the remaining exposed edge of the
pavement conforrns vertically and horizontally to a straight line. The width of the section
ofpavement removed shall be ofnecessary width for the proper lalng ofpipe, but shall
not exceed 36"- Waste material resulting from the above operations will be disposed of
in suitable waste areas. Repair pavement to satisfaction of the authorities having
iurisdiction.
Shoring
1. Provide all shoring required to perform the excavation and to protect the project,
employees, and pubhc.
Surveying
1. Establish all lines, grades and elevations. Stake out the work and furnish all lines, stakes
(1" x 2" x 10"), and all hubs or hardwood pegs (1" x 1" x 6") to stake out the lines and
structures to line and grade.
Maintaining and Protecting Traffrc
1. Maintain sufficient barricades, waming signals and lights to protect pedestrian and
vehicular haffic. hor.ide and maintain such detows as may be necessary to keep traffic
moving during construction.
Surface Drainage and Ground Water
1. Surface drainage shall be diverted au,ay from open excavation and trenching before
commencement of work at the location. Surface water on ground lYater seepage which
BASIC MATERTALS AND METHODS 15100 - ll
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINITIMS
Vail, Colorado
J.I )
A.
B.
3.18
A.
B,
C.
3.19
A.
B.
100%o CD: Septernber 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
enters or accumulates in the trenches shall be removed by pumping or subdraining, and
the subgrade or pipe bed restored to original bearing value and conditions.
Any seftling of backfilled trenches which may occur during the warranty period shall be
repaired without expense to the Owner, including the complete restoration of all damaged
Foperty.
FOTINDATIONS AND SUPPORTS
Furnish and install as indicated on the plans and/or as may be necessary for the proper
installation of all equipment fumished under this Division, all foundations, bases and supports.
Contractor shall be responsible for their correct location and sizes to lit all equipment. Shim
and grout between the equipment and its base to align and level. Bolt equipment inertia bases,
vibration isolators, and supports to prevent relafive movement.
Fumish all hangers, anchors, sway bracing, guides, etc., for the various piping and duct systems
as required for their proper installation.
FIRE STOPPING
Install firestopping materials in accordance with their UL and ASTM tested methods.
Coordinate required annular space with size ofpipe and sleeve.
Requirements for specific systems:
1. Cold piping: Includes chilled water, domestic water, storm water and refi:igerant:
Insulation and vapor barrier shall be continued through wall and firestopping for
"insulated piping" shall be provided.
2. Hot piping to 250"F includes domestic hot water and heating hot water: The Contractor
has the option of continuing the insulation through the penekation and providing
hrestopping for "insulated piping", or stopping the insulation on either side of the
penetration and using frestopping for uninsulated piping".
HEATTRACE
Heat trace cable shall be installed by a licensed electrician.
Apply the heat trace cable on the pipe after pressure testing.
l. Do not spiral wnap on pipe.
2. Make one wrap at valves.
1. Secure to pipe with methods approved by manufacturer.
Apply "Electrically Traced" signs on resistance 20 mega ohms.
Test with a 1000 VDC megger minimum resistance 20 mega ohms.
Heat trace shall be sized as follows, based on -20oF ambient, to maintain 40oF pipe temperature:
PIPE SIZE 1" INSULATION 2" INSULATION
M.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C.
D.
E.
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15100 - t2
Less than 2"3w/ft 3 w/ft
)" ) _l /.),t ?n )wn 3 wlft
4u,5',6"8w/ft 5 wlft
8", 10u, 12 "(2 cable circuits)
8 dft ea.
8 dft
! WESTHAVEN CONDOMINII.IMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
END OF SECTION
I BASICMATERIALSANDMETH'DS
I
15100 - 13
WE STIIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15100 - 14
- WESTIIAVENCONDOMINTUIVIS 100%CD: September2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
SECTION 15 I4O - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
I
PART I.GENERAL
. 1.I RELATEDDoCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementaryt Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply tothis Section.
I 1,2 STIMMARY
I A. This Section includes domestic water piping inside the building.
- B. Water meters will be fumished and installed by utility company.
I C. Related Sections include the following:!
I 1.3 DEFTMTToNS
I A. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic.
I B. PEX: Crosslinked polyethylene plastic.
r C. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.
I
t.4 PERFORMANCEREQUTREMENTS
I A. Provide components and installation eapable of producing domestic water piping systems with
125 psig, unless otherwise indicated.
I 1.5 SUBMITTALS
I A. Product Data: For pipe, tube, fittings, and couplings.
B. Water Samples: Specified in Part 3 "Cleaning" Article.
I C. Field quality<onkol test reports.
I 1.6 QUALTTYASSURANCE
I A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.
I B. Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; Sections I
through 9," for potable domestic water piping and components.
t
I
DOMESTIC WATERPIPING 15140 -1
100% CD: September200, I
FORCONSTRUCTION
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
2.2
A.
B.
z-J
A.
MANUFACTURERS
In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:
I . Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
manufacfurers specifi ed.
PIPINGMATERIALS
Refer to Part 3 "Pipe and Fitting Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and
joining materials.
Transition Couplings for Aboveground Pressure Piping: Coupling or other manufachred frtting
the same size as, with pressure rating al least equal to and ends compatible with, piping to be
joined.
STEEL PIPE ANDFITTINGS
Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E or S, Grade A or B, Schedule 40, galvanized. Include
ends matching joining method.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t.
2.
Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM4733, made of ASTMA53/A53M or ASTMA 106'
Schedule 40, galvanized, seamless steel pipe. Include ends matching joining method.
Malleable-kon Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, hexagonal-stock body, with ball-and-
socket, metal-to-metal, bronze seating surface and female threaded ends.
Gray-hon, Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Class 125, galvanized, standard pattem.
Cast-kon Flanges: ASME 816.1, Class 125.
Cast-kon, Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.l, Class 125, galvanized.
Steel-Piping, Grooved-End Fittings: ASTMA 471A47M, malleable-iron casting;
ASTM A 106, galvanized steel pipe; or ASTM A 536, ductile-iron casting; with
dimensions matching steel pipe.
a. Grooved-End-Pipe Couplings: AWWA C606, for steel-pipe dimensions. Include
ferrous housing sections, gasket suitable for water, and bolts and nuts.
Steel-Piping, Expansion Joints: Compound, galvanized steel fitting with telescoping
body and slip-pipe section. Include packing rings, packing, limit rods, chrome-plated
finish on slip-pipe sections, and flanged ends.
Steel-Piping, Double Expansion Joints: Compotmd, galvanized steel fitting with
telescoping body and two slip-pipe sections. lnclude packing rings, packing, limit rods,
chrome-plated finish on slip-pipe sections, and flanged ends.
J.
5.
6.
7.
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING tsl40 -2
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
2.4 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS
2.5
A.
B.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
B.
A. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types K and L, water tube, annealed temper.
l. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME 816.22, wrought-
copper, solder-joint fittings. Fumish wrought-copper fittings if indicated.
2. Bronze Flanges: ASMEBl6.24, Class 150, with solder-joint ends. Furnish Class 300
flanges if required to match piping.
3. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body, with ball-and-
socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces, and solder-joint or threaded ends.
Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types L and M, water tube, drawn temper.
1. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME 816.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME 816.22, wrought-
copper, solder-joint fi ttings. Furnish wrou ght-copper fi ttings if indicated.
2. Bronze Flanges: ASME 876.24, Class 150, with solder-joint ends. Fumish Class 300
flanges if required to match piping.
3. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body, with ball-and-
socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaqes, and solder-joint or threaded ends.
4. Copper, Grooved-End Fittings: ASTMBTS copper tube or ASTMB584 bronze
castlngs.
a. Grooved-End-Tube Couplings: Copper-tube dimensions and design similar to
AWWA C606. krclude ferrous housing sections, gasket suitable for hot water, and
bolts and nuts.
VALVES
Bronze and cast-iron, general-duty valves are specified in Dil'ision 15 Section "Valves."
Balancing and drain valves are specified in Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties."
J-l
A.
3.2
A.
PART3 -EXECUTION
EXCAVATION
Excavating, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Dvision 2 Section "Earthwork.'i
PIPE AND FITTING APPLICATIONS
Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used
in applications below, unless otherwise indicated.
Flanges may be used on aboveground piping, unless otherwise indicated.
Grooved joints may be used on aboveground grooved-end piping.
B.
C.
I
I
I
I
I DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140 -3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINILMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005 I
FORCONSTRUCTTON I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.3
B.
D.
D. Under-Building-Slab, Domestic Water Piping on House Side of Water Meter, NPS 4 and
Smaller: Hard copper tube, Type L; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints.
E. Aboveground Domestic Water Piping: Use the following piping materials for each size range:
l. NPS I and Smaller: Hard copper tube, Typel; copper pressure fittings; and soldered
j oints.
2. NPS l-1/4 and NPS 1-112: Hard copper tube, Type L; copper pressure fittings; and
solderedjoints.
3. NPS 2: Hard copper tube, Type L; copper pressure fittings; and solderedjoints.
4. NPS 2-112 to NPS 4: Hard copper tube, Type L; copper pressure fittings; and soldered
joints.
OR
Steel pipe; gray-iron, threaded fittings; and threaded joints OR Steel pipe with grooved
ends; steel-piping, grooved-end fittings; grooved-end-pipe couplings; and grooved joints.
F. Non-Potable-Water Piping: Use the following piping materials for each size range:
1. NPS 3-ll2 and Smaller: Steel pipe; gray-iron, threaded fittings; and threadedjoints.
2. NPS 3-112 and Smaller: Hard coppertube,TypeL; copperpressure fittings; and soldered
ioints.
C.
VALVE APPLICATIONS
Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve ffpes are not indicated, the
following requirements apply:
1. Shutoff Duty: Use bronze ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use cast-
iron butterfly or gate valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-112 and larger.
2. Throttling Duty: Use bronze ball or globe valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use
cast-iron butterfly valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-ll2 and larger.
3. Hot-Water-Piping, Balancing Duty; Memory-stop balancing valves.
4. Drain Duty: Hose-end drain valves.
Cast-iron, grooved-end valves may be used with grooved-end piping.
Install shutoff valve close to water main on each branch and riser serving plumbing fixtures or
equipment, on each water supply to equipment, and on each water supply to plumbing fixtures
that do not have supply stops. Use ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use
butterfly or gate valves for piping NPS 2-712 andlarger.
Install drain valves for equipment atbase of each water riser, at low points in horizontal piping,
and where required to drain water piping.
1. Install hose-end drain valves at low points in water mains, risers, and branches.
2. Install stop-and-waste drain valves where indicated.
Install balancing valve in each hot-water circulation rehnn branch and discharge side of each
pump and circulator. Set balancing valves partly open to restrict but not stop flow- Use ball
DOMESTIC WATERPIPING 15140 -4
r WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100YocD:. September2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
t valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller and butterfly valves for piping NPS 2-ll2 and larger.
Balancing valves are specified in Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties."
I 3.4 PIPINGINSTALLATION
I A. Basic piping installation requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical
Materials and Methods. "
I B. hstall under-building-slab copper tubing according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook."I
C. Install sleeve with water stop and mechanical sleeve seal at each service pipe penehation
I through foundation wall. Select number of interlocking rubber links required to make
t installation watertight. Sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals are specified in Division 15 Section
"Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods""
I D. Install shutoff valve, hose-end drain valve, straineq pressw€ gage, and test tee with valve,
inside the building at each domestic water service entrance. Presswe gages are specified in
I Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages," and drain valves and sffainers are specified in
t Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties."
I E. Install water-pressure regulators downstream from shutoff valves. Water-pressure regulators
I are specified in Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties."
F. Install domestic water piping level and plumb.
I
3.5 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
I A. Basic piping joint construction requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic
Mechanical Materials and Methods."
I B. Soldered Joints: Use ASTMB8l3, water-flushable, lead-free fluX ASTMB32, lead-free-
alloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless otherwise indicated.
I C. Grooved Joints: Assemble joints with grooved-end-pipe or grooved-end-tube coupling housing,I gasket, lubricant, and bolts according to coupling and fitting manufacturer's written instructions.
I 3.6 HANGERAND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
I A. Pipe hanger and support devices are specified in Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports."
I Install the following:
r l. VerticalPiping: MSSTypeSorType42,clamps.
I 2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: According to the following:
a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers.
b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers.
I
3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls.
Support pipe rolls on trapezn.
I
I
DOMESTIC WATERPIPING 15140 -5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spnng hangers.
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
B. Install supports according to Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports."
C. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.
D. Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double-rod hangers, to a minimum of 318 inch.
E. Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum
rod diameters:
1. NPS l-1/4 and Smaller: 84 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
2. NPS 1-1i2: 108 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
3. NPS 2: l0 feet with 3i8-inch rod.
4. NPS 2-ll2: 11 feet with l/2-inch rod.
5. NPS 3 andNPS3-l/2: 12feetwith li2-inchrod.
6. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 12 feet w"ith 5/8-inch rod.
7. NPS6: 12feetwith3/4-inchrod.
F. Install supports for vertical steel piping every 15 feet.
G. Install hangers for copper fubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minirnum
rod diameters:
l. NPS 3/4 and Smaller: 60 inches with 3/8-inchrod.
2. NPS I andNPS 1-ll4: T2inchesvdth3/8-inchrod.
3. NPS 1-l/2andNPS2: 96incheswith3/8-inchrod.
4. MS 2-ll2: 108 inches with l/2-inchrod.
5. NPS 3 to NPS 5: l0 feet with l/2-inchrod.
6. NPS 6: 10 feet with 5/8-inch rod.
H. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet.
3.7
A.
B.
C.
D.
CONNECTIONS
Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
Install piping adjacent to equipment and machines to allow service and maintenance.
Corurect domestic water piping to exterior water-service piping. Use transition fitting to join
dissimilar piping materials.
Connect domestic water piping to water-service
connect to the followine:
piping with shutoff valve, and extend and
1. Water Heaters: Cold-water supply and hot-water outlet piping in sizes indicated, but not
smaller than sizes of water heater connections.
Z. Plumbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot-water supply piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller
than required by plumbing code. Refer to Division 15 Section "Plumbing Fixtures."
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140 -6
3.8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
3.9
A.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
t
I
T
3. Equipment: Cold- and hot-water supply piping as indicated, but not smaller than
equipment connections. Provide shutoff valve and union for each connection. Use
flanges instead of unions for NPS 2-712 and larger.
FrELD QUALTTY CONTROL
Inspect domestic water piping as follows:
1. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it has been inspected and
approved by authorities having jurisdiction.
2. During installation, notiff authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before
inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having
jurisdiction:
a. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or
closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtwes.
b. Final Inspection: Arrange final inspection for authorities having jwisdiction to
observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements.
3. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or
inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection.
4. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having
jurisdiction.
Test domestic water piping as follows:
l. Fill domestic water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound
and that piping is full of water.
2. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been
altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report
for each test, complete with diagram of portion ofpiping tested.
3. Leave new, altered, extended, or replaced domestic water piping uncovered and
unconcealed until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or
concealed before it was tested.
4. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig above operating pressure,
without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and
allow to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must
be repaired.
5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping or portion thereof until
satisfactory results are obtained.
6. Prepme reports for tests and required corrective action.
ADruSTING
Perform the following adjustments before operation:
l. Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs.
2. Open shutoff valves to fully open position.
3. Open tlrottling valves to proper setting.
B.
I
.I
t
I
I
I
I DOMESTIC WATERPIPING 15140 -7
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100%, CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
4. Adjust balancing valves in hot-water-circulation retum piping to provide adequate flow.
a. Manually adjust ball-type balancing valves in hot-water-circulation return piping
to provide flow ofhot water in each branch.
b. Adjust calibrated balancing valves to flows indicated.
5. Remove plugs used during testing of piping and plugs used for temporary sealing of
piping during installation.
6. Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and replace drain plugs.
7. Remove filter cartridges from housings and verifu that carhidges are as specified for
application where used and are clean and ready for use.
8. Check plumbing specialties and verifu proper settings, adjustrnents, and operation.
3.10 CLEANING
A. Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping as follows:
1. Purge new piping and parts of existing domestic water piping that have been altered,
extended, or repaired before using.
2. Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or,
if methods are not prescribed, procedures described in either AWWA C651 or
AWWA C652 or as described below:
a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirly wato does not appear at
outlets.
b. Fill and isolate system according to either of the following:
1) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 50 ppm
of chlorine. Isolate with valves and allow to stand for 24 hours.
OR2) Fill system or part thereof rvith water/chlorine solution with at least 200
ppm of chlorine. Isolate and allow to stand for three hours.
c. Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is in water coming from
system after the standing time.
d. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat
procedures if biological examination shows contarnination.
B. Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities.
C. Clean interior of domestic water piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.
END OF SECTION 15140
I
il
I
!
I
1
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
IDOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140 -8
III
- WESTHAVEN CONDOMINITMS 100% cD: september 2005
Vail. Colorado FORCONSTRUCTIONIfi
SECTION 15160 . STORM DRAINAGE PIPING
trr
PART 1-GENERAL
I
- 1.1 RILATED DoCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementarya Conditions and Division 1 Specifrcation Sections, apply to this Section.
r
I 1.2 SUMMARY
11 A. This Section includes the following storm drainage piping inside the building:
l. Pipe, tube, and fittings.
- 2. Special pipe fittings.
! B. Related Sections include the following:
I l. Division 15 Section "Sump Pumps."I
t 1.3 DEFINITIONS
I A. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-sfyreneplastic.
t B. LLDPE: Linear, low-densify polyethylene plastic.
C. PE: Polyethylene plastic.tliJ D. PVC: Polyrinyl chloride plastic.
I E. TPE: Thermoplastic elastomer.
t
I I.4 PERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS
I A. Components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum working-
rt Pressure, unless otlrerwise indicated:
I 1. StormDrainagePiping: l0-footheadofwater.
2. Storm Drainage, Force-Main Piping: 50 psig.
I 1.5 SUBMITTAIS
I A. Product Data: For pipe, tube, fittings, and couplings.
r B. Shop Drawings:
I
-r sroRM DRAINAGE PIPING 15160 - I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail. Colorado
1.6
A.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
T
I
I
I
I
t
l
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
1 . Desigr Calculations: Sigred and sealed by a qualified professional engineer for selecting
seismic restraints.
C. Field quality-conkol inspection and test reports.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
MANUFACTURERS
In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirernents apply to
product selection:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
manufacfurers specifi ed.
PIPINGMATERTALS
Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining
materials.
HUB-AND-SPIGOT, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 74, Service class.
Gaskets: ASTM C 564, rubber.
Calking Materials: ASTM B 29, pure lead and oakum or hemp fiber.
HUBLESS CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301.
Shielded Couplings: ASTM C 1277 assembly of metal shield or housing, corrosion-resistant
fasteners, and rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop.
1. Standard, Shielded, Stainless-Steel Couplings: CISPI 310, with stainless-steel comrgated
shield; stainless-steel bands and tightening devices; and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve.
a. Manufacturers:
1) ANACO.
2\ Fernco, Inc
2.2
A.
2.3
A.
B.
C.
aA
A.
B.
STORM DRAINAGE PIPING lsl60 - 2
t
I
l
t
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
i
I
t
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
l00o/o CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
3) Ideal Div.; Stant Corp.
4) Mission Rubber Co.
5) Tyler Pipe; Soil Pipe Div.
C. Rigid, Unshielded Couplings: ASTMC146l, sleeve-qpe, reducing- or transition-type
mechanical coupling molded from ASTM C 1440, TPE material with corrosion-resistant-metal
tension band and tightening mechanism on each end.
1. Manufacturers:
a. ANACO.
2.5
A.
2.6
A.
STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E or S, Grade A or B, Standard Weight or Schedule 40,
galvanized. Include ends matching joining method.
Drainage Fittings: ASME B I 6. 12 threaded, cast-iron drainage pattern.
Pressure Fittings:
1. Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTMA733, made of ASTM A53/A53M or ASTMA 106,
Schedule 40, galvanized, seamless steel pipe. Include ends matching joining method.
2. Malleable-hon Unions: ASME 816.39; Class 150; hexagonal-stock body with ball-and-
socket, metal-to -metal,bronze seating surface; and female threaded ends.
3. Gray-hon, Threaded Fittings: ASME 816.4, Class 125, standard pattern.
4. Cast-hon Flanges: ASME B16.1, Class 125.
5. Cast-kon, Flangpd Fittings: ASME 816.1, Class 125.
SPECIAL PIPE FIT'TINGS
Shielded Nonpressure Pipe Couplings: ASTM C 1460, elastomeric or rubber sleeve with full-
length, corrosion-resistant outer shield and corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and
tightening mechanism on each end.
1. Manufacfurers:
a. Cascade Watenvorks Mfg. Co.
b. Mission Rubber Co.
Rigid, Unshielded, Nonpressure Pipe Couplings: ASTM C 1461, sleeve-type reducing- or
transition-t1pe mechanical coupling molded from ASTM C 1440, TPE material with corrosion-
resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end.
1. Manufacfurers:
a. ANACO.
B.
c.
B.
STORM DRAINAGE PIPING 15160 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
C. Pressure Pipe Couplings: AWWA C219 metal, sleeve-type same size as, with pressure rating at
least equal to, and ends compatible with, pipes to be joined.
1 . Manufacturers:
a. Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co.
b. Dresser. krc.: DMD Div.
c. EBAA hon Sales, Inc.
d. Ford Meter Box Company, Ilc. (The); Pipe koducts Div'
e. JCM Industries. Inc.
f. Romac Industries, Inc.
g. Smith-Blair, tnc.
h. Viking Johnson.
2. Center-SleeveMaterial:Manufachrer's standard
3. Gasket Material: Natural or synthetic rubber.
4. Metal Component Finish: Corrosion-resistant coating or material.
D. Expansion Joints: Two or three-piece, ductile-iron assembly consisting of telescoping sleeve(s)
with gaskets and restrained-fype, ductile-iron, bell-and-spigot end sections complying with
AWWACl10 or AWWACl53. Select and assemble components for expansion indicated.
Include AWWA Cl11, ductile-iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts.
l. Manufacturers:
L. EBAA hon Sales, lnc.
b. Romac Industries, Inc.
c. Star Pipe Products; Star Fittings Div.
E. Wall-Penetration Fittings: Compound, ductile-iron coupling fitting with sleeve and flexing
sections for up to 20-degree deflection, gaskets, and restrained-joint ends compllng with
AWWACl10 or AWWACl53. Include AWWACl1l, ductile-iron glands, rubber gaskets,
and steel bolts.
1 Manufacfurers:
a. SIGMACoTp.
PART 3 -EXECU-flON
J.l
A.
J.Z
A.
EXCAVATION
Refer to DMsion 2 Section uEarthworku for excavating trenching, and backfilling.
PIPING APPLICATIONS
Flanges and unions may be used on aboveground pressure piping, unless otherwise indicated.
t
I
I
t
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
ISTORMDRAINAGE PIPING 15160 - 4
I
I
I
T
I
J
I
I
l
1
I
t
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
F.
J.J
A.
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
C.
B. Aboveground storm drainage piping NPS 6 and smalier shall be the following:
l. Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and f,rttings; gaskets; and gasketed joints.
2. Hubless cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; standard, shielded, stainless-steel couplings; and
coupled joints.
3. Steel pipe, drainage fittings, and threaded joints.
4. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Rigid, unshielded, nonpressure pipe couplings for
joining dissimilar pipe materials with small difference in OD.
Aboveground, storm drainage piping NPS 8 and larger shall be the following:
1. Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints.
2. Hubless cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; standard, shielded, stainless-steel couplings; and
coupled joints.
3. Steel pipe, drainage fittings, and threadedjoints.
4. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Flexible, nonpressure pipe couplings for joining
dissimilar pipe materials with small difference in OD.
Underground storm drainage piping NPS 6 and smaller shall be the following:
1. PVC or service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints.
2. Hubless cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; standard, shielded, stainless-steel couplings; and
coupled joints,
Steel pipe, drainage fittings, and threadedjoints.
Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Rigid, unshielded, nonpressure pipe couplings for
joining dissimilar pipe materials with small difference in OD.
D.
).
4.
Underground, storm drainage piping NPS 8 and larger shall be the following:
l. PVC or service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints.
2. Hubless cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; standard, shielded, stainless-steel couplings; and
coupled joints.
3. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Flexible, Shielded, nonpresswe pipe couplings for
joining dissimilar pipe materials with small difference in OD.
Aboveground storm drainage force mains NPS l-1l2 and NPS 2 shall be the following:
1. Hard copper tube, Type L; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints.
2. Steel pipe, pressure fittings, and threaded joints.
Aboveground slorm drainage force mains NPS 2-li2 and NPS 6 shall be the following:
1 . Hard copper tube, Tlpe L; copper pressrne fittings; and soldered joints.
2. Steel pipe, pressure fittings, and threadedjoints.
3. Grooved-ernd steel pipe, g:rooved-joint system fittings and couplings, and grooved joints.
PIPING INSTALLATION
Storm sewer and drainage piping outside the building are specified in Division 2 Section "Storm
Drainaee."
G.
STORM DRAINAGE PIPING 15160 - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
B. Basic piping installafion requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical
Materials and Methods."
C. Install seismic restraints on piping. Seismic-restraint devices are specified in Division 15
Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls."
D. Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building storm drains connect to building storm
sewers. Cleanouts are specified in Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties."
E. Install cleanout fitting with closure plug inside the building in storm drainage force-main
PiPing.
F. Install wall-penetration fitting system at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall.
Make installation watertight.
G. lnstall cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast hon Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook,"
Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast hon Soil Pipe and Fittings."
l. Install encasement on underground piping according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105.
H. Make changes in direction for storm drainage piping using appropriate branches, bends, and
long-sweep bends. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Use proper size of
standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of
drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited.
L Lay buried building storm drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true to
grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuif of invert. Place hub ends of piping
upstream. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of
lubricants, cements, and other installation requiements. Maintain swab in piping and pull past
each joint as completed.
Install storm drainage piping at the following minimum slopes, unless otherwise indicated:
1 . Building Storm Drain: I percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3 and
smaller; I percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4 and larger.
2. Horizontal Storm-Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow.
Install force mains at elevations indicated.
Install engineered controlled-flow storm drainage piping in locations indicated.
Sleeves are not required for cast-iron soil piping passing through concrete slabs-on-grade if slab
is without membrane waterproofmg.
3.4 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Basic piping joint construction requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic
Mechanical Materials and Methods."
J.
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
l
t
I
t
I
K.
L.
M.
STORM DRAINAGE PIPING 15160 - 6
- WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: September 2005
.. Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
4 B. Hub-and-Spigot, Cast-hon Soil Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to CISPI's "Cast kon
Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for compression joints.II C. Hub-and-Spigot, Cast-lron Soil Piping Calked Joints: Join according to CISPI's "Cast kon Soil
Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for lead and oakum calkedjoints.
I D. Hubless Cast-hon Soil Piping Coupled Joints: Join according to CISPI 3l0 and CISPI's "Cast'F Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for hubless-coupling joints.
) E. Soldered Joints: Use ASTMB 813, water-flushable, lead-free flux; ASTMB 32, lead-free-rr alloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless otherwise indicated.
I F. Grooved Joints: Cut groove ends of pipe and assemble grooved ends of pipes, grooved-end
a) frttings, and grooved-end-piping couplings according to AWWA C606.
I G. PVC Nonpressure Piping Joints: Join piping according to ASTM D 2665.
I
, 3.5 VALVE INSTALLATION
a A. General valve installation requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Valves."
^I B. ShutoffValves: Install shutoff valve on each sump pump discharge.I
1. Install gate or full-port ball valve for piping NPS 2 and smaller.
I 2. Install gate valve for piping NPS 2-ll2 and larger.
I C. Check Valves: Install swing check valve, between pump and shutoff valve, on each sump pump
t discharge.
I
.J 3.6 HANGERAND SUPPORTINSTALLATION
aF A. Pipe hangers and supports are specified in Division 15 Section "Hangets and Supports." Install
the following:
7,-I l. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps.
- 2. krdividual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: According to the following:
fl a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type I, adjustable, steel clevis hangers.
b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers.
c. Longer Than 100 Feet, if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls.
'-' 3. Multiple, Shaight, Horizontal Piping Rms 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls.
f, , Support pipe rolls ontrapeze.
It 4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers..I
- B. krstall supports according to Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports.".-
; C. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.
I D. Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double-rod hangers, with 3i8-inch minimum rods.
I
I;. STORM DRAINAGE PIPING 15160 - 7
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINILMS
Vail, Colorado
E. Install hangers for cast-iron soil piping with
minimum rod diameters:
10Q%o CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
the following maximum horizontal spacing and
1. NPS 1-1l2 and NPS 2: 60 inches with 3/8-inchrod.
2. NPS 3: 60 inches with l/2-inch rod.
3. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 60 inches with 5/8-inch rod.
4. NPS 6: 60 inches with 3i4-inch rod.
5. NPS 8 to NPS 12: 60 inches with 7/8-inch rod.
6. Spacing for l0-foot lengths may be increased to 10 feet. Spacing for fittings is limited to
60 inches.
F. Install supports for vertical cast-iron soil piping every 15 feet.
G. Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum
rod diameters:
I . NPS 7-l/4:. 84 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
2. NPS l-ll2: 108 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
3. NPS 2: l0 feetwith 3/8-inchrod.
4, NPS 2-ll2: L 1 feet with l/2-inch rod.
5. NPS 3: 12 feet with l/2-inch rod.
6. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 12 feet with 5/8-inch rod.
7. NPS 6: 12 feet with 3/4-inch rod.
8. NPS 8 to NPS 12: 12 feet with 7/8-inch rod.
H. Install supports for vertical steel piping every 15 feet.
I. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum
rod diameters:
l. NPS l-1/4: 72 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
2. NPS 1-1i2 andNPS 2: 96 inches with 3/8-incb rod.
3. NPS 2-112: 108 inches with l/2-inch rod.
4. NPS 3 to NPS 5: l0 feet with l/2-inchrod.
5. NPS 6: 10 feet with 5/8-inch rod.
6. NPS 8: 10 feet with 3/4-inch rod.
J. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet.
3.7 CONNECTIONS
A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B. Connect interior storm drainage piping to exterior storm drainage piping. Use transition fitting
to join dissimilar piping materials.
C. Connect storm drainage piping to roof drains and storm drainage specialties.
D. Connect force-main piping to the following:
I
I
I
I
i
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ISTORM DRAINAGE PIPING 15160 - 8
3.8
B,
D.
E.
I
t
I
I
I
I
l
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
c.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
l. Storm Sewer: To exterior force main or storm manhole.
2. Sump Pumps: To sump pump discharge.
FIELD QU{TTY CONTROL
During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection
must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction.
l. Roughing-in lnspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in
after roughing-in.
2. Final lnspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to
observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements.
Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection,
make required corrections and arrange for reinspection.
Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction.
Test storm drainage piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in
absence ofpublished procedures, as follows:
L Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been
altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segmenk, submit separate report
for each test, complete with diagram of porfion of piping tested.
2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced storm drainage
piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed
before it was tested.
3. Test Procedute: Test storm drainage piping on completion of roughing-in. Close
openings in piping system and fil1 with water to point of overflow, but not less than 10-
foot head of water. From 15 minutes before inspection starts to completion of inspection,
water level must not drop. Inspect joints for leaks.
4. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until
satisfactory results are obtained.
5. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.
Test force-main piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence
of published procedures, as follows:
1. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced force-main piping
until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before
it was tested.
2. Cap and subject piping to static-water pressure of 50 psig above operafing pressure,
without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and
allow to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must
be repaired.
3. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until
satisfactory results are obtained.
4. Prepare reports for lests and required corrective action.
STORM DRAINAGE PIPING 15160 - 9
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
3.9 CLEANING
A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.
B. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris
and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work.
C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops.
END OF SECTION 15160
I
T
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ISTORM DRAINAGE PIPING 15 r60 - l0
T
t
t
I
I
I
I
1.
2.
J.
4.
.5.
6.
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
SECTION I5I8I -HYDRONIC PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.2
A.
100% CD: July 2005
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
B.
I
I
I
I
1.I RELATEDDOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplernentary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes piping, special-duty valves, and hydronic specialties for hot-water
heating, and condenser water systems; makeup water for these systems; blowdown drain lines;
and condensate drain piping.
Related Sections include the followine:
Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems" for materials and methods
for sealing pipe penetrations through fire and smoke barriers.
Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials and methods for sealing pipe
penetrations through exterior walls.
Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for general piping
materials and installation requirements.
Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports" for pipe supports, product descriptions, and
installation requirements. Hanger and support spacrng is specified in this Section.
Division 15 Section "Valves" for general-duty gate, globe, ball, butterfly, and check
valves.
Division 15 Section 'HVAC Instrumentation and Conhols" for temperature-conhol
valves and sensors.
B.
l
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
1.3
A.
B.
1.4
A.
DEFINITIONS
CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride .
PVC: Polyvinyl chloride.
SUBMITTAIS
Product Data: For each type of special-duty valve indicated. Include flow and pressure drop
curves based on manufacturer's testing for diverting fittings, calibrated balancing valves, and
automatic fl ow-control valves.
Shop Drawings: Detail fabrication of pipe anchors, hangers, special pipe support assemblies,
alignment guides, expansion joints and loops, and their attachment to the building structure.
Detail location of anchors, alignment guides, and expansion joints and loops.
HYDRONICPIPING 15181 - 1
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
1.6
A.
F.
l00Yo CD: July 2005
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
T
I
I
I
T
I
T
t
J
I
I
C. Welding Certificates: Copies of certificates for welding procedures and persormel.
D. Field Test Reports: Written reports of tests specified in Part 3 of this Section. Include the
following:
1. Test procedures used.
2. Test results that comply with requirements.
3. Failed test results and corrective action taken to achieve requirements.
E. Maintenance Data: For hydronic specialties and special-duty valves to include in maintenance
manuals specified in Division 1.
1.5 QUALITYASSI'RANCE
A. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASMEB3I.9, "Building Services Piping," for materials,
products, and installation. Safety valves and pressure vessels shall bear the appropriate ASME
label. Fabrioate and stamp air separators and expansion tanks to comply with the ASME Boiler
and Pressure Vessel Code. Section VIII, Division I .
I
I
tC@RDINATION
Coordinate layout and installation of hydronic piping and suspension system components with
other construction, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire-suppression-system
components, and parfition assemblies.
Coordinate pipe sleeve installations for foundation wall penehations.
Coordinate piping installation with roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. Roof
specialties are specified in Division 7 Sections.
Coordinate pipe fitting pressure classes with products specified in related Sections.
Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into base. Concrete,
reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3 Sections.
Coordinate installation of pipe sleeves for penetrations through exterior walls and floor
assemblies. Coordinate with requirements for firestopping specified in Division 7 Section
"Through-Penetration Firestop Systems" for fire and smoke wall and floor assemblies.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
B.
C.
D.
E.
2.1
A.
MAI.{IJFACTURERS
Manufacfurers: Subject to cornpliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Grooved Mechanical-Joint Fittings and Couplings:
I
I
l
I
IH\'DRONIC PIPING 15181 - 2
r
- WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: July 2005
Vail. Colorado NOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONIt i. 3nT:1,ts'j#."T,,"":To-t'
central Grooved Piping Products'
t c. Victaulic Company of America.
I 2. Calibrated Balancing Valves:I f, m'n:r#il::''"
- c. Gerand Engineering Cornpany.
d. Griswold Controls.t e. ITT Bell & Gossett; ITT Fluid Technology Corp.
f. Taco. Inc.
, 3. Pressure-Reducing Valves:
' a. Amtrol, Inc.
b. Armstrong Pumps, Inc.r c. Conbraco Industries, Inc.
rl d. ITT Bell & Gossett; ITT Fluid Technology Corp.
I e. Sporce Engineering Company, tnc.
f. Watts Industries, Inc.; Watts Regulators.
I 4. saf-ety valves:I
r, a. Amhol, Inc.
b. Armstrong Pumps, Inc.
t c. Conbraco Industries, Inc.
d. ITT McDonnell & Miller Div.; ITT Fluid Technology Corp.
i e. Kunkle Valve Division.
I f. Spence Engineering Company, Inc.
r 5. Automatic Flow-Conhol Valves:
ul a. FlowDesign, Inc.
r b. Griswold Controls.
fl 6. Exoansion Tanks:
a. Amnol, lnc.t i ffi*?i&'ii$lih.,u,o rechnorogy corp
I d. Taco, Inc.
I 7. Air Separators and Air Purgers:
If i; iilIll*"*,",n,,,",c. ITT Bell & Gossett; ITT Fluid Technology Corp.
t d. Taco, Inc.
I
I
HYDRONICPIPING 1518r - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
2.3
A.
B.
c.
D.
B.
F.
2.4
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
100% CD: July 2005
NOTFOR CONSTRUCTION
I
t
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
i
t
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
PIPING MATERIALS
A. General: Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe and fitting
materials.
COPPER TT]BE AND FITTINGS
Drawn-Temper Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Tlpe L.
DWV Copper Tubing: ASTM B 306, Type DWV.
Wrought-Copper Fittings: ASME B 1 6.22.
Wrought-Copper Unions: ASME B 1 6.22.
Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32,95-5 tin antimony.
Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, Classification BAg-l (silver).
STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Steel Pipe, NPS 2 and Smaller: ASTN'I A 53, Type S (seamless) or Tlpe F (fumace-butt
welded), Grade B, Schedule 40, black steel, piain ends.
Steel Pipe, NPS 2-112 through NPS 12: ASTM A 53, Type E (electric-resistance welded),
Grade B, Schedule 40, black steel, plain ends.
Cast-kon Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4; Classes 125 and 250.
Malleable-kon Threaded Fittings: ASME 816.3, Classes 150 and 300.
Malleable-kon Unions: ASME 816.39; Classes 150, 250, and 300'
Cast-kon Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASMEBl6.l, Classes 25, 125, and 250; raised
ground face, and bolt holes spot faced.
Wrought-Steel Fittings: ASTM A 234lA 234M, wall thickness to match adjoining pipe.
Wrought Cast- and Forged-Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME 816.5, including bolts,
nuts, and gaskets ofthe following material group, end connections, and facings:
1. Material Group: 1.1.
2. End Connections: Butt welding.
3. Facings: Raisedface.
Grooved Mechanical-Joint Fittings: ASTM A 536, Grade 6545-12 ductile iron; ASTM A 47,
Grade32510 malleable iron; ASTMA53, TypeF, E, or S, GradeB fabricated steel; or
ASTM A 106, Grade B steel fittings with grooves or shoulders designed to accept grooved end
couplings.
G.
H.
HYDRONICPIPING 15181-4
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
2.5
A.
B.
c.
WE STHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: July 2005
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
J. Grooved Mechanical-Joint Couplings: Ductile- or maileable-iron housing and synthetic rubber
gasket ofcenhal cavity pressure-responsive design; with nuts, bolts, locking pin, locking toggle,
or lugs to secure grooved pipe and fittings.
K. Flexible Connectors: Stainless-steel bellows with woven, flexible, bronze, wire-reinforcing
protective jacket; 150-psig minimum working pressure and 250 deg F maximum operating
temperature. Connectors shall have flanged or threaded-end connections to match equipment
connected and shall be capable of 3/4-inch misalignment.
L. Spherical, Rubber, Flexible Connectors: Fiber-reinforced rubber body with steel flanges drilled
to align with Classes 150 and 300 steel flanges; operating temperatures up to 250 degF and
pressures up to 150 psig.
M. Packed, Slip, Expansion Joints: 150-psig minimum working pressure, steel pipe fitting
consisting of telescoping body and slip-pipe sections, packing ring, packing, limit rods, flanged
ends, and chrome-plated finish on slip-pipe telescoping section.
N. Welding Materials: Comply with Section II, Part C, of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and for chemical analysis of pipe
being welded.
O. Gasket Material: Thickness, material, and type suitable for fluid to be handled; and desigtr
temperahres and pressures.
D.
F.
I
T
!
I
I
I
I
I
VALVES
Gate, globe, checlq ball, and buttedly valves are specified in Division 15 Section "Valves."
Refer to Part 3 "Valve Applications" Article for applications of each valve.
Calibrated Balancing Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze body, ball type, 125-psig working
pressure, 250 deg F maximum operating temperature, and having threaded ends. Valves shall
have calib'rated orifice or venturi, connections for portable differential pressure meter with
integral seals, and be equipped with a memory stop to retain set position.
Calibrated Balancing Valves, NPS 2-1i2 and Larger: Cast-iron or steel body, ball ttp, 125-
psig working pressure, 250 deg F maximum operating temperatur€, and having flanged or
grooved connections. Valves shall have calibrated orifrce or venturi, connections for portable
differential pressure meter with integral seals, and be equipped with a memory stop to retain set
position.
Pressure-Reducing Valves: Diaphragm-op erated, bronze or brass body with low inlet pressure
check valve, inlet strainer removable without system shutdown, and noncorrosive valve seat and
stem. Select valve size, capacity, and operating pressure to suit system. Valve shall be factory
set at operating pressure and have capability for field adjustment.
Safety Valves: Diaphragm-operated, bronze or brass body with brass and rubber, wetted,
intemal working parts; shall suit system pressure and heat capacity and shall cornply with the
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Section IV.
HYDRONICPIPING 15181 - s
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINITIN4S
Vail, Colorado
I
t
I
t
T
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
l
I
t
2.6
A.
B.
D,
E.
F.
100% CD: July 2005
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
G. Automatic Flow-Control Valves: Gray-iron body, factory set to maintain constant flow with
plus or minus 5 percent over system pressure fluctuations, and equipped with a readout kit
including flow meter, probes, hoses, flow charts, and carrying case. Each valve shall have an
identification tag attached by chain, and be factory marked with the zone identification, valve
number, and flow rate. Valve shall be line size and one of the following designs:
l Gray-iron or brass body, designed for 175 psig at 200 deg F with stainless-steel piston
and spnng.
2. Brass or ferrous-metal body, designed for 300 psig at 250 deg F with corrosion-resistant,
tamperproof, self-cleaning, piston-spring assembly easily removable for inspection or
replacement.
3. Combination assemblies, including bronze ball valve and brass alloy control valve, with
stainless-steel piston and spring, fitted with pressure and temperature test valves, and
designed for 300 psig at 250 deg F.
C.
HYDRONIC SPECIALTMS
Manual Air Vent: Bronze body and nonferrous internal parts; 150-psig working pressure; 225
deg F operating temperature; manually operated with screwdriver or thumbscrew; with NPS l/8
discharge comrection and NPS l/2 inlet connection.
Automatic Air Vent: Designed to vent automatically with float principle; bronze body and
nonferrous intemal parts; 150-psig working pressure; 240 degF operating temperature; with
NPS l/4 discharge connection and NPS 1/2 inlet connection.
Expansion Tanks: Welded carbon steel, rated for 125-psig working pressure and 375 degF
maximum operating temperature. Separate air charge from system water to maintain design
expansion capacity by a flexible bladder securely sealed into tank. lnclude drain fitting and taps
for pressure gage and air+harging fitting. Support vertical tanks with steel legs or base; support
horizontal tanks with steel saddles. Factory fabricate and test tank with taps and supports
installed and labeled accordins to the ASME Boiler and Ptessure Vessel Code, Section MII,
Diyision L
Tangential-Type Air Separators: Welded black steel; ASME constructed and labeled for 125-
psig minimum working pressure and 375 deg F maximum operating temperature; perforated
stainless-steel air collector tube designed to direct released air into expansion tank; tangential
inlet and outlet connections; threaded connections for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged connections
for NPS 2-l/2 and larger; threaded blowdown connection. Provide units in sizes for full-system
flow capacity.
In-Line Air Separators: One-piece cast iron with an integral weir designed to decelerate system
flow to maxjmize air separation at a working pressure up to 175 psig and liquid temperature up
to 300 deg F.
Air Purgers: Cast-iron body with internal baffles that slow tlre water velocity to separate the air
from solution and divert it to the vent for quick removal. Maximum working pressure of 150
psig and temperature of 250 deg F.
HYDRONIC PIPING 15181 - 6
B.
C,
D.
t
l
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
l
I
t
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: July 2005
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
G. Diverting Fittings: 125-psig working pressure; 250 deg F maximum operating temperature;
cast-iron body with threaded ends, or wrought copper with soldered ends. Indicate flow
direction on fitting.
H. Y-Pattern Strainen: 125-psig working presswe; cast-iron body (ASTM A 126, Class B),
flanged ends for NPS 2-ll2 and larger, threaded connections for NPS 2 and smaller, bolted
cover, perforated stainless-steel basket, and bottom drain connection.
I. Basket Strainers: 125-psig working pressure; high-tensile cast-iron body (ASTMA 126,
Class B), flanged-end connections, bolted cover, perforated stainless-steel basket, and bottom
drain corurection.
J. Flexible Connectors: Stainless-steel bellows with woven, flexible, bronze, wire-reinforcing
protective jacket; 150-psig minimum working pressure and 250 degF maximum operating
temperahne. Connectors shall have flanged- or threaded-end connections to match equipmant
connected and shall be capable of 3/4-inch misalignmant.
K. Spherical, Rubber, Flexible Connectors; Fiber-reinforced rubber body vjth steel flanges drilled
to align with Classes 150 and 300 steel flanges; operating temperatures up to 250 degF and
pressures up to 150 psig.
L. Packed, Slip, Expansion Joints: 150-psig minimum working pressure, steel pipe fitting
consisting of telescoping body and slip-pipe sections, packing ring, packing, limit rods, flanged
ends, and chrome-plated frnish on slip-pipe telescoping section.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
A.
PIPING APPLICATIONS
Hot Water, NPS 2 and Smaller; Aboveground, use T)?e L drawn-temper copper tubing with
soldered joints or Schedule 40 steel pipe with tlneaded joints. Belowground or within slabs,
use Type K annealed-temper copper tubing with soldered joints. Use the fewest possible joints
belowgrou:rd and within floor slabs.
Hot Water, NPS 2-ll2 and Larger: Schedule 40 steel pipe with welded and flanged joints or
grooved mechanical-joint couplings.
Condenser Water, NPS 2 and Smaller: Aboveground, use T1'pe L drawn-temper copper tubing
with soldered joints or Schedule 40 steel pipe with threaded joints. Belowground or within
slabs, use Type K annealed-temper copper tubing with brazedjoints.
Condenser Water: Schedule 40 steel pipe with welded and flanged joints or grooved
mechanical-j oint couplings.
Condensate Drain Lines: Type L drawn-temper copper tubing with soldered joints or
Schedule 40, PVC pipe with solvent-welded joints.
HYDRONIC PIPING 15r81 - 7
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
)-L
A.
c.
J.J
A.
B.
C.
100% CD: July 2005
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
t
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
VAIVE APPLICATIONS
General-Duty Valve Applications: Unless otherwise indicated, use the following valve types:
1. Shutoff Duty: Gate, ball, and butterfly valves.
2. Throttling Duty: Globe, ball, and butterfly valves.
Install shutoff duty valves at each branch connection to supply mains, at supply connection to
each piece of equipment, unless only one piece of equipment is connected in the branch line.
hrstall throttling duty valves at each branch connection to return mains, at retum connections to
each piece of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated.
Install calibrated balancing valves in the retum water line of each heating or cooling element
and elsewhere as required to facilitate system balancing.
Install check valves at each pump discharge and elsewhere as required to control flow direction.
Install safeg valves on hot-water generators and elsewhere as required by the ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code. Install safety-valve discharge piping without valves, to floor. Comply
with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1, for installation
requirements.
Install pressure-reducing valves on hot-water generators and elsewhere as required to regulate
system presswe.
PIPING INSTALLATIONS
Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic piping
installation requirements.
Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing
ofvalves.
lnstall drains, consisting of a tee fitting, NPS 314 ball valve, and short NPS 3/4 threaded nipple
with cap, at low points in piping system mains and elsewhere as required for system drainage.
hrstall piping at a uniform grade of 0.2 percent upward in direction of flow.
Reduce pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fitting installed with level side up.
Unless otherwise indicated, install branch connections to mains using tee fittings in main pipe,
with the takeoff coming out the bottom of the main pipe. For up-feed risers, install the takeoff
coming out the top of the main pipe.
Install strainers on supply side of each control valve, pressure-reducing valve, solenoid valve,
in-line pump, and elsewhere as indicated. Install NPS 3/4 nipple and ball valve in blowdown
connection of strainers NPS 2 and larger. Match size of strainer blowoff connection for
strainers smaller than NPS 2.
Anchor piping for proper direction ofexpansion and contraction.
B.
D.
E.
F.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.I
IHYDRONICPIPING15181 - I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS IA0'/o A: July 2005
I Vail, Colorado NOTFORCONSTRUCTION
t 3.4 HANGERS AND suPPoRTS
I A. Hanger, support, and anchor devices are specified in Division 15 Section "Hangers andt Supports." Comply with requirements below for maximum spacing of supports.
t B. Install the following pipe attachments:
I 1. Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal piping less than2O feet long.
i 2. Adjustable roller hangers and spring hangers for individual horizontal piping 20 feet or
I longer.- 3. Pipe Roller: MSSSP-58, Type44 for multiple horizontal piping 20 feet or longer,
,l supported on atapeze.
t 4. Spring hangers to support vertical runs.
z C. Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes:
I[ 1. NPS 3/4: Maximum span ,7 feet; minimum rod size, l/4 inch.
2. NPS 1: Maximum span, 7 feet; minimum rod size, l/4 inch.
,! 3. NPS l-l/2: Maximum span, 9 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
lJ 4. NPS 2: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
5. NPS 2-112: Maximum span, l l feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
I 6. NPS 3: Maximum span, 72 feel; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
A 7. NPS4: Maxirnumspan, 14feet;minimumrodsize, 1/2nch.
8. NPS 6: Maximum span, 11 feet; minimum rod size., ll2 inch.
| 9. NPS 8: Maximum span, 19 feet; minimum rod sizn,5/8 rnch.
I D. Install hangers for drawn-temper copper piping wrth the following maximum spacing and
mrnimum rod sizes:
t 1. NPS 3/4: Maximum span, 5 feet; minimum rod size, l/4 inch.
2. NPS 1: Maximum span, 6 feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch.
I 3. NPS l-l/2: Maximum span, 8 feet; minimumrod size. 3/8 inch.
a 4. NPS 2: Maximum span, 8 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
5. NPS 2-112: Maximum span, 9 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
t 6. NPS 3: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 3i8 inch.
I
,t 3.5 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION
I A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for joint constnrction
- requirements for soldered and brazed joints in copper tubing; threaded, welded, and flanged
I
jointsin steel piping.
3.6 ITYDRONICSPECIALTIESINSTATLATION
A. Install manual air vents at high points in piping, at heat-transfer coils, and elsewhere as required
I
for system air venting.
B. Install automatic air vents in mechanical equipment rooms only at high points of system piping,
at heat-transfer coils, and elsewhere as required for system air venting.I
HYDRONIC PIPING 15181 - 9
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: July 2005
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
t
I
I
I
C. Install combination air separator and strainer in pump suction lines. Install piping to
compression tank with a 2 percent upward slope toward tank. Install blowdown piping with
gate valve; extend to nearest drain.
D. Install expansion tanks on floor. Vent and purge air from hydronic system, and ensure tank is
properly charged with air to suit system design requirements.
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS
Size for supply and retum piping connections shall be same as for equipment connections.
Install control valves in accessible locations close to connected equipment.
Install bypass piping with globe valve around control valve. If multiple, parallel control valves
are installed, only one bypass is required.
Install ports for pressure and temperature gages at coil inlet connections.
FIELD QUAUTY CONTROL
Prepare hydronic piping according to ASME B31 .9 and as follows:
5.
Leave joints, including welds, uninsulated and exposed for examination during test.
Provide temporary restraints for expansion joints that cannot sustain reactions due to test
pressure. If temporary restraints are impractical, isolate expansion joints fiom testing.
Flush system with clean water. Clean strainers.
Isolate equipment fiom piping. If a valve is used to isolate equipment, its closure shall be
capable of sealing against test pressrne without damage to valve. Install blinds in flanged
joints to isolate equipment.
Install safety valve, set at a pressure no more than one-third higher than test pressure, to
protect against damage by expanding liquid or other source of overpressure during test.
Perform the following tests on hydronic piping:
l Use ambient ternperature water as a testing medium unless there is risk of damage due to
freezing. Another liquid that is safe for workers and compatible with piping may be
used.
2. While filling system, use vents installed at high points of system to release happed air.
Use drains installed at low points for complete draining of liquid.
3. Check expansion tanks to determine that they are not air bound and that system is full of
wat€r.
4. Subject piping system to hydrostatic test pressure that is not less than 1.5 times the design
pressure. Test pressure shall not exceed maximum pressure for any vessel, pump, valve,
or other component in system under test. Verif that stress due to pressure at bottom of
vertical runs does not exceed either 90 percent of specified minimum yield strength or 1.7
times "SE" value in Appendix A of ASME 831.9, "Building Services Piping."
5. After hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least l0 minutes, examine piping,
joints, and connections for leakage. Eliminate leaks by tightening, repairing, or replacing
components, and repeat hydrostatic test until there are no leaks.
B.
c.
T
T
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
1.
2.
J.
4.
D.
3.8
B.
I
t
H1DRONICPIPING 15181 - l0
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: July 2005
I Vail, Colorado NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
' 6. Prepare written report oftesting-
-
! 3.9 ADruSTING
f A. Mark calibrated nameplates of pump dischmge valves after hydronic system balancing has been
t completed, to permanently indicate final balanced position.
I B. Perform these adjustments before operating the system:
I l Open valves to fully open position. Close coil bypass valves.
r 2. Checkpump for proper direction of rotation.
f| 3. Set automatic fill valves for required system pressure.t 4. Check air vents at high points of system and determine if al1 are installed and operatingr 5 3ff1#lu:#l#.ili'"J"'lii:i'1il::Ii""ffi'J'silii1s:'fl 6. Check operation of automatic bypass valves.
7. Check and set operating temperatures of boilers, chillers, and cooling towers to design
requirements.
t 8. Lubricate motors and bearings.
lt 3'10 cLEANING
ir A. Flush hydronic piping systems with clean water. Remove and clean or replace strainer screens.tl After cleaning and flushing hydronic piping systems, but before balancing, remove disposable
' fine-mesh strainers in pump suction diffusers.
I END OF SECTION I5I81
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
HYDRONIC PIPING 15181- 11